U.S. patent application number 17/571132 was filed with the patent office on 2022-07-14 for beam control for repetitions.
The applicant listed for this patent is Comcast Cable Communications, LLC. Invention is credited to Ali Cagatay Cirik, Esmael Hejazi Dinan, Yunjung Yi, Hua Zhou.
Application Number | 20220225286 17/571132 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | |
Filed Date | 2022-07-14 |
United States Patent
Application |
20220225286 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Cirik; Ali Cagatay ; et
al. |
July 14, 2022 |
BEAM CONTROL FOR REPETITIONS
Abstract
Transmission repetitions may be used in wireless communications.
Control channel repetition may be used for scheduling
communications between a base station and a wireless device.
Control information, sent via the control channel, may indicate a
wireless resource for the scheduled communications. The wireless
device may determine, using the control information, the wireless
resource corresponding to a default resource pool, a resource pool
used for at least one repetition of the control channel, and/or
based on a resource pool indicated via the control channel.
Inventors: |
Cirik; Ali Cagatay;
(Herndon, VA) ; Yi; Yunjung; (Vienna, VA) ;
Dinan; Esmael Hejazi; (McLean, VA) ; Zhou; Hua;
(Herndon, VA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Comcast Cable Communications, LLC |
Philadelphia |
PA |
US |
|
|
Appl. No.: |
17/571132 |
Filed: |
January 7, 2022 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
17570837 |
Jan 7, 2022 |
|
|
|
17571132 |
|
|
|
|
63135329 |
Jan 8, 2021 |
|
|
|
63135318 |
Jan 8, 2021 |
|
|
|
International
Class: |
H04W 72/02 20060101
H04W072/02; H04W 72/08 20060101 H04W072/08; H04W 72/04 20060101
H04W072/04; H04W 72/12 20060101 H04W072/12; H04L 5/00 20060101
H04L005/00 |
Claims
1. A method comprising: receiving, by a wireless device via at
least one of a first control resource set (CORESET) and a second
CORESET, repetitions of downlink control information (DCI)
scheduling a downlink signal and comprising a transmission
configuration indicator (TCI) field; based on a first CORESET pool
index of the first CORESET and a second CORESET pool index of the
second CORESET being different, determining a default CORESET pool
index among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET
pool index; and receiving the downlink signal based on a TCI state,
among one or more TCI states activated for the default CORESET pool
index, indicated by the TCI field.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the determining the default
CORESET pool index comprises one of: determining a lowest CORESET
pool index among the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index; or determining a highest CORESET pool index
among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the determining the default
CORESET pool index comprises determining a CORESET pool index,
among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index, that is equal to a preconfigured value.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the determining the default
CORESET pool index comprises determining the default CORESET pool
index based on an indicator in the DCI.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the determining the default
CORESET pool index comprises determining a CORESET pool index of a
CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second CORESET, via which
a last repetition of the DCI is received.
6. The method of claim 1, further comprising receiving one or more
configuration parameters indicating: the first CORESET pool index
for the first CORESET; and the second CORESET pool index for the
second CORESET, wherein the second CORESET is linked to the first
CORESET for the repetitions of the DCI.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the receiving the downlink signal
based on the TCI state comprises receiving the downlink signal
based on at least one demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port of
the downlink signal being quasi co-located with a reference signal
associated with the TCI state.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the downlink signal comprises at
least one of: a transport block; a physical downlink shared channel
(PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state information (CSI)
reference signal (RS).
9. A method comprising: receiving, by a wireless device, one or
more configuration parameters indicating: a first control resource
set (CORESET) pool index for a first CORESET; and a second CORESET
pool index for a second CORESET; receiving, via at least one of the
first CORESET and the second CORESET, repetitions of downlink
control information (DCI) scheduling a downlink signal and
comprising a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) field; and
based on the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index being different, receiving the downlink signal based on a TCI
state indicated by the TCI field and associated with a default
CORESET pool index among the first CORESET pool index and the
second CORESET pool index.
10. The method of claim 9, wherein the TCI state is among one or
more TCI states activated for the default CORESET pool index.
11. The method of claim 9, wherein the default CORESET pool index
is equal to a preconfigured value.
12. The method of claim 9, wherein the DCI indicates the default
CORESET pool index.
13. The method of claim 9, wherein the default CORESET pool index
is associated with a CORESET, among the first CORESET and the
second CORESET, via which a last repetition of the DCI is
received.
14. The method of claim 9, wherein the receiving the downlink
signal based on the TCI state comprises receiving the downlink
signal based on at least one demodulation reference signal (DMRS)
port of the downlink signal being quasi co-located with a reference
signal associated with the TCI state.
15. The method of claim 9, wherein the downlink signal comprises at
least one of: a transport block; a physical downlink shared channel
(PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state information (CSI)
reference signal (RS).
16. A method comprising, sending, by a base station via a first
control resource set (CORESET) and a second CORESET, repetitions of
downlink control information (DCI) scheduling a downlink signal and
comprising a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) field;
based on a first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and a
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being different,
determining a default CORESET pool index among the first CORESET
pool index and the second CORESET pool index; and sending the
downlink signal based on a TCI state, among one or more TCI states
activated for the default CORESET pool index, indicated by the TCI
field.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the determining the default
CORESET pool index comprises determining a CORESET pool index,
among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index, that is equal to a preconfigured value.
18. The method of claim 16, wherein the determining the default
CORESET pool index comprises determining a CORESET pool index of a
CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second CORESET, via which
a last repetition of the DCI is sent.
19. The method of claim 16, wherein the downlink signal comprises
at least one of: a transport block; a physical downlink shared
channel (PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state information (CSI)
reference signal (RS).
20. The method of claim 16, further comprising sending one or more
configuration parameters indicating: the first CORESET pool index
for the first CORESET; and the second CORESET pool index for the
second CORESET, wherein the second CORESET is linked to the first
CORESET for the repetitions of the DCI.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser.
No. 17/570,837, filed on Jan. 7, 2022, which claims the benefit of
U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/135,318, filed on Jan. 8, 2021,
and U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/135,329, filed on Jan. 8,
2021. Each of the above-referenced applications is hereby
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0002] In wireless communications, repetitions of a message are
used to increase reliability. These repetitions are often sent via
a plurality of wireless resources.
SUMMARY
[0003] The following summary presents a simplified summary of
certain features. The summary is not an extensive overview and is
not intended to identify key or critical elements.
[0004] Wireless communication between devices may be based on
control signaling. For example, one or more wireless resource(s)
(e.g., a transmission and/or reception beam(s)) for a signal may be
indicated in a message (e.g., a control message) and/or may be
based on a resource pool via which the message is sent. The message
may be repeated which may provide advantages such as improved
reliability. Repetitions of the control message may be sent via
different resource pools. The wireless resource for transmitting
and/or receiving the signal may be determined based on a configured
default resource pool, a resource pool used for a last repetition
of the control message, and/or a resource pool indicated in the
control message, which may reduce the possibility of beam
misalignment between a transmitting device and a receiving
device.
[0005] These and other features and advantages are described in
greater detail below.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0006] Some features are shown by way of example, and not by
limitation, in the accompanying drawings. In the drawings, like
numerals reference similar elements.
[0007] FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B show example communication networks.
[0008] FIG. 2A shows an example user plane.
[0009] FIG. 2B shows an example control plane configuration.
[0010] FIG. 3 shows example of protocol layers.
[0011] FIG. 4A shows an example downlink data flow for a user plane
configuration.
[0012] FIG. 4B shows an example format of a Medium Access Control
(MAC) subheader in a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU).
[0013] FIG. 5A shows an example mapping for downlink channels.
[0014] FIG. 5B shows an example mapping for uplink channels.
[0015] FIG. 6 shows example radio resource control (RRC) states and
RRC state transitions.
[0016] FIG. 7 shows an example configuration of a frame.
[0017] FIG. 8 shows an example resource configuration of one or
more carriers.
[0018] FIG. 9 shows an example configuration of bandwidth parts
(BWPs).
[0019] FIG. 10A shows example carrier aggregation configurations
based on component carriers.
[0020] FIG. 10B shows example group of cells.
[0021] FIG. 11A shows an example mapping of one or more
synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel (SS/PBCH)
blocks.
[0022] FIG. 11B shows an example mapping of one or more channel
state information reference signals (CSI-RSs).
[0023] FIG. 12A shows examples of downlink beam management
procedures.
[0024] FIG. 12B shows examples of uplink beam management
procedures.
[0025] FIG. 13A shows an example four-step random access
procedure.
[0026] FIG. 13B shows an example two-step random access
procedure.
[0027] FIG. 13C shows an example two-step random access
procedure.
[0028] FIG. 14A shows an example of control resource set (CORESET)
configurations.
[0029] FIG. 14B shows an example of a control channel element to
resource element group (CCE-to-REG) mapping.
[0030] FIG. 15A shows an example of communications between a
wireless device and a base station.
[0031] FIG. 15B shows example elements of a computing device that
may be used to implement any of the various devices described
herein.
[0032] FIG. 16A, FIG. 16B, FIG. 16C, and FIG. 16D show examples of
uplink and downlink signal transmission.
[0033] FIG. 17 shows example configuration parameters for wireless
communications between a wireless device and a base station.
[0034] FIG. 18 shows example configuration parameters for a
CORESET.
[0035] FIG. 19 shows an example of a repetition.
[0036] FIG. 20 shows an example of a repetition.
[0037] FIG. 21 shows an example of repetition of downlink control
information.
[0038] FIG. 22 shows an example of repetition of downlink control
information.
[0039] FIG. 23 shows an example format of a MAC CE.
[0040] FIG. 24 shows an example of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception.
[0041] FIGS. 25A and 25B show example methods of channel repetition
for transmission and/or reception.
[0042] FIG. 26 shows an example of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception.
[0043] FIGS. 27A and 27B show example methods of channel repetition
for transmission and/or reception.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0044] The accompanying drawings and descriptions provide examples.
It is to be understood that the examples shown in the drawings
and/or described are non-exclusive, and that features shown and
described may be practiced in other examples. Examples are provided
for operation of wireless communication systems, which may be used
in the technical field of multicarrier communication systems. More
particularly, the technology disclosed herein may relate to
transmission and/or reception configuration and signaling for
wireless communication.
[0045] FIG. 1A shows an example communication network 100. The
communication network 100 may comprise a mobile communication
network). The communication network 100 may comprise, for example,
a public land mobile network (PLMN) operated/managed/run by a
network operator. The communication network 100 may comprise one or
more of a core network (CN) 102, a radio access network (RAN) 104,
and/or a wireless device 106. The communication network 100 may
comprise, and/or a device within the communication network 100 may
communicate with (e.g., via CN 102), one or more data networks
(DN(s)) 108. The wireless device 106 may communicate with one or
more DNs 108, such as public DNs (e.g., the Internet), private DNs,
and/or intra-operator DNs. The wireless device 106 may communicate
with the one or more DNs 108 via the RAN 104 and/or via the CN 102.
The CN 102 may provide/configure the wireless device 106 with one
or more interfaces to the one or more DNs 108. As part of the
interface functionality, the CN 102 may set up end-to-end
connections between the wireless device 106 and the one or more DNs
108, authenticate the wireless device 106, provide/configure
charging functionality, etc.
[0046] The wireless device 106 may communicate with the RAN 104 via
radio communications over an air interface. The RAN 104 may
communicate with the CN 102 via various communications (e.g., wired
communications and/or wireless communications). The wireless device
106 may establish a connection with the CN 102 via the RAN 104. The
RAN 104 may provide/configure scheduling, radio resource
management, and/or retransmission protocols, for example, as part
of the radio communications. The communication direction from the
RAN 104 to the wireless device 106 over/via the air interface may
be referred to as the downlink and/or downlink communication
direction. The communication direction from the wireless device 106
to the RAN 104 over/via the air interface may be referred to as the
uplink and/or uplink communication direction. Downlink
transmissions may be separated and/or distinguished from uplink
transmissions, for example, based on at least one of: frequency
division duplexing (FDD), time-division duplexing (TDD), any other
duplexing schemes, and/or one or more combinations thereof.
[0047] As used throughout, the term "wireless device" may comprise
one or more of: a mobile device, a fixed (e.g., non-mobile) device
for which wireless communication is configured or usable, a
computing device, a node, a device capable of wirelessly
communicating, or any other device capable of sending and/or
receiving signals. As non-limiting examples, a wireless device may
comprise, for example: a telephone, a cellular phone, a Wi-Fi
phone, a smartphone, a tablet, a computer, a laptop, a sensor, a
meter, a wearable device, an Internet of Things (IoT) device, a
hotspot, a cellular repeater, a vehicle road side unit (RSU), a
relay node, an automobile, a wireless user device (e.g., user
equipment (UE), a user terminal (UT), etc.), an access terminal
(AT), a mobile station, a handset, a wireless transmit and receive
unit (WTRU), a wireless communication device, and/or any
combination thereof.
[0048] The RAN 104 may comprise one or more base stations (not
shown). As used throughout, the term "base station" may comprise
one or more of: a base station, a node, a Node B (NB), an evolved
NodeB (eNB), a gNB, an ng-eNB, a relay node (e.g., an integrated
access and backhaul (IAB) node), a donor node (e.g., a donor eNB, a
donor gNB, etc.), an access point (e.g., a Wi-Fi access point), a
transmission and reception point (TRP), a computing device, a
device capable of wirelessly communicating, or any other device
capable of sending and/or receiving signals. A base station may
comprise one or more of each element listed above. For example, a
base station may comprise one or more TRPs. As other non-limiting
examples, a base station may comprise for example, one or more of:
a Node B (e.g., associated with Universal Mobile Telecommunications
System (UMTS) and/or third-generation (3G) standards), an Evolved
Node B (eNB) (e.g., associated with Evolved-Universal Terrestrial
Radio Access (E-UTRA) and/or fourth-generation (4G) standards), a
remote radio head (RRH), a baseband processing unit coupled to one
or more remote radio heads (RRHs), a repeater node or relay node
used to extend the coverage area of a donor node, a Next Generation
Evolved Node B (ng-eNB), a Generation Node B (gNB) (e.g.,
associated with NR and/or fifth-generation (5G) standards), an
access point (AP) (e.g., associated with, for example, Wi-Fi or any
other suitable wireless communication standard), any other
generation base station, and/or any combination thereof. A base
station may comprise one or more devices, such as at least one base
station central device (e.g., a gNB Central Unit (gNB-CU)) and at
least one base station distributed device (e.g., a gNB Distributed
Unit (gNB-DU)).
[0049] A base station (e.g., in the RAN 104) may comprise one or
more sets of antennas for communicating with the wireless device
106 wirelessly (e.g., via an over the air interface). One or more
base stations may comprise sets (e.g., three sets or any other
quantity of sets) of antennas to respectively control multiple
cells or sectors (e.g., three cells, three sectors, any other
quantity of cells, or any other quantity of sectors). The size of a
cell may be determined by a range at which a receiver (e.g., a base
station receiver) may successfully receive transmissions from a
transmitter (e.g., a wireless device transmitter) operating in the
cell. One or more cells of base stations (e.g., by alone or in
combination with other cells) may provide/configure a radio
coverage to the wireless device 106 over a wide geographic area to
support wireless device mobility. A base station comprising three
sectors (e.g., or n-sector, where n refers to any quantity n) may
be referred to as a three-sector site (e.g., or an n-sector site)
or a three-sector base station (e.g., an n-sector base
station).
[0050] One or more base stations (e.g., in the RAN 104) may be
implemented as a sectored site with more or less than three
sectors. One or more base stations of the RAN 104 may be
implemented as an access point, as a baseband processing
device/unit coupled to several RRHs, and/or as a repeater or relay
node used to extend the coverage area of a node (e.g., a donor
node). A baseband processing device/unit coupled to RRHs may be
part of a centralized or cloud RAN architecture, for example, where
the baseband processing device/unit may be centralized in a pool of
baseband processing devices/units or virtualized. A repeater node
may amplify and send (e.g., transmit, retransmit, rebroadcast,
etc.) a radio signal received from a donor node. A relay node may
perform the substantially the same/similar functions as a repeater
node. The relay node may decode the radio signal received from the
donor node, for example, to remove noise before amplifying and
sending the radio signal.
[0051] The RAN 104 may be deployed as a homogenous network of base
stations (e.g., macrocell base stations) that have similar antenna
patterns and/or similar high-level transmit powers. The RAN 104 may
be deployed as a heterogeneous network of base stations (e.g.,
different base stations that have different antenna patterns). In
heterogeneous networks, small cell base stations may be used to
provide/configure small coverage areas, for example, coverage areas
that overlap with comparatively larger coverage areas
provided/configured by other base stations (e.g., macrocell base
stations). The small coverage areas may be provided/configured in
areas with high data traffic (or so-called "hotspots") or in areas
with a weak macrocell coverage. Examples of small cell base
stations may comprise, in order of decreasing coverage area,
microcell base stations, picocell base stations, and femtocell base
stations or home base stations.
[0052] Examples described herein may be used in a variety of types
of communications. For example, communications may be in accordance
with the Third-Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) (e.g., one or
more network elements similar to those of the communication network
100), communications in accordance with Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE), communications in accordance with
International Telecommunication Union (ITU), communications in
accordance with International Organization for Standardization
(ISO), etc. The 3GPP has produced specifications for multiple
generations of mobile networks: a 3G network known as UMTS, a 4G
network known as Long-Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE Advanced
(LTE-A), and a 5G network known as 5G System (5GS) and NR system.
3GPP may produce specifications for additional generations of
communication networks (e.g., 6G and/or any other generation of
communication network). Examples may be described with reference to
one or more elements (e.g., the RAN) of a 3GPP 5G network, referred
to as a next-generation RAN (NG-RAN), or any other communication
network, such as a 3GPP network and/or a non-3GPP network. Examples
described herein may be applicable to other communication networks,
such as 3G and/or 4G networks, and communication networks that may
not yet be finalized/specified (e.g., a 3GPP 6G network), satellite
communication networks, and/or any other communication network.
NG-RAN implements and updates 5G radio access technology referred
to as NR and may be provisioned to implement 4G radio access
technology and/or other radio access technologies, such as other
3GPP and/or non-3GPP radio access technologies.
[0053] FIG. 1B shows an example communication network 150. The
communication network may comprise a mobile communication network.
The communication network 150 may comprise, for example, a PLMN
operated/managed/run by a network operator. The communication
network 150 may comprise one or more of: a CN 152 (e.g., a 5G core
network (5G-CN)), a RAN 154 (e.g., an NG-RAN), and/or wireless
devices 156A and 156B (collectively wireless device(s) 156). The
communication network 150 may comprise, and/or a device within the
communication network 150 may communicate with (e.g., via CN 152),
one or more data networks (DN(s)) 170. These components may be
implemented and operate in substantially the same or similar manner
as corresponding components described with respect to FIG. 1A.
[0054] The CN 152 (e.g., 5G-CN) may provide/configure the wireless
device(s) 156 with one or more interfaces to one or more DNs 170,
such as public DNs (e.g., the Internet), private DNs, and/or
intra-operator DNs. As part of the interface functionality, the CN
152 (e.g., 5G-CN) may set up end-to-end connections between the
wireless device(s) 156 and the one or more DNs, authenticate the
wireless device(s) 156, and/or provide/configure charging
functionality. The CN 152 (e.g., the 5G-CN) may be a service-based
architecture, which may differ from other CNs (e.g., such as a 3GPP
4G CN). The architecture of nodes of the CN 152 (e.g., 5G-CN) may
be defined as network functions that offer services via interfaces
to other network functions. The network functions of the CN 152
(e.g., 5G CN) may be implemented in several ways, for example, as
network elements on dedicated or shared hardware, as software
instances running on dedicated or shared hardware, and/or as
virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a
cloud-based platform).
[0055] The CN 152 (e.g., 5G-CN) may comprise an Access and Mobility
Management Function (AMF) device 158A and/or a User Plane Function
(UPF) device 158B, which may be separate components or one
component AMF/UPF device 158. The UPF device 158B may serve as a
gateway between a RAN 154 (e.g., NG-RAN) and the one or more DNs
170. The UPF device 158B may perform functions, such as: packet
routing and forwarding, packet inspection and user plane policy
rule enforcement, traffic usage reporting, uplink classification to
support routing of traffic flows to the one or more DNs 170,
quality of service (QoS) handling for the user plane (e.g., packet
filtering, gating, uplink/downlink rate enforcement, and uplink
traffic verification), downlink packet buffering, and/or downlink
data notification triggering. The UPF device 158B may serve as an
anchor point for intra-/inter-Radio Access Technology (RAT)
mobility, an external protocol (or packet) data unit (PDU) session
point of interconnect to the one or more DNs, and/or a branching
point to support a multi-homed PDU session. The wireless device(s)
156 may be configured to receive services via a PDU session, which
may be a logical connection between a wireless device and a DN.
[0056] The AMF device 158A may perform functions, such as:
Non-Access Stratum (NAS) signaling termination, NAS signaling
security, Access Stratum (AS) security control, inter-CN node
signaling for mobility between access networks (e.g., 3GPP access
networks and/or non-3GPP networks), idle mode wireless device
reachability (e.g., idle mode UE reachability for control and
execution of paging retransmission), registration area management,
intra-system and inter-system mobility support, access
authentication, access authorization including checking of roaming
rights, mobility management control (e.g., subscription and
policies), network slicing support, and/or session management
function (SMF) selection. NAS may refer to the functionality
operating between a CN and a wireless device, and AS may refer to
the functionality operating between a wireless device and a
RAN.
[0057] The CN 152 (e.g., 5G-CN) may comprise one or more additional
network functions that may not be shown in FIG. 1B. The CN 152
(e.g., 5G-CN) may comprise one or more devices implementing at
least one of: a Session Management Function (SMF), an NR Repository
Function (NRF), a Policy Control Function (PCF), a Network Exposure
Function (NEF), a Unified Data Management (UDM), an Application
Function (AF), an Authentication Server Function (AUSF), and/or any
other function.
[0058] The RAN 154 (e.g., NG-RAN) may communicate with the wireless
device(s) 156 via radio communications (e.g., an over the air
interface). The wireless device(s) 156 may communicate with the CN
152 via the RAN 154. The RAN 154 (e.g., NG-RAN) may comprise one or
more first-type base stations (e.g., gNBs comprising a gNB 160A and
a gNB 160B (collectively gNBs 160)) and/or one or more second-type
base stations (e.g., ng eNBs comprising an ng-eNB 162A and an
ng-eNB 162B (collectively ng eNBs 162)). The RAN 154 may comprise
one or more of any quantity of types of base station. The gNBs 160
and ng eNBs 162 may be referred to as base stations. The base
stations (e.g., the gNBs 160 and ng eNBs 162) may comprise one or
more sets of antennas for communicating with the wireless device(s)
156 wirelessly (e.g., an over an air interface). One or more base
stations (e.g., the gNBs 160 and/or the ng eNBs 162) may comprise
multiple sets of antennas to respectively control multiple cells
(or sectors). The cells of the base stations (e.g., the gNBs 160
and the ng-eNBs 162) may provide a radio coverage to the wireless
device(s) 156 over a wide geographic area to support wireless
device mobility.
[0059] The base stations (e.g., the gNBs 160 and/or the ng-eNBs
162) may be connected to the CN 152 (e.g., 5G CN) via a first
interface (e.g., an NG interface) and to other base stations via a
second interface (e.g., an Xn interface). The NG and Xn interfaces
may be established using direct physical connections and/or
indirect connections over an underlying transport network, such as
an internet protocol (IP) transport network. The base stations
(e.g., the gNBs 160 and/or the ng-eNBs 162) may communicate with
the wireless device(s) 156 via a third interface (e.g., a Uu
interface). A base station (e.g., the gNB 160A) may communicate
with the wireless device 156A via a Uu interface. The NG, Xn, and
Uu interfaces may be associated with a protocol stack. The protocol
stacks associated with the interfaces may be used by the network
elements shown in FIG. 1B to exchange data and signaling messages.
The protocol stacks may comprise two planes: a user plane and a
control plane. Any other quantity of planes may be used (e.g., in a
protocol stack). The user plane may handle data of interest to a
user. The control plane may handle signaling messages of interest
to the network elements.
[0060] One or more base stations (e.g., the gNBs 160 and/or the
ng-eNBs 162) may communicate with one or more AMF/UPF devices, such
as the AMF/UPF 158, via one or more interfaces (e.g., NG
interfaces). A base station (e.g., the gNB 160A) may be in
communication with, and/or connected to, the UPF 158B of the
AMF/UPF 158 via an NG-User plane (NG-U) interface. The NG-U
interface may provide/perform delivery (e.g., non-guaranteed
delivery) of user plane PDUs between a base station (e.g., the gNB
160A) and a UPF device (e.g., the UPF 158B). The base station
(e.g., the gNB 160A) may be in communication with, and/or connected
to, an AMF device (e.g., the AMF 158A) via an NG-Control plane
(NG-C) interface. The NG-C interface may provide/perform, for
example, NG interface management, wireless device context
management (e.g., UE context management), wireless device mobility
management (e.g., UE mobility management), transport of NAS
messages, paging, PDU session management, configuration transfer,
and/or warning message transmission.
[0061] A wireless device may access the base station, via an
interface (e.g., Uu interface), for the user plane configuration
and the control plane configuration. The base stations (e.g., gNBs
160) may provide user plane and control plane protocol terminations
towards the wireless device(s) 156 via the Uu interface. A base
station (e.g., the gNB 160A) may provide user plane and control
plane protocol terminations toward the wireless device 156A over a
Uu interface associated with a first protocol stack. A base station
(e.g., the ng-eNBs 162) may provide Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio
Access (E UTRA) user plane and control plane protocol terminations
towards the wireless device(s) 156 via a Uu interface (e.g., where
E UTRA may refer to the 3GPP 4G radio-access technology). A base
station (e.g., the ng-eNB 162B) may provide E UTRA user plane and
control plane protocol terminations towards the wireless device
156B via a Uu interface associated with a second protocol stack.
The user plane and control plane protocol terminations may
comprise, for example, NR user plane and control plane protocol
terminations, 4G user plane and control plane protocol
terminations, etc.
[0062] The CN 152 (e.g., 5G-CN) may be configured to handle one or
more radio accesses (e.g., NR, 4G, and/or any other radio
accesses). It may also be possible for an NR network/device (or any
first network/device) to connect to a 4G core network/device (or
any second network/device) in a non-standalone mode (e.g.,
non-standalone operation). In a non-standalone mode/operation, a 4G
core network may be used to provide (or at least support)
control-plane functionality (e.g., initial access, mobility, and/or
paging). Although only one AMF/UPF 158 is shown in FIG. 1B, one or
more base stations (e.g., one or more gNBs and/or one or more
ng-eNBs) may be connected to multiple AMF/UPF nodes, for example,
to provide redundancy and/or to load share across the multiple
AMF/UPF nodes.
[0063] An interface (e.g., Uu, Xn, and/or NG interfaces) between
network elements (e.g., the network elements shown in FIG. 1B) may
be associated with a protocol stack that the network elements may
use to exchange data and signaling messages. A protocol stack may
comprise two planes: a user plane and a control plane. Any other
quantity of planes may be used (e.g., in a protocol stack). The
user plane may handle data associated with a user (e.g., data of
interest to a user). The control plane may handle data associated
with one or more network elements (e.g., signaling messages of
interest to the network elements).
[0064] The communication network 100 in FIG. 1A and/or the
communication network 150 in FIG. 1B may comprise any
quantity/number and/or type of devices, such as, for example,
computing devices, wireless devices, mobile devices, handsets,
tablets, laptops, internet of things (IoT) devices, hotspots,
cellular repeaters, computing devices, and/or, more generally, user
equipment (e.g., UE). Although one or more of the above types of
devices may be referenced herein (e.g., UE, wireless device,
computing device, etc.), it should be understood that any device
herein may comprise any one or more of the above types of devices
or similar devices. The communication network, and any other
network referenced herein, may comprise an LTE network, a 5G
network, a satellite network, and/or any other network for wireless
communications (e.g., any 3GPP network and/or any non-3GPP
network). Apparatuses, systems, and/or methods described herein may
generally be described as implemented on one or more devices (e.g.,
wireless device, base station, eNB, gNB, computing device, etc.),
in one or more networks, but it will be understood that one or more
features and steps may be implemented on any device and/or in any
network.
[0065] FIG. 2A shows an example user plane configuration. The user
plane configuration may comprise, for example, an NR user plane
protocol stack. FIG. 2B shows an example control plane
configuration. The control plane configuration may comprise, for
example, an NR control plane protocol stack. One or more of the
user plane configuration and/or the control plane configuration may
use a Uu interface that may be between a wireless device 210 and a
base station 220. The protocol stacks shown in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B
may be substantially the same or similar to those used for the Uu
interface between, for example, the wireless device 156A and the
base station 160A shown in FIG. 1B.
[0066] A user plane configuration (e.g., an NR user plane protocol
stack) may comprise multiple layers (e.g., five layers or any other
quantity of layers) implemented in the wireless device 210 and the
base station 220 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 2A). At the bottom of the
protocol stack, physical layers (PHYs) 211 and 221 may provide
transport services to the higher layers of the protocol stack and
may correspond to layer 1 of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
model. The protocol layers above PHY 211 may comprise a medium
access control layer (MAC) 212, a radio link control layer (RLC)
213, a packet data convergence protocol layer (PDCP) 214, and/or a
service data application protocol layer (SDAP) 215. The protocol
layers above PHY 221 may comprise a medium access control layer
(MAC) 222, a radio link control layer (RLC) 223, a packet data
convergence protocol layer (PDCP) 224, and/or a service data
application protocol layer (SDAP) 225. One or more of the four
protocol layers above PHY 211 may correspond to layer 2, or the
data link layer, of the OSI model. One or more of the four protocol
layers above PHY 221 may correspond to layer 2, or the data link
layer, of the OSI model.
[0067] FIG. 3 shows an example of protocol layers. The protocol
layers may comprise, for example, protocol layers of the NR user
plane protocol stack. One or more services may be provided between
protocol layers. SDAPs (e.g., SDAPS 215 and 225 shown in FIG. 2A
and FIG. 3) may perform Quality of Service (QoS) flow handling. A
wireless device (e.g., the wireless devices 106, 156A, 156B, and
210) may receive services through/via a PDU session, which may be a
logical connection between the wireless device and a DN. The PDU
session may have one or more QoS flows 310. A UPF (e.g., the UPF
158B) of a CN may map IP packets to the one or more QoS flows of
the PDU session, for example, based on one or more QoS requirements
(e.g., in terms of delay, data rate, error rate, and/or any other
quality/service requirement). The SDAPs 215 and 225 may perform
mapping/de-mapping between the one or more QoS flows 310 and one or
more radio bearers 320 (e.g., data radio bearers). The
mapping/de-mapping between the one or more QoS flows 310 and the
radio bearers 320 may be determined by the SDAP 225 of the base
station 220. The SDAP 215 of the wireless device 210 may be
informed of the mapping between the QoS flows 310 and the radio
bearers 320 via reflective mapping and/or control signaling
received from the base station 220. For reflective mapping, the
SDAP 225 of the base station 220 may mark the downlink packets with
a QoS flow indicator (QFI), which may be
monitored/detected/identified/indicated/observed by the SDAP 215 of
the wireless device 210 to determine the mapping/de-mapping between
the one or more QoS flows 310 and the radio bearers 320.
[0068] PDCPs (e.g., the PDCPs 214 and 224 shown in FIG. 2A and FIG.
3) may perform header compression/decompression, for example, to
reduce the amount of data that may need to be transmitted over the
air interface, ciphering/deciphering to prevent unauthorized
decoding of data transmitted over the air interface, and/or
integrity protection (e.g., to ensure control messages originate
from intended sources). The PDCPs 214 and 224 may perform
retransmissions of undelivered packets, in-sequence delivery and
reordering of packets, and/or removal of packets received in
duplicate due to, for example, a handover (e.g., an intra-gNB
handover). The PDCPs 214 and 224 may perform packet duplication,
for example, to improve the likelihood of the packet being
received. A receiver may receive the packet in duplicate and may
remove any duplicate packets. Packet duplication may be useful for
certain services, such as services that require high
reliability.
[0069] The PDCP layers (e.g., PDCPs 214 and 224) may perform
mapping/de-mapping between a split radio bearer and RLC channels
(e.g., RLC channels 330) (e.g., in a dual connectivity
scenario/configuration). Dual connectivity may refer to a technique
that allows a wireless device to communicate with multiple cells
(e.g., two cells) or, more generally, multiple cell groups
comprising: a master cell group (MCG) and a secondary cell group
(SCG). A split bearer may be configured and/or used, for example,
if a single radio bearer (e.g., such as one of the radio bearers
provided/configured by the PDCPs 214 and 224 as a service to the
SDAPs 215 and 225) is handled by cell groups in dual connectivity.
The PDCPs 214 and 224 may map/de-map between the split radio bearer
and RLC channels 330 belonging to the cell groups.
[0070] RLC layers (e.g., RLCs 213 and 223) may perform
segmentation, retransmission via Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ),
and/or removal of duplicate data units received from MAC layers
(e.g., MACs 212 and 222, respectively). The RLC layers (e.g., RLCs
213 and 223) may support multiple transmission modes (e.g., three
transmission modes: transparent mode (TM); unacknowledged mode
(UM); and acknowledged mode (AM)). The RLC layers may perform one
or more of the noted functions, for example, based on the
transmission mode an RLC layer is operating. The RLC configuration
may be per logical channel. The RLC configuration may not depend on
numerologies and/or Transmission Time Interval (TTI) durations (or
other durations). The RLC layers (e.g., RLCs 213 and 223) may
provide/configure RLC channels as a service to the PDCP layers
(e.g., PDCPs 214 and 224, respectively), such as shown in FIG.
3.
[0071] The MAC layers (e.g., MACs 212 and 222) may perform
multiplexing/demultiplexing of logical channels and/or mapping
between logical channels and transport channels. The
multiplexing/demultiplexing may comprise
multiplexing/demultiplexing of data units/data portions, belonging
to the one or more logical channels, into/from Transport Blocks
(TBs) delivered to/from the PHY layers (e.g., PHYs 211 and 221,
respectively). The MAC layer of a base station (e.g., MAC 222) may
be configured to perform scheduling, scheduling information
reporting, and/or priority handling between wireless devices via
dynamic scheduling. Scheduling may be performed by a base station
(e.g., the base station 220 at the MAC 222) for downlink/or and
uplink. The MAC layers (e.g., MACs 212 and 222) may be configured
to perform error correction(s) via Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
(HARQ) (e.g., one HARQ entity per carrier in case of Carrier
Aggregation (CA)), priority handling between logical channels of
the wireless device 210 via logical channel prioritization and/or
padding. The MAC layers (e.g., MACs 212 and 222) may support one or
more numerologies and/or transmission timings. Mapping restrictions
in a logical channel prioritization may control which numerology
and/or transmission timing a logical channel may use. The MAC
layers (e.g., the MACs 212 and 222) may provide/configure logical
channels 340 as a service to the RLC layers (e.g., the RLCs 213 and
223).
[0072] The PHY layers (e.g., PHYs 211 and 221) may perform mapping
of transport channels to physical channels and/or digital and
analog signal processing functions, for example, for sending and/or
receiving information (e.g., via an over the air interface). The
digital and/or analog signal processing functions may comprise, for
example, coding/decoding and/or modulation/demodulation. The PHY
layers (e.g., PHYs 211 and 221) may perform multi-antenna mapping.
The PHY layers (e.g., the PHYs 211 and 221) may provide/configure
one or more transport channels (e.g., transport channels 350) as a
service to the MAC layers (e.g., the MACs 212 and 222,
respectively).
[0073] FIG. 4A shows an example downlink data flow for a user plane
configuration. The user plane configuration may comprise, for
example, the NR user plane protocol stack shown in FIG. 2A. One or
more TBs may be generated, for example, based on a data flow via a
user plane protocol stack. As shown in FIG. 4A, a downlink data
flow of three IP packets (n, n+1, and m) via the NR user plane
protocol stack may generate two TBs (e.g., at the base station
220). An uplink data flow via the NR user plane protocol stack may
be similar to the downlink data flow shown in FIG. 4A. The three IP
packets (n, n+1, and m) may be determined from the two TBs, for
example, based on the uplink data flow via an NR user plane
protocol stack. A first quantity of packets (e.g., three or any
other quantity) may be determined from a second quantity of TBs
(e.g., two or another quantity).
[0074] The downlink data flow may begin, for example, if the SDAP
225 receives the three IP packets (or other quantity of IP packets)
from one or more QoS flows and maps the three packets (or other
quantity of packets) to radio bearers (e.g., radio bearers 402 and
404). The SDAP 225 may map the IP packets n and n+1 to a first
radio bearer 402 and map the IP packet m to a second radio bearer
404. An SDAP header (labeled with "H" preceding each SDAP SDU shown
in FIG. 4A) may be added to an IP packet to generate an SDAP PDU,
which may be referred to as a PDCP SDU. The data unit transferred
from/to a higher protocol layer may be referred to as a service
data unit (SDU) of the lower protocol layer, and the data unit
transferred to/from a lower protocol layer may be referred to as a
protocol data unit (PDU) of the higher protocol layer. As shown in
FIG. 4A, the data unit from the SDAP 225 may be an SDU of lower
protocol layer PDCP 224 (e.g., PDCP SDU) and may be a PDU of the
SDAP 225 (e.g., SDAP PDU).
[0075] Each protocol layer (e.g., protocol layers shown in FIG. 4A)
or at least some protocol layers may: perform its own function(s)
(e.g., one or more functions of each protocol layer described with
respect to FIG. 3), add a corresponding header, and/or forward a
respective output to the next lower layer (e.g., its respective
lower layer). The PDCP 224 may perform an IP-header compression
and/or ciphering. The PDCP 224 may forward its output (e.g., a PDCP
PDU, which is an RLC SDU) to the RLC 223. The RLC 223 may
optionally perform segmentation (e.g., as shown for IP packet m in
FIG. 4A). The RLC 223 may forward its outputs (e.g., two RLC PDUs,
which are two MAC SDUs, generated by adding respective subheaders
to two SDU segments (SDU Segs)) to the MAC 222. The MAC 222 may
multiplex a number of RLC PDUs (MAC SDUs). The MAC 222 may attach a
MAC subheader to an RLC PDU (MAC SDU) to form a TB. The MAC
subheaders may be distributed across the MAC PDU (e.g., in an NR
configuration as shown in FIG. 4A). The MAC subheaders may be
entirely located at the beginning of a MAC PDU (e.g., in an LTE
configuration). The NR MAC PDU structure may reduce a processing
time and/or associated latency, for example, if the MAC PDU
subheaders are computed before assembling the full MAC PDU.
[0076] FIG. 4B shows an example format of a MAC subheader in a MAC
PDU. A MAC PDU may comprise a MAC subheader (H) and a MAC SDU. Each
of one or more MAC subheaders may comprise an SDU length field for
indicating the length (e.g., in bytes) of the MAC SDU to which the
MAC subheader corresponds; a logical channel identifier (LCID)
field for identifying/indicating the logical channel from which the
MAC SDU originated to aid in the demultiplexing process; a flag (F)
for indicating the size of the SDU length field; and a reserved bit
(R) field for future use.
[0077] One or more MAC control elements (CEs) may be added to, or
inserted into, the MAC PDU by a MAC layer, such as MAC 223 or MAC
222. As shown in FIG. 4B, two MAC CEs may be inserted/added before
two MAC PDUs. The MAC CEs may be inserted/added at the beginning of
a MAC PDU for downlink transmissions (as shown in FIG. 4B). One or
more MAC CEs may be inserted/added at the end of a MAC PDU for
uplink transmissions. MAC CEs may be used for in band control
signaling. Example MAC CEs may comprise scheduling-related MAC CEs,
such as buffer status reports and power headroom reports;
activation/deactivation MAC CEs (e.g., MAC CEs for
activation/deactivation of PDCP duplication detection, channel
state information (CSI) reporting, sounding reference signal (SRS)
transmission, and prior configured components); discontinuous
reception (DRX)-related MAC CEs; timing advance MAC CEs; and random
access-related MAC CEs. A MAC CE may be preceded by a MAC subheader
with a similar format as described for the MAC subheader for MAC
SDUs and may be identified with a reserved value in the LCID field
that indicates the type of control information included in the
corresponding MAC CE.
[0078] FIG. 5A shows an example mapping for downlink channels. The
mapping for uplink channels may comprise mapping between channels
(e.g., logical channels, transport channels, and physical channels)
for downlink. FIG. 5B shows an example mapping for uplink channels.
The mapping for uplink channels may comprise mapping between
channels (e.g., logical channels, transport channels, and physical
channels) for uplink. Information may be passed through/via
channels between the RLC, the MAC, and the PHY layers of a protocol
stack (e.g., the NR protocol stack). A logical channel may be used
between the RLC and the MAC layers. The logical channel may be
classified/indicated as a control channel that may carry control
and/or configuration information (e.g., in the NR control plane),
or as a traffic channel that may carry data (e.g., in the NR user
plane). A logical channel may be classified/indicated as a
dedicated logical channel that may be dedicated to a specific
wireless device, and/or as a common logical channel that may be
used by more than one wireless device (e.g., a group of wireless
devices).
[0079] A logical channel may be defined by the type of information
it carries. The set of logical channels (e.g., in an NR
configuration) may comprise one or more channels described below. A
paging control channel (PCCH) may comprise/carry one or more paging
messages used to page a wireless device whose location is not known
to the network on a cell level. A broadcast control channel (BCCH)
may comprise/carry system information messages in the form of a
master information block (MIB) and several system information
blocks (SIB s). The system information messages may be used by
wireless devices to obtain information about how a cell is
configured and how to operate within the cell. A common control
channel (CCCH) may comprise/carry control messages together with
random access. A dedicated control channel (DCCH) may
comprise/carry control messages to/from a specific wireless device
to configure the wireless device with configuration information. A
dedicated traffic channel (DTCH) may comprise/carry user data
to/from a specific wireless device.
[0080] Transport channels may be used between the MAC and PHY
layers. Transport channels may be defined by how the information
they carry is sent/transmitted (e.g., via an over the air
interface). The set of transport channels (e.g., that may be
defined by an NR configuration or any other configuration) may
comprise one or more of the following channels. A paging channel
(PCH) may comprise/carry paging messages that originated from the
PCCH. A broadcast channel (BCH) may comprise/carry the MIB from the
BCCH. A downlink shared channel (DL-SCH) may comprise/carry
downlink data and signaling messages, including the SIBs from the
BCCH. An uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) may comprise/carry uplink
data and signaling messages. A random access channel (RACH) may
provide a wireless device with an access to the network without any
prior scheduling.
[0081] The PHY layer may use physical channels to pass/transfer
information between processing levels of the PHY layer. A physical
channel may have an associated set of time-frequency resources for
carrying the information of one or more transport channels. The PHY
layer may generate control information to support the low-level
operation of the PHY layer. The PHY layer may provide/transfer the
control information to the lower levels of the PHY layer via
physical control channels (e.g., referred to as L1/L2 control
channels). The set of physical channels and physical control
channels (e.g., that may be defined by an NR configuration or any
other configuration) may comprise one or more of the following
channels. A physical broadcast channel (PBCH) may comprise/carry
the MIB from the BCH. A physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)
may comprise/carry downlink data and signaling messages from the
DL-SCH, as well as paging messages from the PCH. A physical
downlink control channel (PDCCH) may comprise/carry downlink
control information (DCI), which may comprise downlink scheduling
commands, uplink scheduling grants, and uplink power control
commands A physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) may
comprise/carry uplink data and signaling messages from the UL-SCH
and in some instances uplink control information (UCI) as described
below. A physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) may comprise/carry
UCI, which may comprise HARQ acknowledgments, channel quality
indicators (CQI), pre-coding matrix indicators (PMI), rank
indicators (RI), and scheduling requests (SR). A physical random
access channel (PRACH) may be used for random access.
[0082] The physical layer may generate physical signals to support
the low-level operation of the physical layer, which may be similar
to the physical control channels. As shown in FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B,
the physical layer signals (e.g., that may be defined by an NR
configuration or any other configuration) may comprise primary
synchronization signals (PSS), secondary synchronization signals
(SSS), channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS),
demodulation reference signals (DM-RS), sounding reference signals
(SRS), phase-tracking reference signals (PT RS), and/or any other
signals.
[0083] One or more of the channels (e.g., logical channels,
transport channels, physical channels, etc.) may be used to carry
out functions associated with the control plan protocol stack
(e.g., NR control plane protocol stack). FIG. 2B shows an example
control plane configuration (e.g., an NR control plane protocol
stack). As shown in FIG. 2B, the control plane configuration (e.g.,
the NR control plane protocol stack) may use substantially the
same/similar one or more protocol layers (e.g., PHY 211 and 221,
MAC 212 and 222, RLC 213 and 223, and PDCP 214 and 224) as the
example user plane configuration (e.g., the NR user plane protocol
stack). Similar four protocol layers may comprise the PHYs 211 and
221, the MACs 212 and 222, the RLCs 213 and 223, and the PDCPs 214
and 224. The control plane configuration (e.g., the NR control
plane stack) may have radio resource controls (RRCs) 216 and 226
and NAS protocols 217 and 237 at the top of the control plane
configuration (e.g., the NR control plane protocol stack), for
example, instead of having the SDAPs 215 and 225. The control plane
configuration may comprise an AMF 230 comprising the NAS protocol
237.
[0084] The NAS protocols 217 and 237 may provide control plane
functionality between the wireless device 210 and the AMF 230
(e.g., the AMF 158A or any other AMF) and/or, more generally,
between the wireless device 210 and a CN (e.g., the CN 152 or any
other CN). The NAS protocols 217 and 237 may provide control plane
functionality between the wireless device 210 and the AMF 230 via
signaling messages, referred to as NAS messages. There may be no
direct path between the wireless device 210 and the AMF 230 via
which the NAS messages may be transported. The NAS messages may be
transported using the AS of the Uu and NG interfaces. The NAS
protocols 217 and 237 may provide control plane functionality, such
as authentication, security, a connection setup, mobility
management, session management, and/or any other functionality.
[0085] The RRCs 216 and 226 may provide/configure control plane
functionality between the wireless device 210 and the base station
220 and/or, more generally, between the wireless device 210 and the
RAN (e.g., the base station 220). The RRC layers 216 and 226 may
provide/configure control plane functionality between the wireless
device 210 and the base station 220 via signaling messages, which
may be referred to as RRC messages. The RRC messages may be
sent/transmitted between the wireless device 210 and the RAN (e.g.,
the base station 220) using signaling radio bearers and the
same/similar PDCP, RLC, MAC, and PHY protocol layers. The MAC layer
may multiplex control-plane and user-plane data into the same TB.
The RRC layers 216 and 226 may provide/configure control plane
functionality, such as one or more of the following
functionalities: broadcast of system information related to AS and
NAS; paging initiated by the CN or the RAN; establishment,
maintenance and release of an RRC connection between the wireless
device 210 and the RAN (e.g., the base station 220); security
functions including key management; establishment, configuration,
maintenance and release of signaling radio bearers and data radio
bearers; mobility functions; QoS management functions; wireless
device measurement reporting (e.g., the wireless device measurement
reporting) and control of the reporting; detection of and recovery
from radio link failure (RLF); and/or NAS message transfer. As part
of establishing an RRC connection, RRC layers 216 and 226 may
establish an RRC context, which may involve configuring parameters
for communication between the wireless device 210 and the RAN
(e.g., the base station 220).
[0086] FIG. 6 shows example RRC states and RRC state transitions.
An RRC state of a wireless device may be changed to another RRC
state (e.g., RRC state transitions of a wireless device). The
wireless device may be substantially the same or similar to the
wireless device 106, 210, or any other wireless device. A wireless
device may be in at least one of a plurality of states, such as
three RRC states comprising RRC connected 602 (e.g.,
RRC_CONNECTED), RRC idle 606 (e.g., RRC_IDLE), and RRC inactive 604
(e.g., RRC_INACTIVE). The RRC inactive 604 may be RRC connected but
inactive.
[0087] An RRC connection may be established for the wireless
device. For example, this may be during an RRC connected state.
During the RRC connected state (e.g., during the RRC connected
602), the wireless device may have an established RRC context and
may have at least one RRC connection with a base station. The base
station may be similar to one of the one or more base stations
(e.g., one or more base stations of the RAN 104 shown in FIG. 1A,
one of the gNBs 160 or ng-eNBs 162 shown in FIG. 1B, the base
station 220 shown in FIG. 2A and FIG. 2B, or any other base
stations). The base station with which the wireless device is
connected (e.g., has established an RRC connection) may have the
RRC context for the wireless device. The RRC context, which may be
referred to as a wireless device context (e.g., the UE context),
may comprise parameters for communication between the wireless
device and the base station. These parameters may comprise, for
example, one or more of: AS contexts; radio link configuration
parameters; bearer configuration information (e.g., relating to a
data radio bearer, a signaling radio bearer, a logical channel, a
QoS flow, and/or a PDU session); security information; and/or layer
configuration information (e.g., PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, and/or SDAP
layer configuration information). During the RRC connected state
(e.g., the RRC connected 602), mobility of the wireless device may
be managed/controlled by an RAN (e.g., the RAN 104 or the NG RAN
154). The wireless device may measure received signal levels (e.g.,
reference signal levels, reference signal received power, reference
signal received quality, received signal strength indicator, etc.)
based on one or more signals sent from a serving cell and
neighboring cells. The wireless device may report these
measurements to a serving base station (e.g., the base station
currently serving the wireless device). The serving base station of
the wireless device may request a handover to a cell of one of the
neighboring base stations, for example, based on the reported
measurements. The RRC state may transition from the RRC connected
state (e.g., RRC connected 602) to an RRC idle state (e.g., the RRC
idle 606) via a connection release procedure 608. The RRC state may
transition from the RRC connected state (e.g., RRC connected 602)
to the RRC inactive state (e.g., RRC inactive 604) via a connection
inactivation procedure 610.
[0088] An RRC context may not be established for the wireless
device. For example, this may be during the RRC idle state. During
the RRC idle state (e.g., the RRC idle 606), an RRC context may not
be established for the wireless device. During the RRC idle state
(e.g., the RRC idle 606), the wireless device may not have an RRC
connection with the base station. During the RRC idle state (e.g.,
the RRC idle 606), the wireless device may be in a sleep state for
the majority of the time (e.g., to conserve battery power). The
wireless device may wake up periodically (e.g., each discontinuous
reception (DRX) cycle) to monitor for paging messages (e.g., paging
messages set from the RAN). Mobility of the wireless device may be
managed by the wireless device via a procedure of a cell
reselection. The RRC state may transition from the RRC idle state
(e.g., the RRC idle 606) to the RRC connected state (e.g., the RRC
connected 602) via a connection establishment procedure 612, which
may involve a random access procedure.
[0089] A previously established RRC context may be maintained for
the wireless device. For example, this may be during the RRC
inactive state. During the RRC inactive state (e.g., the RRC
inactive 604), the RRC context previously established may be
maintained in the wireless device and the base station. The
maintenance of the RRC context may enable/allow a fast transition
to the RRC connected state (e.g., the RRC connected 602) with
reduced signaling overhead as compared to the transition from the
RRC idle state (e.g., the RRC idle 606) to the RRC connected state
(e.g., the RRC connected 602). During the RRC inactive state (e.g.,
the RRC inactive 604), the wireless device may be in a sleep state
and mobility of the wireless device may be managed/controlled by
the wireless device via a cell reselection. The RRC state may
transition from the RRC inactive state (e.g., the RRC inactive 604)
to the RRC connected state (e.g., the RRC connected 602) via a
connection resume procedure 614. The RRC state may transition from
the RRC inactive state (e.g., the RRC inactive 604) to the RRC idle
state (e.g., the RRC idle 606) via a connection release procedure
616 that may be the same as or similar to connection release
procedure 608.
[0090] An RRC state may be associated with a mobility management
mechanism. During the RRC idle state (e.g., RRC idle 606) and the
RRC inactive state (e.g., the RRC inactive 604), mobility may be
managed/controlled by the wireless device via a cell reselection.
The purpose of mobility management during the RRC idle state (e.g.,
the RRC idle 606) or during the RRC inactive state (e.g., the RRC
inactive 604) may be to enable/allow the network to be able to
notify the wireless device of an event via a paging message without
having to broadcast the paging message over the entire mobile
communications network. The mobility management mechanism used
during the RRC idle state (e.g., the RRC idle 606) or during the
RRC idle state (e.g., the RRC inactive 604) may enable/allow the
network to track the wireless device on a cell-group level, for
example, so that the paging message may be broadcast over the cells
of the cell group that the wireless device currently resides within
(e.g. instead of sending the paging message over the entire mobile
communication network). The mobility management mechanisms for the
RRC idle state (e.g., the RRC idle 606) and the RRC inactive state
(e.g., the RRC inactive 604) may track the wireless device on a
cell-group level. The mobility management mechanisms may do the
tracking, for example, using different granularities of grouping.
There may be a plurality of levels of cell-grouping granularity
(e.g., three levels of cell-grouping granularity: individual cells;
cells within a RAN area identified by a RAN area identifier (RAI);
and cells within a group of RAN areas, referred to as a tracking
area and identified by a tracking area identifier (TAI)).
[0091] Tracking areas may be used to track the wireless device
(e.g., tracking the location of the wireless device at the CN
level). The CN (e.g., the CN 102, the 5G CN 152, or any other CN)
may send to the wireless device a list of TAIs associated with a
wireless device registration area (e.g., a UE registration area). A
wireless device may perform a registration update with the CN to
allow the CN to update the location of the wireless device and
provide the wireless device with a new the UE registration area,
for example, if the wireless device moves (e.g., via a cell
reselection) to a cell associated with a TAI that may not be
included in the list of TAIs associated with the UE registration
area.
[0092] RAN areas may be used to track the wireless device (e.g.,
the location of the wireless device at the RAN level). For a
wireless device in an RRC inactive state (e.g., the RRC inactive
604), the wireless device may be assigned/provided/configured with
a RAN notification area. A RAN notification area may comprise one
or more cell identities (e.g., a list of RAIs and/or a list of
TAIs). A base station may belong to one or more RAN notification
areas. A cell may belong to one or more RAN notification areas. A
wireless device may perform a notification area update with the RAN
to update the RAN notification area of the wireless device, for
example, if the wireless device moves (e.g., via a cell
reselection) to a cell not included in the RAN notification area
assigned/provided/configured to the wireless device.
[0093] A base station storing an RRC context for a wireless device
or a last serving base station of the wireless device may be
referred to as an anchor base station. An anchor base station may
maintain an RRC context for the wireless device at least during a
period of time that the wireless device stays in a RAN notification
area of the anchor base station and/or during a period of time that
the wireless device stays in an RRC inactive state (e.g., RRC
inactive 604).
[0094] A base station (e.g., gNBs 160 in FIG. 1B or any other base
station) may be split in two parts: a central unit (e.g., a base
station central unit, such as a gNB CU) and one or more distributed
units (e.g., a base station distributed unit, such as a gNB DU). A
base station central unit (CU) may be coupled to one or more base
station distributed units (DUs) using an F1 interface (e.g., an F1
interface defined in an NR configuration). The base station CU may
comprise the RRC, the PDCP, and the SDAP layers. A base station
distributed unit (DU) may comprise the RLC, the MAC, and the PHY
layers.
[0095] The physical signals and physical channels (e.g., described
with respect to FIG. 5A and FIG. 5B) may be mapped onto one or more
symbols (e.g., orthogonal frequency divisional multiplexing (OFDM)
symbols in an NR configuration or any other symbols). OFDM is a
multicarrier communication scheme that sends/transmits data over F
orthogonal subcarriers (or tones). The data may be mapped to a
series of complex symbols (e.g., M-quadrature amplitude modulation
(M-QAM) symbols or M-phase shift keying (M PSK) symbols or any
other modulated symbols), referred to as source symbols, and
divided into F parallel symbol streams, for example, before
transmission of the data. The F parallel symbol streams may be
treated as if they are in the frequency domain. The F parallel
symbols may be used as inputs to an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform
(IFFT) block that transforms them into the time domain. The IFFT
block may take in F source symbols at a time, one from each of the
F parallel symbol streams. The IFFT block may use each source
symbol to modulate the amplitude and phase of one of F sinusoidal
basis functions that correspond to the F orthogonal subcarriers.
The output of the IFFT block may be F time-domain samples that
represent the summation of the F orthogonal subcarriers. The F
time-domain samples may form a single OFDM symbol. An OFDM symbol
provided/output by the IFFT block may be sent/transmitted over the
air interface on a carrier frequency, for example, after one or
more processes (e.g., addition of a cyclic prefix) and
up-conversion. The F parallel symbol streams may be mixed, for
example, using a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) block before being
processed by the IFFT block. This operation may produce Discrete
Fourier Transform (DFT)-precoded OFDM symbols and may be used by
one or more wireless devices in the uplink to reduce the peak to
average power ratio (PAPR). Inverse processing may be performed on
the OFDM symbol at a receiver using an FFT block to recover the
data mapped to the source symbols.
[0096] FIG. 7 shows an example configuration of a frame. The frame
may comprise, for example, an NR radio frame into which OFDM
symbols may be grouped. A frame (e.g., an NR radio frame) may be
identified/indicated by a system frame number (SFN) or any other
value. The SFN may repeat with a period of 1024 frames. One NR
frame may be 10 milliseconds (ms) in duration and may comprise 10
subframes that are 1 ms in duration. A subframe may be divided into
one or more slots (e.g., depending on numerologies and/or different
subcarrier spacings). Each of the one or more slots may comprise,
for example, 14 OFDM symbols per slot. Any quantity of symbols,
slots, or duration may be used for any time interval.
[0097] The duration of a slot may depend on the numerology used for
the OFDM symbols of the slot. A flexible numerology may be
supported, for example, to accommodate different deployments (e.g.,
cells with carrier frequencies below 1 GHz up to cells with carrier
frequencies in the mm-wave range). A flexible numerology may be
supported, for example, in an NR configuration or any other radio
configurations. A numerology may be defined in terms of subcarrier
spacing and/or cyclic prefix duration. Subcarrier spacings may be
scaled up by powers of two from a baseline subcarrier spacing of 15
kHz. Cyclic prefix durations may be scaled down by powers of two
from a baseline cyclic prefix duration of 4.7 .mu.s, for example,
for a numerology in an NR configuration or any other radio
configurations. Numerologies may be defined with the following
subcarrier spacing/cyclic prefix duration combinations: 15 kHz/4.7
.mu.s; 30 kHz/2.3 .mu.s; 60 kHz/1.2 .mu.s; 120 kHz/0.59 .mu.s; 240
kHz/0.29 .mu.s, and/or any other subcarrier spacing/cyclic prefix
duration combinations.
[0098] A slot may have a fixed number/quantity of OFDM symbols
(e.g., 14 OFDM symbols). A numerology with a higher subcarrier
spacing may have a shorter slot duration and more slots per
subframe. Examples of numerology-dependent slot duration and
slots-per-subframe transmission structure are shown in FIG. 7 (the
numerology with a subcarrier spacing of 240 kHz is not shown in
FIG. 7). A subframe (e.g., in an NR configuration) may be used as a
numerology-independent time reference. A slot may be used as the
unit upon which uplink and downlink transmissions are scheduled.
Scheduling (e.g., in an NR configuration) may be decoupled from the
slot duration. Scheduling may start at any OFDM symbol. Scheduling
may last for as many symbols as needed for a transmission, for
example, to support low latency. These partial slot transmissions
may be referred to as mini-slot or sub-slot transmissions.
[0099] FIG. 8 shows an example resource configuration of one or
more carriers. The resource configuration of may comprise a slot in
the time and frequency domain for an NR carrier or any other
carrier. The slot may comprise resource elements (REs) and resource
blocks (RBs). A resource element (RE) may be the smallest physical
resource (e.g., in an NR configuration). An RE may span one OFDM
symbol in the time domain by one subcarrier in the frequency
domain, such as shown in FIG. 8. An RB may span twelve consecutive
REs in the frequency domain, such as shown in FIG. 8. A carrier
(e.g., an NR carrier) may be limited to a width of a certain
quantity of RBs and/or subcarriers (e.g., 275 RBs or
275.times.12=3300 subcarriers). Such limitation(s), if used, may
limit the carrier (e.g., NR carrier) frequency based on subcarrier
spacing (e.g., carrier frequency of 50, 100, 200, and 400 MHz for
subcarrier spacings of 15, 30, 60, and 120 kHz, respectively). A
400 MHz bandwidth may be set based on a 400 MHz per carrier
bandwidth limit. Any other bandwidth may be set based on a per
carrier bandwidth limit.
[0100] A single numerology may be used across the entire bandwidth
of a carrier (e.g., an NR such as shown in FIG. 8). In other
example configurations, multiple numerologies may be supported on
the same carrier. NR and/or other access technologies may support
wide carrier bandwidths (e.g., up to 400 MHz for a subcarrier
spacing of 120 kHz). Not all wireless devices may be able to
receive the full carrier bandwidth (e.g., due to hardware
limitations and/or different wireless device capabilities).
Receiving and/or utilizing the full carrier bandwidth may be
prohibitive, for example, in terms of wireless device power
consumption. A wireless device may adapt the size of the receive
bandwidth of the wireless device, for example, based on the amount
of traffic the wireless device is scheduled to receive (e.g., to
reduce power consumption and/or for other purposes). Such an
adaptation may be referred to as bandwidth adaptation.
[0101] Configuration of one or more bandwidth parts (BWPs) may
support one or more wireless devices not capable of receiving the
full carrier bandwidth. BWPs may support bandwidth adaptation, for
example, for such wireless devices not capable of receiving the
full carrier bandwidth. A BWP (e.g., a BWP of an NR configuration)
may be defined by a subset of contiguous RBs on a carrier. A
wireless device may be configured (e.g., via an RRC layer) with one
or more downlink BWPs per serving cell and one or more uplink BWPs
per serving cell (e.g., up to four downlink BWPs per serving cell
and up to four uplink BWPs per serving cell). One or more of the
configured BWPs for a serving cell may be active, for example, at a
given time. The one or more BWPs may be referred to as active BWPs
of the serving cell. A serving cell may have one or more first
active BWPs in the uplink carrier and one or more second active
BWPs in the secondary uplink carrier, for example, if the serving
cell is configured with a secondary uplink carrier.
[0102] A downlink BWP from a set of configured downlink BWPs may be
linked with an uplink BWP from a set of configured uplink BWPs
(e.g., for unpaired spectra). A downlink BWP and an uplink BWP may
be linked, for example, if a downlink BWP index of the downlink BWP
and an uplink BWP index of the uplink BWP are the same. A wireless
device may expect that the center frequency for a downlink BWP is
the same as the center frequency for an uplink BWP (e.g., for
unpaired spectra).
[0103] A base station may configure a wireless device with one or
more control resource sets (CORESETs) for at least one search
space. The base station may configure the wireless device with one
or more CORESETS, for example, for a downlink BWP in a set of
configured downlink BWPs on a primary cell (PCell) or on a
secondary cell (SCell). A search space may comprise a set of
locations in the time and frequency domains where the wireless
device may monitor/find/detect/identify control information. The
search space may be a wireless device-specific search space (e.g.,
a UE-specific search space) or a common search space (e.g.,
potentially usable by a plurality of wireless devices or a group of
wireless user devices). A base station may configure a group of
wireless devices with a common search space, on a PCell or on a
primary secondary cell (PSCell), in an active downlink BWP.
[0104] A base station may configure a wireless device with one or
more resource sets for one or more PUCCH transmissions, for
example, for an uplink BWP in a set of configured uplink BWPs. A
wireless device may receive downlink receptions (e.g., PDCCH or
PDSCH) in a downlink BWP, for example, according to a configured
numerology (e.g., a configured subcarrier spacing and/or a
configured cyclic prefix duration) for the downlink BWP. The
wireless device may send/transmit uplink transmissions (e.g., PUCCH
or PUSCH) in an uplink BWP, for example, according to a configured
numerology (e.g., a configured subcarrier spacing and/or a
configured cyclic prefix length for the uplink BWP).
[0105] One or more BWP indicator fields may be provided/comprised
in Downlink Control Information (DCI). A value of a BWP indicator
field may indicate which BWP in a set of configured BWPs is an
active downlink BWP for one or more downlink receptions. The value
of the one or more BWP indicator fields may indicate an active
uplink BWP for one or more uplink transmissions.
[0106] A base station may semi-statically configure a wireless
device with a default downlink BWP within a set of configured
downlink BWPs associated with a PCell. A default downlink BWP may
be an initial active downlink BWP, for example, if the base station
does not provide/configure a default downlink BWP to/for the
wireless device. The wireless device may determine which BWP is the
initial active downlink BWP, for example, based on a CORESET
configuration obtained using the PBCH.
[0107] A base station may configure a wireless device with a BWP
inactivity timer value for a PCell. The wireless device may start
or restart a BWP inactivity timer at any appropriate time. The
wireless device may start or restart the BWP inactivity timer, for
example, if one or more conditions are satisfied. The one or more
conditions may comprise at least one of: the wireless device
detects DCI indicating an active downlink BWP other than a default
downlink BWP for a paired spectra operation; the wireless device
detects DCI indicating an active downlink BWP other than a default
downlink BWP for an unpaired spectra operation; and/or the wireless
device detects DCI indicating an active uplink BWP other than a
default uplink BWP for an unpaired spectra operation. The wireless
device may start/run the BWP inactivity timer toward expiration
(e.g., increment from zero to the BWP inactivity timer value, or
decrement from the BWP inactivity timer value to zero), for
example, if the wireless device does not detect DCI during a time
interval (e.g., 1 ms or 0.5 ms). The wireless device may switch
from the active downlink BWP to the default downlink BWP, for
example, if the BWP inactivity timer expires.
[0108] A base station may semi-statically configure a wireless
device with one or more BWPs. A wireless device may switch an
active BWP from a first BWP to a second BWP, for example, after
(e.g., based on or in response to) receiving DCI indicating the
second BWP as an active BWP. A wireless device may switch an active
BWP from a first BWP to a second BWP, for example, after (e.g.,
based on or in response to) an expiry of the BWP inactivity timer
(e.g., if the second BWP is the default BWP).
[0109] A downlink BWP switching may refer to switching an active
downlink BWP from a first downlink BWP to a second downlink BWP
(e.g., the second downlink BWP is activated and the first downlink
BWP is deactivated). An uplink BWP switching may refer to switching
an active uplink BWP from a first uplink BWP to a second uplink BWP
(e.g., the second uplink BWP is activated and the first uplink BWP
is deactivated). Downlink and uplink BWP switching may be performed
independently (e.g., in paired spectrum/spectra). Downlink and
uplink BWP switching may be performed simultaneously (e.g., in
unpaired spectrum/spectra). Switching between configured BWPs may
occur, for example, based on RRC signaling, DCI signaling,
expiration of a BWP inactivity timer, and/or an initiation of
random access.
[0110] FIG. 9 shows an example of configured BWPs. Bandwidth
adaptation using multiple BWPs (e.g., three configured BWPs for an
NR carrier) may be available. A wireless device configured with
multiple BWPs (e.g., the three BWPs) may switch from one BWP to
another BWP at a switching point. The BWPs may comprise: a BWP 902
having a bandwidth of 40 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 15 kHz; a
BWP 904 having a bandwidth of 10 MHz and a subcarrier spacing of 15
kHz; and a BWP 906 having a bandwidth of 20 MHz and a subcarrier
spacing of 60 kHz. The BWP 902 may be an initial active BWP, and
the BWP 904 may be a default BWP. The wireless device may switch
between BWPs at switching points. The wireless device may switch
from the BWP 902 to the BWP 904 at a switching point 908. The
switching at the switching point 908 may occur for any suitable
reasons. The switching at a switching point 908 may occur, for
example, after (e.g., based on or in response to) an expiry of a
BWP inactivity timer (e.g., indicating switching to the default
BWP). The switching at the switching point 908 may occur, for
example, after (e.g., based on or in response to) receiving DCI
indicating BWP 904 as the active BWP. The wireless device may
switch at a switching point 910 from an active BWP 904 to the BWP
906, for example, after or in response receiving DCI indicating BWP
906 as a new active BWP. The wireless device may switch at a
switching point 912 from an active BWP 906 to the BWP 904, for
example, after (e.g., based on or in response to) an expiry of a
BWP inactivity timer. The wireless device may switch at the
switching point 912 from an active BWP 906 to the BWP 904, for
example, after or in response receiving DCI indicating BWP 904 as a
new active BWP. The wireless device may switch at a switching point
914 from an active BWP 904 to the BWP 902, for example, after or in
response receiving DCI indicating the BWP 902 as a new active
BWP.
[0111] Wireless device procedures for switching BWPs on a secondary
cell may be the same/similar as those on a primary cell, for
example, if the wireless device is configured for a secondary cell
with a default downlink BWP in a set of configured downlink BWPs
and a timer value. The wireless device may use the timer value and
the default downlink BWP for the secondary cell in the same/similar
manner as the wireless device uses the timer value and/or default
BWPs for a primary cell. The timer value (e.g., the BWP inactivity
timer) may be configured per cell (e.g., for one or more BWPs), for
example, via RRC signaling or any other signaling. One or more
active BWPs may switch to another BWP, for example, based on an
expiration of the BWP inactivity timer.
[0112] Two or more carriers may be aggregated and data may be
simultaneously sent/transmitted to/from the same wireless device
using carrier aggregation (CA) (e.g., to increase data rates). The
aggregated carriers in CA may be referred to as component carriers
(CCs). There may be a number/quantity of serving cells for the
wireless device (e.g., one serving cell for a CC), for example, if
CA is configured/used. The CCs may have multiple configurations in
the frequency domain.
[0113] FIG. 10A shows example CA configurations based on CCs. As
shown in FIG. 10A, three types of CA configurations may comprise an
intraband (contiguous) configuration 1002, an intraband
(non-contiguous) configuration 1004, and/or an interband
configuration 1006. In the intraband (contiguous) configuration
1002, two CCs may be aggregated in the same frequency band
(frequency band A) and may be located directly adjacent to each
other within the frequency band. In the intraband (non-contiguous)
configuration 1004, two CCs may be aggregated in the same frequency
band (frequency band A) but may be separated from each other in the
frequency band by a gap. In the interband configuration 1006, two
CCs may be located in different frequency bands (e.g., frequency
band A and frequency band B, respectively).
[0114] A network may set the maximum quantity of CCs that can be
aggregated (e.g., up to 32 CCs may be aggregated in NR, or any
other quantity may be aggregated in other systems). The aggregated
CCs may have the same or different bandwidths, subcarrier spacing,
and/or duplexing schemes (TDD, FDD, or any other duplexing
schemes). A serving cell for a wireless device using CA may have a
downlink CC. One or more uplink CCs may be optionally configured
for a serving cell (e.g., for FDD). The ability to aggregate more
downlink carriers than uplink carriers may be useful, for example,
if the wireless device has more data traffic in the downlink than
in the uplink.
[0115] One of the aggregated cells for a wireless device may be
referred to as a primary cell (PCell), for example, if a CA is
configured. The PCell may be the serving cell that the wireless
initially connects to or access to, for example, during or at an
RRC connection establishment, an RRC connection reestablishment,
and/or a handover. The PCell may provide/configure the wireless
device with NAS mobility information and the security input.
Wireless device may have different PCells. For the downlink, the
carrier corresponding to the PCell may be referred to as the
downlink primary CC (DL PCC). For the uplink, the carrier
corresponding to the PCell may be referred to as the uplink primary
CC (UL PCC). The other aggregated cells (e.g., associated with CCs
other than the DL PCC and UL PCC) for the wireless device may be
referred to as secondary cells (SCells). The SCells may be
configured, for example, after the PCell is configured for the
wireless device. An SCell may be configured via an RRC connection
reconfiguration procedure. For the downlink, the carrier
corresponding to an SCell may be referred to as a downlink
secondary CC (DL SCC). For the uplink, the carrier corresponding to
the SCell may be referred to as the uplink secondary CC (UL
SCC).
[0116] Configured SCells for a wireless device may be activated or
deactivated, for example, based on traffic and channel conditions.
Deactivation of an SCell may cause the wireless device to stop
PDCCH and PDSCH reception on the SCell and PUSCH, SRS, and CQI
transmissions on the SCell. Configured SCells may be activated or
deactivated, for example, using a MAC CE (e.g., the MAC CE
described with respect to FIG. 4B). A MAC CE may use a bitmap
(e.g., one bit per SCell) to indicate which SCells (e.g., in a
subset of configured SCells) for the wireless device are activated
or deactivated. Configured SCells may be deactivated, for example,
after (e.g., based on or in response to) an expiration of an SCell
deactivation timer (e.g., one SCell deactivation timer per SCell
may be configured).
[0117] DCI may comprise control information, such as scheduling
assignments and scheduling grants, for a cell. DCI may be
sent/transmitted via the cell corresponding to the scheduling
assignments and/or scheduling grants, which may be referred to as a
self-scheduling. DCI comprising control information for a cell may
be sent/transmitted via another cell, which may be referred to as a
cross-carrier scheduling. Uplink control information (UCI) may
comprise control information, such as HARQ acknowledgments and
channel state feedback (e.g., CQI, PMI, and/or RI) for aggregated
cells. UCI may be sent/transmitted via an uplink control channel
(e.g., a PUCCH) of the PCell or a certain SCell (e.g., an SCell
configured with PUCCH). For a larger number of aggregated downlink
CCs, the PUCCH of the PCell may become overloaded. Cells may be
divided into multiple PUCCH groups.
[0118] FIG. 10B shows example group of cells. Aggregated cells may
be configured into one or more PUCCH groups (e.g., as shown in FIG.
10B). One or more cell groups or one or more uplink control channel
groups (e.g., a PUCCH group 1010 and a PUCCH group 1050) may
comprise one or more downlink CCs, respectively. The PUCCH group
1010 may comprise one or more downlink CCs, for example, three
downlink CCs: a PCell 1011 (e.g., a DL PCC), an SCell 1012 (e.g., a
DL SCC), and an SCell 1013 (e.g., a DL SCC). The PUCCH group 1050
may comprise one or more downlink CCs, for example, three downlink
CCs: a PUCCH SCell (or PSCell) 1051 (e.g., a DL SCC), an SCell 1052
(e.g., a DL SCC), and an SCell 1053 (e.g., a DL SCC). One or more
uplink CCs of the PUCCH group 1010 may be configured as a PCell
1021 (e.g., a UL PCC), an SCell 1022 (e.g., a UL SCC), and an SCell
1023 (e.g., a UL SCC). One or more uplink CCs of the PUCCH group
1050 may be configured as a PUCCH SCell (or PSCell) 1061 (e.g., a
UL SCC), an SCell 1062 (e.g., a UL SCC), and an SCell 1063 (e.g., a
UL SCC). UCI related to the downlink CCs of the PUCCH group 1010,
shown as UCI 1031, UCI 1032, and UCI 1033, may be sent/transmitted
via the uplink of the PCell 1021 (e.g., via the PUCCH of the PCell
1021). UCI related to the downlink CCs of the PUCCH group 1050,
shown as UCI 1071, UCI 1072, and UCI 1073, may be sent/transmitted
via the uplink of the PUCCH SCell (or PSCell) 1061 (e.g., via the
PUCCH of the PUCCH SCell 1061). A single uplink PCell may be
configured to send/transmit UCI relating to the six downlink CCs,
for example, if the aggregated cells shown in FIG. 10B are not
divided into the PUCCH group 1010 and the PUCCH group 1050. The
PCell 1021 may become overloaded, for example, if the UCIs 1031,
1032, 1033, 1071, 1072, and 1073 are sent/transmitted via the PCell
1021. By dividing transmissions of UCI between the PCell 1021 and
the PUCCH SCell (or PSCell) 1061, overloading may be prevented
and/or reduced.
[0119] A PCell may comprise a downlink carrier (e.g., the PCell
1011) and an uplink carrier (e.g., the PCell 1021). An SCell may
comprise only a downlink carrier. A cell, comprising a downlink
carrier and optionally an uplink carrier, may be assigned with a
physical cell ID and a cell index. The physical cell ID or the cell
index may indicate/identify a downlink carrier and/or an uplink
carrier of the cell, for example, depending on the context in which
the physical cell ID is used. A physical cell ID may be determined,
for example, using a synchronization signal (e.g., PSS and/or SSS)
sent/transmitted via a downlink component carrier. A cell index may
be determined, for example, using one or more RRC messages. A
physical cell ID may be referred to as a carrier ID, and a cell
index may be referred to as a carrier index. A first physical cell
ID for a first downlink carrier may refer to the first physical
cell ID for a cell comprising the first downlink carrier.
Substantially the same/similar concept may apply to, for example, a
carrier activation. Activation of a first carrier may refer to
activation of a cell comprising the first carrier.
[0120] A multi-carrier nature of a PHY layer may be
exposed/indicated to a MAC layer (e.g., in a CA configuration). A
HARQ entity may operate on a serving cell. A transport block may be
generated per assignment/grant per serving cell. A transport block
and potential HARQ retransmissions of the transport block may be
mapped to a serving cell.
[0121] For the downlink, a base station may send/transmit (e.g.,
unicast, multicast, and/or broadcast), to one or more wireless
devices, one or more reference signals (RSs) (e.g., PSS, SSS,
CSI-RS, DM-RS, and/or PT-RS). For the uplink, the one or more
wireless devices may send/transmit one or more RSs to the base
station (e.g., DM-RS, PT-RS, and/or SRS). The PSS and the SSS may
be sent/transmitted by the base station and used by the one or more
wireless devices to synchronize the one or more wireless devices
with the base station. A synchronization signal (SS)/physical
broadcast channel (PBCH) block may comprise the PSS, the SSS, and
the PBCH. The base station may periodically send/transmit a burst
of SS/PBCH blocks, which may be referred to as SSBs.
[0122] FIG. 11A shows an example mapping of one or more SS/PBCH
blocks. A burst of SS/PBCH blocks may comprise one or more SS/PBCH
blocks (e.g., 4 SS/PBCH blocks, as shown in FIG. 11A). Bursts may
be sent/transmitted periodically (e.g., every 2 frames, 20 ms, or
any other durations). A burst may be restricted to a half-frame
(e.g., a first half-frame having a duration of 5 ms). Such
parameters (e.g., the number of SS/PBCH blocks per burst,
periodicity of bursts, position of the burst within the frame) may
be configured, for example, based on at least one of: a carrier
frequency of a cell in which the SS/PBCH block is sent/transmitted;
a numerology or subcarrier spacing of the cell; a configuration by
the network (e.g., using RRC signaling); and/or any other suitable
factor(s). A wireless device may assume a subcarrier spacing for
the SS/PBCH block based on the carrier frequency being monitored,
for example, unless the radio network configured the wireless
device to assume a different subcarrier spacing.
[0123] The SS/PBCH block may span one or more OFDM symbols in the
time domain (e.g., 4 OFDM symbols, as shown in FIG. 11A or any
other quantity/number of symbols) and may span one or more
subcarriers in the frequency domain (e.g., 240 contiguous
subcarriers or any other quantity/number of subcarriers). The PSS,
the SSS, and the PBCH may have a common center frequency. The PSS
may be sent/transmitted first and may span, for example, 1 OFDM
symbol and 127 subcarriers. The SSS may be sent/transmitted after
the PSS (e.g., two symbols later) and may span 1 OFDM symbol and
127 subcarriers. The PBCH may be sent/transmitted after the PSS
(e.g., across the next 3 OFDM symbols) and may span 240 subcarriers
(e.g., in the second and fourth OFDM symbols as shown in FIG. 11A)
and/or may span fewer than 240 subcarriers (e.g., in the third OFDM
symbols as shown in FIG. 11A).
[0124] The location of the SS/PBCH block in the time and frequency
domains may not be known to the wireless device (e.g., if the
wireless device is searching for the cell). The wireless device may
monitor a carrier for the PSS, for example, to find and select the
cell. The wireless device may monitor a frequency location within
the carrier. The wireless device may search for the PSS at a
different frequency location within the carrier, for example, if
the PSS is not found after a certain duration (e.g., 20 ms). The
wireless device may search for the PSS at a different frequency
location within the carrier, for example, as indicated by a
synchronization raster. The wireless device may determine the
locations of the SSS and the PBCH, respectively, for example, based
on a known structure of the SS/PBCH block if the PSS is found at a
location in the time and frequency domains. The SS/PBCH block may
be a cell-defining SS block (CD-SSB). A primary cell may be
associated with a CD-SSB. The CD-SSB may be located on a
synchronization raster. A cell selection/search and/or reselection
may be based on the CD-SSB.
[0125] The SS/PBCH block may be used by the wireless device to
determine one or more parameters of the cell. The wireless device
may determine a physical cell identifier (PCI) of the cell, for
example, based on the sequences of the PSS and the SSS,
respectively. The wireless device may determine a location of a
frame boundary of the cell, for example, based on the location of
the SS/PBCH block. The SS/PBCH block may indicate that it has been
sent/transmitted in accordance with a transmission pattern. An
SS/PBCH block in the transmission pattern may be a known distance
from the frame boundary (e.g., a predefined distance for a RAN
configuration among one or more networks, one or more base
stations, and one or more wireless devices).
[0126] The PBCH may use a QPSK modulation and/or forward error
correction (FEC). The FEC may use polar coding. One or more symbols
spanned by the PBCH may comprise/carry one or more DM-RSs for
demodulation of the PBCH. The PBCH may comprise an indication of a
current system frame number (SFN) of the cell and/or a SS/PBCH
block timing index. These parameters may facilitate time
synchronization of the wireless device to the base station. The
PBCH may comprise a MIB used to send/transmit to the wireless
device one or more parameters. The MIB may be used by the wireless
device to locate remaining minimum system information (RMSI)
associated with the cell. The RMSI may comprise a System
Information Block Type 1 (SIB1). The SIB1 may comprise information
for the wireless device to access the cell. The wireless device may
use one or more parameters of the MIB to monitor a PDCCH, which may
be used to schedule a PDSCH. The PDSCH may comprise the SIB1. The
SIB1 may be decoded using parameters provided/comprised in the MIB.
The PBCH may indicate an absence of SIB1. The wireless device may
be pointed to a frequency, for example, based on the PBCH
indicating the absence of SIB1. The wireless device may search for
an SS/PBCH block at the frequency to which the wireless device is
pointed.
[0127] The wireless device may assume that one or more SS/PBCH
blocks sent/transmitted with a same SS/PBCH block index are quasi
co-located (QCLed) (e.g., having substantially the same/similar
Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, average delay, and/or
spatial Rx parameters). The wireless device may not assume QCL for
SS/PBCH block transmissions having different SS/PBCH block indexes.
SS/PBCH blocks (e.g., those within a half-frame) may be
sent/transmitted in spatial directions (e.g., using different beams
that span a coverage area of the cell). A first SS/PBCH block may
be sent/transmitted in a first spatial direction using a first
beam, a second SS/PBCH block may be sent/transmitted in a second
spatial direction using a second beam, a third SS/PBCH block may be
sent/transmitted in a third spatial direction using a third beam, a
fourth SS/PBCH block may be sent/transmitted in a fourth spatial
direction using a fourth beam, etc.
[0128] A base station may send/transmit a plurality of SS/PBCH
blocks, for example, within a frequency span of a carrier. A first
PCI of a first SS/PBCH block of the plurality of SS/PBCH blocks may
be different from a second PCI of a second SS/PBCH block of the
plurality of SS/PBCH blocks. The PCIs of SS/PBCH blocks
sent/transmitted in different frequency locations may be different
or substantially the same.
[0129] The CSI-RS may be sent/transmitted by the base station and
used by the wireless device to acquire/obtain/determine channel
state information (CSI). The base station may configure the
wireless device with one or more CSI-RSs for channel estimation or
any other suitable purpose. The base station may configure a
wireless device with one or more of the same/similar CSI-RSs. The
wireless device may measure the one or more CSI-RSs. The wireless
device may estimate a downlink channel state and/or generate a CSI
report, for example, based on the measuring of the one or more
downlink CSI-RSs. The wireless device may send/transmit the CSI
report to the base station (e.g., based on periodic CSI reporting,
semi-persistent CSI reporting, and/or aperiodic CSI reporting). The
base station may use feedback provided by the wireless device
(e.g., the estimated downlink channel state) to perform a link
adaptation.
[0130] The base station may semi-statically configure the wireless
device with one or more CSI-RS resource sets. A CSI-RS resource may
be associated with a location in the time and frequency domains and
a periodicity. The base station may selectively activate and/or
deactivate a CSI-RS resource. The base station may indicate to the
wireless device that a CSI-RS resource in the CSI-RS resource set
is activated and/or deactivated.
[0131] The base station may configure the wireless device to report
CSI measurements. The base station may configure the wireless
device to provide CSI reports periodically, aperiodically, or
semi-persistently. For periodic CSI reporting, the wireless device
may be configured with a timing and/or periodicity of a plurality
of CSI reports. For aperiodic CSI reporting, the base station may
request a CSI report. The base station may command the wireless
device to measure a configured CSI-RS resource and provide a CSI
report relating to the measurement(s). For semi-persistent CSI
reporting, the base station may configure the wireless device to
send/transmit periodically, and selectively activate or deactivate
the periodic reporting (e.g., via one or more
activation/deactivation MAC CEs and/or one or more DCIs). The base
station may configure the wireless device with a CSI-RS resource
set and CSI reports, for example, using RRC signaling.
[0132] The CSI-RS configuration may comprise one or more parameters
indicating, for example, up to 32 antenna ports (or any other
quantity of antenna ports). The wireless device may be configured
to use/employ the same OFDM symbols for a downlink CSI-RS and a
CORESET, for example, if the downlink CSI-RS and CORESET are
spatially QCLed and resource elements associated with the downlink
CSI-RS are outside of the physical resource blocks (PRBs)
configured for the CORESET. The wireless device may be configured
to use/employ the same OFDM symbols for a downlink CSI-RS and
SS/PBCH blocks, for example, if the downlink CSI-RS and SS/PBCH
blocks are spatially QCLed and resource elements associated with
the downlink CSI-RS are outside of PRBs configured for the SS/PBCH
blocks.
[0133] Downlink DM-RSs may be sent/transmitted by a base station
and received/used by a wireless device for a channel estimation.
The downlink DM-RSs may be used for coherent demodulation of one or
more downlink physical channels (e.g., PDSCH). A network (e.g., an
NR network) may support one or more variable and/or configurable
DM-RS patterns for data demodulation. At least one downlink DM-RS
configuration may support a front-loaded DM-RS pattern. A
front-loaded DM-RS may be mapped over one or more OFDM symbols
(e.g., one or two adjacent OFDM symbols). A base station may
semi-statically configure the wireless device with a
number/quantity (e.g. a maximum number/quantity) of front-loaded
DM-RS symbols for a PDSCH. A DM-RS configuration may support one or
more DM-RS ports. A DM-RS configuration may support up to eight
orthogonal downlink DM-RS ports per wireless device (e.g., for
single user-MIMO). A DM-RS configuration may support up to 4
orthogonal downlink DM-RS ports per wireless device (e.g., for
multiuser-MIMO). A radio network may support (e.g., at least for
CP-OFDM) a common DM-RS structure for downlink and uplink. A DM-RS
location, a DM-RS pattern, and/or a scrambling sequence may be the
same or different. The base station may send/transmit a downlink
DM-RS and a corresponding PDSCH, for example, using the same
precoding matrix. The wireless device may use the one or more
downlink DM-RSs for coherent demodulation/channel estimation of the
PDSCH.
[0134] A transmitter (e.g., a transmitter of a base station) may
use a precoder matrices for a part of a transmission bandwidth. The
transmitter may use a first precoder matrix for a first bandwidth
and a second precoder matrix for a second bandwidth. The first
precoder matrix and the second precoder matrix may be different,
for example, based on the first bandwidth being different from the
second bandwidth. The wireless device may assume that a same
precoding matrix is used across a set of PRBs. The set of PRBs may
be determined/indicated/identified/denoted as a precoding resource
block group (PRG).
[0135] A PDSCH may comprise one or more layers. The wireless device
may assume that at least one symbol with DM-RS is present on a
layer of the one or more layers of the PDSCH. A higher layer may
configure one or more DM-RSs for a PDSCH (e.g., up to 3 DMRSs for
the PDSCH). Downlink PT-RS may be sent/transmitted by a base
station and used by a wireless device, for example, for a
phase-noise compensation. Whether a downlink PT-RS is present or
not may depend on an RRC configuration. The presence and/or the
pattern of the downlink PT-RS may be configured on a wireless
device-specific basis, for example, using a combination of RRC
signaling and/or an association with one or more parameters
used/employed for other purposes (e.g., modulation and coding
scheme (MCS)), which may be indicated by DCI. A dynamic presence of
a downlink PT-RS, if configured, may be associated with one or more
DCI parameters comprising at least MCS. A network (e.g., an NR
network) may support a plurality of PT-RS densities defined in the
time and/or frequency domains. A frequency domain density (if
configured/present) may be associated with at least one
configuration of a scheduled bandwidth. The wireless device may
assume a same precoding for a DM-RS port and a PT-RS port. The
quantity/number of PT-RS ports may be fewer than the
quantity/number of DM-RS ports in a scheduled resource. Downlink
PT-RS may be configured/allocated/confined in the scheduled
time/frequency duration for the wireless device. Downlink PT-RS may
be sent/transmitted via symbols, for example, to facilitate a phase
tracking at the receiver.
[0136] The wireless device may send/transmit an uplink DM-RS to a
base station, for example, for a channel estimation. The base
station may use the uplink DM-RS for coherent demodulation of one
or more uplink physical channels. The wireless device may
send/transmit an uplink DM-RS with a PUSCH and/or a PUCCH. The
uplink DM-RS may span a range of frequencies that is similar to a
range of frequencies associated with the corresponding physical
channel. The base station may configure the wireless device with
one or more uplink DM-RS configurations. At least one DM-RS
configuration may support a front-loaded DM-RS pattern. The
front-loaded DM-RS may be mapped over one or more OFDM symbols
(e.g., one or two adjacent OFDM symbols). One or more uplink DM-RSs
may be configured to send/transmit at one or more symbols of a
PUSCH and/or a PUCCH. The base station may semi-statically
configure the wireless device with a number/quantity (e.g. the
maximum number/quantity) of front-loaded DM-RS symbols for the
PUSCH and/or the PUCCH, which the wireless device may use to
schedule a single-symbol DM-RS and/or a double-symbol DM-RS. A
network (e.g., an NR network) may support (e.g., for cyclic prefix
orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (CP-OFDM)) a common
DM-RS structure for downlink and uplink. A DM-RS location, a DM-RS
pattern, and/or a scrambling sequence for the DM-RS may be
substantially the same or different.
[0137] A PUSCH may comprise one or more layers. A wireless device
may send/transmit at least one symbol with DM-RS present on a layer
of the one or more layers of the PUSCH. A higher layer may
configure one or more DM-RSs (e.g., up to three DMRSs) for the
PUSCH. Uplink PT-RS (which may be used by a base station for a
phase tracking and/or a phase-noise compensation) may or may not be
present, for example, depending on an RRC configuration of the
wireless device. The presence and/or the pattern of an uplink PT-RS
may be configured on a wireless device-specific basis (e.g., a
UE-specific basis), for example, by a combination of RRC signaling
and/or one or more parameters configured/employed for other
purposes (e.g., MCS), which may be indicated by DCI. A dynamic
presence of an uplink PT-RS, if configured, may be associated with
one or more DCI parameters comprising at least MCS. A radio network
may support a plurality of uplink PT-RS densities defined in
time/frequency domain. A frequency domain density (if
configured/present) may be associated with at least one
configuration of a scheduled bandwidth. The wireless device may
assume a same precoding for a DM-RS port and a PT-RS port. A
quantity/number of PT-RS ports may be less than a quantity/number
of DM-RS ports in a scheduled resource. An uplink PT-RS may be
configured/allocated/confined in the scheduled time/frequency
duration for the wireless device.
[0138] One or more SRSs may be sent/transmitted by a wireless
device to a base station, for example, for a channel state
estimation to support uplink channel dependent scheduling and/or a
link adaptation. SRS sent/transmitted by the wireless device may
enable/allow a base station to estimate an uplink channel state at
one or more frequencies. A scheduler at the base station may
use/employ the estimated uplink channel state to assign one or more
resource blocks for an uplink PUSCH transmission for the wireless
device. The base station may semi-statically configure the wireless
device with one or more SRS resource sets. For an SRS resource set,
the base station may configure the wireless device with one or more
SRS resources. An SRS resource set applicability may be configured,
for example, by a higher layer (e.g., RRC) parameter. An SRS
resource in a SRS resource set of the one or more SRS resource sets
(e.g., with the same/similar time domain behavior, periodic,
aperiodic, and/or the like) may be sent/transmitted at a time
instant (e.g., simultaneously), for example, if a higher layer
parameter indicates beam management. The wireless device may
send/transmit one or more SRS resources in SRS resource sets. A
network (e.g., an NR network) may support aperiodic, periodic,
and/or semi-persistent SRS transmissions. The wireless device may
send/transmit SRS resources, for example, based on one or more
trigger types. The one or more trigger types may comprise higher
layer signaling (e.g., RRC) and/or one or more DCI formats. At
least one DCI format may be used/employed for the wireless device
to select at least one of one or more configured SRS resource sets.
An SRS trigger type 0 may refer to an SRS triggered based on higher
layer signaling. An SRS trigger type 1 may refer to an SRS
triggered based on one or more DCI formats. The wireless device may
be configured to send/transmit an SRS, for example, after a
transmission of a PUSCH and a corresponding uplink DM-RS if a PUSCH
and an SRS are sent/transmitted in a same slot. A base station may
semi-statically configure a wireless device with one or more SRS
configuration parameters indicating at least one of following: a
SRS resource configuration identifier; a number of SRS ports; time
domain behavior of an SRS resource configuration (e.g., an
indication of periodic, semi-persistent, or aperiodic SRS); slot,
mini-slot, and/or subframe level periodicity; an offset for a
periodic and/or an aperiodic SRS resource; a number of OFDM symbols
in an SRS resource; a starting OFDM symbol of an SRS resource; an
SRS bandwidth; a frequency hopping bandwidth; a cyclic shift;
and/or an SRS sequence ID.
[0139] An antenna port may be determined/defined such that the
channel over which a symbol on the antenna port is conveyed can be
inferred from the channel over which another symbol on the same
antenna port is conveyed. The receiver may infer/determine the
channel (e.g., fading gain, multipath delay, and/or the like) for
conveying a second symbol on an antenna port, from the channel for
conveying a first symbol on the antenna port, for example, if the
first symbol and the second symbol are sent/transmitted on the same
antenna port. A first antenna port and a second antenna port may be
referred to as quasi co-located (QCLed), for example, if one or
more large-scale properties of the channel over which a first
symbol on the first antenna port is conveyed may be inferred from
the channel over which a second symbol on a second antenna port is
conveyed. The one or more large-scale properties may comprise at
least one of: a delay spread; a Doppler spread; a Doppler shift; an
average gain; an average delay; and/or spatial Receiving (Rx)
parameters.
[0140] Channels that use beamforming may require beam management.
Beam management may comprise a beam measurement, a beam selection,
and/or a beam indication. A beam may be associated with one or more
reference signals. A beam may be identified by one or more
beamformed reference signals. The wireless device may perform a
downlink beam measurement, for example, based on one or more
downlink reference signals (e.g., a CSI-RS) and generate a beam
measurement report. The wireless device may perform the downlink
beam measurement procedure, for example, after an RRC connection is
set up with a base station.
[0141] FIG. 11B shows an example mapping of one or more CSI-RSs.
The CSI-RSs may be mapped in the time and frequency domains. Each
rectangular block shown in FIG. 11B may correspond to a resource
block (RB) within a bandwidth of a cell. A base station may
send/transmit one or more RRC messages comprising CSI-RS resource
configuration parameters indicating one or more CSI-RSs. One or
more of parameters may be configured by higher layer signaling
(e.g., RRC and/or MAC signaling) for a CSI-RS resource
configuration. The one or more of the parameters may comprise at
least one of: a CSI-RS resource configuration identity, a number of
CSI-RS ports, a CSI-RS configuration (e.g., symbol and resource
element (RE) locations in a subframe), a CSI-RS subframe
configuration (e.g., a subframe location, an offset, and
periodicity in a radio frame), a CSI-RS power parameter, a CSI-RS
sequence parameter, a code division multiplexing (CDM) type
parameter, a frequency density, a transmission comb, quasi
co-location (QCL) parameters (e.g., QCL-scramblingidentity,
crs-portscount, mbsfn-subframeconfiglist, csi-rs-configZPid,
qcl-csi-rs-configNZPid), and/or other radio resource
parameters.
[0142] One or more beams may be configured for a wireless device in
a wireless device-specific configuration. Three beams are shown in
FIG. 11B (beam #1, beam #2, and beam #3), but more or fewer beams
may be configured. Beam #1 may be allocated with CSI-RS 1101 that
may be sent/transmitted in one or more subcarriers in an RB of a
first symbol. Beam #2 may be allocated with CSI-RS 1102 that may be
sent/transmitted in one or more subcarriers in an RB of a second
symbol. Beam #3 may be allocated with CSI-RS 1103 that may be
sent/transmitted in one or more subcarriers in an RB of a third
symbol. A base station may use other subcarriers in the same RB
(e.g., those that are not used to send/transmit CSI-RS 1101) to
transmit another CSI-RS associated with a beam for another wireless
device, for example, by using frequency division multiplexing
(FDM). Beams used for a wireless device may be configured such that
beams for the wireless device use symbols different from symbols
used by beams of other wireless devices, for example, by using time
domain multiplexing (TDM). A wireless device may be served with
beams in orthogonal symbols (e.g., no overlapping symbols), for
example, by using the TDM.
[0143] CSI-RSs (e.g., CSI-RSs 1101, 1102, 1103) may be
sent/transmitted by the base station and used by the wireless
device for one or more measurements. The wireless device may
measure an RSRP of configured CSI-RS resources. The base station
may configure the wireless device with a reporting configuration,
and the wireless device may report the RSRP measurements to a
network (e.g., via one or more base stations) based on the
reporting configuration. The base station may determine, based on
the reported measurement results, one or more transmission
configuration indication (TCI) states comprising a number of
reference signals. The base station may indicate one or more TCI
states to the wireless device (e.g., via RRC signaling, a MAC CE,
and/or DCI). The wireless device may receive a downlink
transmission with an Rx beam determined based on the one or more
TCI states. The wireless device may or may not have a capability of
beam correspondence. The wireless device may determine a spatial
domain filter of a transmit (Tx) beam, for example, based on a
spatial domain filter of the corresponding Rx beam, if the wireless
device has the capability of beam correspondence. The wireless
device may perform an uplink beam selection procedure to determine
the spatial domain filter of the Tx beam, for example, if the
wireless device does not have the capability of beam
correspondence. The wireless device may perform the uplink beam
selection procedure, for example, based on one or more sounding
reference signal (SRS) resources configured to the wireless device
by the base station. The base station may select and indicate
uplink beams for the wireless device, for example, based on
measurements of the one or more SRS resources sent/transmitted by
the wireless device.
[0144] A wireless device may determine/assess (e.g., measure) a
channel quality of one or more beam pair links, for example, in a
beam management procedure. A beam pair link may comprise a Tx beam
of a base station and an Rx beam of the wireless device. The Tx
beam of the base station may send/transmit a downlink signal, and
the Rx beam of the wireless device may receive the downlink signal.
The wireless device may send/transmit a beam measurement report,
for example, based on the assessment/determination. The beam
measurement report may indicate one or more beam pair quality
parameters comprising at least one of: one or more beam
identifications (e.g., a beam index, a reference signal index, or
the like), an RSRP, a precoding matrix indicator (PMI), a channel
quality indicator (CQI), and/or a rank indicator (RI).
[0145] FIG. 12A shows examples of downlink beam management
procedures. One or more downlink beam management procedures (e.g.,
downlink beam management procedures P1, P2, and P3) may be
performed. Procedure P1 may enable a measurement (e.g., a wireless
device measurement) on Tx beams of a TRP (or multiple TRPs) (e.g.,
to support a selection of one or more base station Tx beams and/or
wireless device Rx beams). The Tx beams of a base station and the
Rx beams of a wireless device are shown as ovals in the top row of
P1 and bottom row of P1, respectively. Beamforming (e.g., at a TRP)
may comprise a Tx beam sweep for a set of beams (e.g., the beam
sweeps shown, in the top rows of P1 and P2, as ovals rotated in a
counter-clockwise direction indicated by the dashed arrows).
Beamforming (e.g., at a wireless device) may comprise an Rx beam
sweep for a set of beams (e.g., the beam sweeps shown, in the
bottom rows of P1 and P3, as ovals rotated in a clockwise direction
indicated by the dashed arrows). Procedure P2 may be used to enable
a measurement (e.g., a wireless device measurement) on Tx beams of
a TRP (shown, in the top row of P2, as ovals rotated in a
counter-clockwise direction indicated by the dashed arrow). The
wireless device and/or the base station may perform procedure P2,
for example, using a smaller set of beams than the set of beams
used in procedure P1, or using narrower beams than the beams used
in procedure P1. Procedure P2 may be referred to as a beam
refinement. The wireless device may perform procedure P3 for an Rx
beam determination, for example, by using the same Tx beam(s) of
the base station and sweeping Rx beam(s) of the wireless
device.
[0146] FIG. 12B shows examples of uplink beam management
procedures. One or more uplink beam management procedures (e.g.,
uplink beam management procedures U1, U2, and U3) may be performed.
Procedure U1 may be used to enable a base station to perform a
measurement on Tx beams of a wireless device (e.g., to support a
selection of one or more Tx beams of the wireless device and/or Rx
beams of the base station). The Tx beams of the wireless device and
the Rx beams of the base station are shown as ovals in the top row
of U1 and bottom row of U1, respectively). Beamforming (e.g., at
the wireless device) may comprise one or more beam sweeps, for
example, a Tx beam sweep from a set of beams (shown, in the bottom
rows of U1 and U3, as ovals rotated in a clockwise direction
indicated by the dashed arrows). Beamforming (e.g., at the base
station) may comprise one or more beam sweeps, for example, an Rx
beam sweep from a set of beams (shown, in the top rows of U1 and
U2, as ovals rotated in a counter-clockwise direction indicated by
the dashed arrows). Procedure U2 may be used to enable the base
station to adjust its Rx beam, for example, if the UE uses a fixed
Tx beam. The wireless device and/or the base station may perform
procedure U2, for example, using a smaller set of beams than the
set of beams used in procedure P1, or using narrower beams than the
beams used in procedure P1. Procedure U2 may be referred to as a
beam refinement. The wireless device may perform procedure U3 to
adjust its Tx beam, for example, if the base station uses a fixed
Rx beam.
[0147] A wireless device may initiate/start/perform a beam failure
recovery (BFR) procedure, for example, based on detecting a beam
failure. The wireless device may send/transmit a BFR request (e.g.,
a preamble, UCI, an SR, a MAC CE, and/or the like), for example,
based on the initiating the BFR procedure. The wireless device may
detect the beam failure, for example, based on a determination that
a quality of beam pair link(s) of an associated control channel is
unsatisfactory (e.g., having an error rate higher than an error
rate threshold, a received signal power lower than a received
signal power threshold, an expiration of a timer, and/or the
like).
[0148] The wireless device may measure a quality of a beam pair
link, for example, using one or more reference signals (RSs)
comprising one or more SS/PBCH blocks, one or more CSI-RS
resources, and/or one or more DM-RSs. A quality of the beam pair
link may be based on one or more of a block error rate (BLER), an
RSRP value, a signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) value,
an RSRQ value, and/or a CSI value measured on RS resources. The
base station may indicate that an RS resource is QCLed with one or
more DM-RSs of a channel (e.g., a control channel, a shared data
channel, and/or the like). The RS resource and the one or more
DM-RSs of the channel may be QCLed, for example, if the channel
characteristics (e.g., Doppler shift, Doppler spread, an average
delay, delay spread, a spatial Rx parameter, fading, and/or the
like) from a transmission via the RS resource to the wireless
device are similar or the same as the channel characteristics from
a transmission via the channel to the wireless device.
[0149] A network (e.g., an NR network comprising a gNB and/or an
ng-eNB) and/or the wireless device may initiate/start/perform a
random access procedure. A wireless device in an RRC idle (e.g., an
RRC_IDLE) state and/or an RRC inactive (e.g., an RRC_INACTIVE)
state may initiate/perform the random access procedure to request a
connection setup to a network. The wireless device may
initiate/start/perform the random access procedure from an RRC
connected (e.g., an RRC_CONNECTED) state. The wireless device may
initiate/start/perform the random access procedure to request
uplink resources (e.g., for uplink transmission of an SR if there
is no PUCCH resource available) and/or acquire/obtain/determine an
uplink timing (e.g., if an uplink synchronization status is
non-synchronized). The wireless device may initiate/start/perform
the random access procedure to request one or more system
information blocks (SIBs) (e.g., other system information blocks,
such as SIB2, SIB3, and/or the like). The wireless device may
initiate/start/perform the random access procedure for a beam
failure recovery request. A network may initiate/start/perform a
random access procedure, for example, for a handover and/or for
establishing time alignment for an SCell addition.
[0150] FIG. 13A shows an example four-step random access procedure.
The four-step random access procedure may comprise a four-step
contention-based random access procedure. A base station may
send/transmit a configuration message 1310 to a wireless device,
for example, before initiating the random access procedure. The
four-step random access procedure may comprise transmissions of
four messages comprising: a first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311), a
second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312), a third message (e.g., Msg 3
1313), and a fourth message (e.g., Msg 4 1314). The first message
(e.g., Msg 1 1311) may comprise a preamble (or a random access
preamble). The first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) may be referred to
as a preamble. The second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312) may comprise
as a random access response (RAR). The second message (e.g., Msg 2
1312) may be referred to as an RAR.
[0151] The configuration message 1310 may be sent/transmitted, for
example, using one or more RRC messages. The one or more RRC
messages may indicate one or more random access channel (RACH)
parameters to the wireless device. The one or more RACH parameters
may comprise at least one of: general parameters for one or more
random access procedures (e.g., RACH-configGeneral); cell-specific
parameters (e.g., RACH-ConfigCommon); and/or dedicated parameters
(e.g., RACH-configDedicated). The base station may send/transmit
(e.g., broadcast or multicast) the one or more RRC messages to one
or more wireless devices. The one or more RRC messages may be
wireless device-specific. The one or more RRC messages that are
wireless device-specific may be, for example, dedicated RRC
messages sent/transmitted to a wireless device in an RRC connected
(e.g., an RRC_CONNECTED) state and/or in an RRC inactive (e.g., an
RRC_INACTIVE) state. The wireless devices may determine, based on
the one or more RACH parameters, a time-frequency resource and/or
an uplink transmit power for transmission of the first message
(e.g., Msg 1 1311) and/or the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313). The
wireless device may determine a reception timing and a downlink
channel for receiving the second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312) and the
fourth message (e.g., Msg 4 1314), for example, based on the one or
more RACH parameters.
[0152] The one or more RACH parameters
provided/configured/comprised in the configuration message 1310 may
indicate one or more Physical RACH (PRACH) occasions available for
transmission of the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311). The one or
more PRACH occasions may be predefined (e.g., by a network
comprising one or more base stations). The one or more RACH
parameters may indicate one or more available sets of one or more
PRACH occasions (e.g., prach-ConfigIndex). The one or more RACH
parameters may indicate an association between (a) one or more
PRACH occasions and (b) one or more reference signals. The one or
more RACH parameters may indicate an association between (a) one or
more preambles and (b) one or more reference signals. The one or
more reference signals may be SS/PBCH blocks and/or CSI-RSs. The
one or more RACH parameters may indicate a quantity/number of
SS/PBCH blocks mapped to a PRACH occasion and/or a quantity/number
of preambles mapped to a SS/PBCH blocks.
[0153] The one or more RACH parameters
provided/configured/comprised in the configuration message 1310 may
be used to determine an uplink transmit power of first message
(e.g., Msg 1 1311) and/or third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313). The one
or more RACH parameters may indicate a reference power for a
preamble transmission (e.g., a received target power and/or an
initial power of the preamble transmission). There may be one or
more power offsets indicated by the one or more RACH parameters.
The one or more RACH parameters may indicate: a power ramping step;
a power offset between SSB and CSI-RS; a power offset between
transmissions of the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) and the third
message (e.g., Msg 3 1313); and/or a power offset value between
preamble groups. The one or more RACH parameters may indicate one
or more thresholds, for example, based on which the wireless device
may determine at least one reference signal (e.g., an SSB and/or
CSI-RS) and/or an uplink carrier (e.g., a normal uplink (NUL)
carrier and/or a supplemental uplink (SUL) carrier).
[0154] The first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) may comprise one or
more preamble transmissions (e.g., a preamble transmission and one
or more preamble retransmissions). An RRC message may be used to
configure one or more preamble groups (e.g., group A and/or group
B). A preamble group may comprise one or more preambles. The
wireless device may determine the preamble group, for example,
based on a pathloss measurement and/or a size of the third message
(e.g., Msg 3 1313). The wireless device may measure an RSRP of one
or more reference signals (e.g., SSBs and/or CSI-RSs) and determine
at least one reference signal having an RSRP above an RSRP
threshold (e.g., rsrp-ThresholdSSB and/or rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS).
The wireless device may select at least one preamble associated
with the one or more reference signals and/or a selected preamble
group, for example, if the association between the one or more
preambles and the at least one reference signal is configured by an
RRC message.
[0155] The wireless device may determine the preamble, for example,
based on the one or more RACH parameters
provided/configured/comprised in the configuration message 1310.
The wireless device may determine the preamble, for example, based
on a pathloss measurement, an RSRP measurement, and/or a size of
the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313). The one or more RACH
parameters may indicate: a preamble format; a maximum
quantity/number of preamble transmissions; and/or one or more
thresholds for determining one or more preamble groups (e.g., group
A and group B). A base station may use the one or more RACH
parameters to configure the wireless device with an association
between one or more preambles and one or more reference signals
(e.g., SSBs and/or CSI-RSs). The wireless device may determine the
preamble to be comprised in first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311), for
example, based on the association if the association is configured.
The first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) may be sent/transmitted to the
base station via one or more PRACH occasions. The wireless device
may use one or more reference signals (e.g., SSBs and/or CSI-RSs)
for selection of the preamble and for determining of the PRACH
occasion. One or more RACH parameters (e.g.,
ra-ssb-OccasionMskIndex and/or ra-OccasionList) may indicate an
association between the PRACH occasions and the one or more
reference signals.
[0156] The wireless device may perform a preamble retransmission,
for example, if no response is received after (e.g., based on or in
response to) a preamble transmission (e.g., for a period of time,
such as a monitoring window for monitoring an RAR). The wireless
device may increase an uplink transmit power for the preamble
retransmission. The wireless device may select an initial preamble
transmit power, for example, based on a pathloss measurement and/or
a target received preamble power configured by the network. The
wireless device may determine to resend/retransmit a preamble and
may ramp up the uplink transmit power. The wireless device may
receive one or more RACH parameters (e.g.,
PREAMBLE_POWER_RAMPING_STEP) indicating a ramping step for the
preamble retransmission. The ramping step may be an amount of
incremental increase in uplink transmit power for a retransmission.
The wireless device may ramp up the uplink transmit power, for
example, if the wireless device determines a reference signal
(e.g., SSB and/or CSI-RS) that is the same as a previous preamble
transmission. The wireless device may count the quantity/number of
preamble transmissions and/or retransmissions, for example, using a
counter parameter (e.g., PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER). The
wireless device may determine that a random access procedure has
been completed unsuccessfully, for example, if the quantity/number
of preamble transmissions exceeds a threshold configured by the one
or more RACH parameters (e.g., preambleTransMax) without receiving
a successful response (e.g., an RAR).
[0157] The second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312) (e.g., received by the
wireless device) may comprise an RAR. The second message (e.g., Msg
2 1312) may comprise multiple RARs corresponding to multiple
wireless devices. The second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312) may be
received, for example, after (e.g., based on or in response to) the
sending/transmitting of the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311). The
second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312) may be scheduled on the DL-SCH
and may be indicated by a PDCCH, for example, using a random access
radio network temporary identifier (RA RNTI). The second message
(e.g., Msg 2 1312) may indicate that the first message (e.g., Msg 1
1311) was received by the base station. The second message (e.g.,
Msg 2 1312) may comprise a time-alignment command that may be used
by the wireless device to adjust the transmission timing of the
wireless device, a scheduling grant for transmission of the third
message (e.g., Msg 3 1313), and/or a Temporary Cell RNTI (TC-RNTI).
The wireless device may determine/start a time window (e.g.,
ra-ResponseWindow) to monitor a PDCCH for the second message (e.g.,
Msg 2 1312), for example, after sending/transmitting the first
message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) (e.g., a preamble). The wireless device
may determine the start time of the time window, for example, based
on a PRACH occasion that the wireless device uses to send/transmit
the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) (e.g., the preamble). The
wireless device may start the time window one or more symbols after
the last symbol of the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) comprising
the preamble (e.g., the symbol in which the first message (e.g.,
Msg 1 1311) comprising the preamble transmission was completed or
at a first PDCCH occasion from an end of a preamble transmission).
The one or more symbols may be determined based on a numerology.
The PDCCH may be mapped in a common search space (e.g., a Type
1-PDCCH common search space) configured by an RRC message. The
wireless device may identify/determine the RAR, for example, based
on an RNTI. Radio network temporary identifiers (RNTIs) may be used
depending on one or more events initiating/starting the random
access procedure. The wireless device may use a RA-RNTI, for
example, for one or more communications associated with random
access or any other purpose. The RA-RNTI may be associated with
PRACH occasions in which the wireless device sends/transmits a
preamble. The wireless device may determine the RA-RNTI, for
example, based on at least one of: an OFDM symbol index; a slot
index; a frequency domain index; and/or a UL carrier indicator of
the PRACH occasions. An example RA-RNTI may be determined as
follows:
RA-RNTI=1+s_id+14.times.t_id+14.times.80.times.f_id+14.times.80.times.8.-
times.ul_carrier_id
where s_id may be an index of a first OFDM symbol of the PRACH
occasion (e.g., 0.ltoreq.s_id<14), t_id may be an index of a
first slot of the PRACH occasion in a system frame (e.g.,
0.ltoreq.t_id<80), f_id may be an index of the PRACH occasion in
the frequency domain (e.g., 0.ltoreq.f_id<8), and ul_carrier_id
may be a UL carrier used for a preamble transmission (e.g., 0 for
an NUL carrier, and 1 for an SUL carrier).
[0158] The wireless device may send/transmit the third message
(e.g., Msg 3 1313), for example, after (e.g., based on or in
response to) a successful reception of the second message (e.g.,
Msg 2 1312) (e.g., using resources identified in the Msg 2 1312).
The third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313) may be used, for example, for
contention resolution in the contention-based random access
procedure. A plurality of wireless devices may send/transmit the
same preamble to a base station, and the base station may
send/transmit an RAR that corresponds to a wireless device.
Collisions may occur, for example, if the plurality of wireless
device interpret the RAR as corresponding to themselves. Contention
resolution (e.g., using the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313) and
the fourth message (e.g., Msg 4 1314)) may be used to increase the
likelihood that the wireless device does not incorrectly use an
identity of another the wireless device. The wireless device may
comprise a device identifier in the third message (e.g., Msg 3
1313) (e.g., a C-RNTI if assigned, a TC RNTI comprised in the
second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312), and/or any other suitable
identifier), for example, to perform contention resolution.
[0159] The fourth message (e.g., Msg 4 1314) may be received, for
example, after (e.g., based on or in response to) the
sending/transmitting of the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313). The
base station may address the wireless on the PDCCH (e.g., the base
station may send the PDCCH to the wireless device) using a C-RNTI,
for example, If the C-RNTI was included in the third message (e.g.,
Msg 3 1313). The random access procedure may be determined to be
successfully completed, for example, if the unique C RNTI of the
wireless device is detected on the PDCCH (e.g., the PDCCH is
scrambled by the C-RNTI). fourth message (e.g., Msg 4 1314) may be
received using a DL-SCH associated with a TC RNTI, for example, if
the TC RNTI is comprised in the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313)
(e.g., if the wireless device is in an RRC idle (e.g., an RRC_IDLE)
state or not otherwise connected to the base station). The wireless
device may determine that the contention resolution is successful
and/or the wireless device may determine that the random access
procedure is successfully completed, for example, if a MAC PDU is
successfully decoded and a MAC PDU comprises the wireless device
contention resolution identity MAC CE that matches or otherwise
corresponds with the CCCH SDU sent/transmitted in third message
(e.g., Msg 3 1313).
[0160] The wireless device may be configured with an SUL carrier
and/or an NUL carrier. An initial access (e.g., random access) may
be supported via an uplink carrier. A base station may configure
the wireless device with multiple RACH configurations (e.g., two
separate RACH configurations comprising: one for an SUL carrier and
the other for an NUL carrier). For random access in a cell
configured with an SUL carrier, the network may indicate which
carrier to use (NUL or SUL). The wireless device may determine to
use the SUL carrier, for example, if a measured quality of one or
more reference signals (e.g., one or more reference signals
associated with the NUL carrier) is lower than a broadcast
threshold. Uplink transmissions of the random access procedure
(e.g., the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) and/or the third
message (e.g., Msg 3 1313)) may remain on, or may be performed via,
the selected carrier. The wireless device may switch an uplink
carrier during the random access procedure (e.g., between the Msg 1
1311 and the Msg 3 1313). The wireless device may determine and/or
switch an uplink carrier for the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311)
and/or the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313), for example, based on
a channel clear assessment (e.g., a listen-before-talk).
[0161] FIG. 13B shows a two-step random access procedure. The
two-step random access procedure may comprise a two-step
contention-free random access procedure. Similar to the four-step
contention-based random access procedure, a base station may, prior
to initiation of the procedure, send/transmit a configuration
message 1320 to the wireless device. The configuration message 1320
may be analogous in some respects to the configuration message
1310. The procedure shown in FIG. 13B may comprise transmissions of
two messages: a first message (e.g., Msg 1 1321) and a second
message (e.g., Msg 2 1322). The first message (e.g., Msg 1 1321)
and the second message (e.g., Msg 2 1322) may be analogous in some
respects to the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1311) and a second
message (e.g., Msg 2 1312), respectively. The two-step
contention-free random access procedure may not comprise messages
analogous to the third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313) and/or the fourth
message (e.g., Msg 4 1314).
[0162] The two-step (e.g., contention-free) random access procedure
may be configured/initiated for a beam failure recovery, other SI
request, an SCell addition, and/or a handover. A base station may
indicate, or assign to, the wireless device a preamble to be used
for the first message (e.g., Msg 1 1321). The wireless device may
receive, from the base station via a PDCCH and/or an RRC, an
indication of the preamble (e.g., ra-PreambleIndex).
[0163] The wireless device may start a time window (e.g.,
ra-ResponseWindow) to monitor a PDCCH for the RAR, for example,
after (e.g., based on or in response to) sending/transmitting the
preamble. The base station may configure the wireless device with
one or more beam failure recovery parameters, such as a separate
time window and/or a separate PDCCH in a search space indicated by
an RRC message (e.g., recoverySearchSpaceId). The base station may
configure the one or more beam failure recovery parameters, for
example, in association with a beam failure recovery request. The
separate time window for monitoring the PDCCH and/or an RAR may be
configured to start after sending/transmitting a beam failure
recovery request (e.g., the window may start any quantity of
symbols and/or slots after transmitting the beam failure recovery
request). The wireless device may monitor for a PDCCH transmission
addressed to a Cell RNTI (C-RNTI) on the search space. During the
two-step (e.g., contention-free) random access procedure, the
wireless device may determine that a random access procedure is
successful, for example, after (e.g., based on or in response to)
transmitting first message (e.g., Msg 1 1321) and receiving a
corresponding second message (e.g., Msg 2 1322). The wireless
device may determine that a random access procedure has
successfully been completed, for example, if a PDCCH transmission
is addressed to a corresponding C-RNTI. The wireless device may
determine that a random access procedure has successfully been
completed, for example, if the wireless device receives an RAR
comprising a preamble identifier corresponding to a preamble
sent/transmitted by the wireless device and/or the RAR comprises a
MAC sub-PDU with the preamble identifier. The wireless device may
determine the response as an indication of an acknowledgement for
an SI request.
[0164] FIG. 13C shows an example two-step random access procedure.
Similar to the random access procedures shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B,
a base station may, prior to initiation of the procedure,
send/transmit a configuration message 1330 to the wireless device.
The configuration message 1330 may be analogous in some respects to
the configuration message 1310 and/or the configuration message
1320. The procedure shown in FIG. 13C may comprise transmissions of
multiple messages (e.g., two messages comprising: a first message
(e.g., Msg A 1331) and a second message (e.g., Msg B 1332)).
[0165] Msg A 1320 may be sent/transmitted in an uplink transmission
by the wireless device. Msg A 1320 may comprise one or more
transmissions of a preamble 1341 and/or one or more transmissions
of a transport block 1342. The transport block 1342 may comprise
contents that are similar and/or equivalent to the contents of the
third message (e.g., Msg 3 1313) (e.g., shown in FIG. 13A). The
transport block 1342 may comprise UCI (e.g., an SR, a HARQ
ACK/NACK, and/or the like). The wireless device may receive the
second message (e.g., Msg B 1332), for example, after (e.g., based
on or in response to) sending/transmitting the first message (e.g.,
Msg A 1331). The second message (e.g., Msg B 1332) may comprise
contents that are similar and/or equivalent to the contents of the
second message (e.g., Msg 2 1312) (e.g., an RAR shown in FIG. 13A),
the contents of the second message (e.g., Msg 2 1322) (e.g., an RAR
shown in FIG. 13B) and/or the fourth message (e.g., Msg 4 1314)
(e.g., shown in FIG. 13A).
[0166] The wireless device may start/initiate the two-step random
access procedure (e.g., the two-step random access procedure shown
in FIG. 13C) for a licensed spectrum and/or an unlicensed spectrum.
The wireless device may determine, based on one or more factors,
whether to start/initiate the two-step random access procedure. The
one or more factors may comprise at least one of: a radio access
technology in use (e.g., LTE, NR, and/or the like); whether the
wireless device has a valid TA or not; a cell size; the RRC state
of the wireless device; a type of spectrum (e.g., licensed vs.
unlicensed); and/or any other suitable factors.
[0167] The wireless device may determine, based on two-step RACH
parameters comprised in the configuration message 1330, a radio
resource and/or an uplink transmit power for the preamble 1341
and/or the transport block 1342 (e.g., comprised in the first
message (e.g., Msg A 1331)). The RACH parameters may indicate an
MCS, a time-frequency resource, and/or a power control for the
preamble 1341 and/or the transport block 1342. A time-frequency
resource for transmission of the preamble 1341 (e.g., a PRACH) and
a time-frequency resource for transmission of the transport block
1342 (e.g., a PUSCH) may be multiplexed using FDM, TDM, and/or CDM.
The RACH parameters may enable the wireless device to determine a
reception timing and a downlink channel for monitoring for and/or
receiving second message (e.g., Msg B 1332).
[0168] The transport block 1342 may comprise data (e.g.,
delay-sensitive data), an identifier of the wireless device,
security information, and/or device information (e.g., an
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)). The base station
may send/transmit the second message (e.g., Msg B 1332) as a
response to the first message (e.g., Msg A 1331). The second
message (e.g., Msg B 1332) may comprise at least one of: a preamble
identifier; a timing advance command; a power control command; an
uplink grant (e.g., a radio resource assignment and/or an MCS); a
wireless device identifier (e.g., a UE identifier for contention
resolution); and/or an RNTI (e.g., a C-RNTI or a TC-RNTI). The
wireless device may determine that the two-step random access
procedure is successfully completed, for example, if a preamble
identifier in the second message (e.g., Msg B 1332) corresponds to,
or is matched to, a preamble sent/transmitted by the wireless
device and/or the identifier of the wireless device in second
message (e.g., Msg B 1332) corresponds to, or is matched to, the
identifier of the wireless device in the first message (e.g., Msg A
1331) (e.g., the transport block 1342).
[0169] A wireless device and a base station may exchange control
signaling (e.g., control information). The control signaling may be
referred to as L1/L2 control signaling and may originate from the
PHY layer (e.g., layer 1) and/or the MAC layer (e.g., layer 2) of
the wireless device or the base station. The control signaling may
comprise downlink control signaling sent/transmitted from the base
station to the wireless device and/or uplink control signaling
sent/transmitted from the wireless device to the base station.
[0170] The downlink control signaling may comprise at least one of:
a downlink scheduling assignment; an uplink scheduling grant
indicating uplink radio resources and/or a transport format; slot
format information; a preemption indication; a power control
command; and/or any other suitable signaling. The wireless device
may receive the downlink control signaling in a payload
sent/transmitted by the base station via a PDCCH. The payload
sent/transmitted via the PDCCH may be referred to as downlink
control information (DCI). The PDCCH may be a group common PDCCH
(GC-PDCCH) that is common to a group of wireless devices. The
GC-PDCCH may be scrambled by a group common RNTI.
[0171] A base station may attach one or more cyclic redundancy
check (CRC) parity bits to DCI, for example, in order to facilitate
detection of transmission errors. The base station may scramble the
CRC parity bits with an identifier of a wireless device (or an
identifier of a group of wireless devices), for example, if the DCI
is intended for the wireless device (or the group of the wireless
devices). Scrambling the CRC parity bits with the identifier may
comprise Modulo-2 addition (or an exclusive-OR operation) of the
identifier value and the CRC parity bits. The identifier may
comprise a 16-bit value of an RNTI.
[0172] DCI messages may be used for different purposes. A purpose
may be indicated by the type of an RNTI used to scramble the CRC
parity bits. DCI having CRC parity bits scrambled with a paging
RNTI (P-RNTI) may indicate paging information and/or a system
information change notification. The P-RNTI may be predefined as
"1-1-FE" in hexadecimal. DCI having CRC parity bits scrambled with
a system information RNTI (SI-RNTI) may indicate a broadcast
transmission of the system information. The SI-RNTI may be
predefined as "FFFF" in hexadecimal. DCI having CRC parity bits
scrambled with a random access RNTI (RA-RNTI) may indicate a random
access response (RAR). DCI having CRC parity bits scrambled with a
cell RNTI (C-RNTI) may indicate a dynamically scheduled unicast
transmission and/or a triggering of PDCCH-ordered random access.
DCI having CRC parity bits scrambled with a temporary cell RNTI
(TC-RNTI) may indicate a contention resolution (e.g., a Msg 3
analogous to the Msg 3 1313 shown in FIG. 13A). Other RNTIs
configured for a wireless device by a base station may comprise a
Configured Scheduling RNTI (CS RNTI), a Transmit Power
Control-PUCCH RNTI (TPC PUCCH-RNTI), a Transmit Power Control-PUSCH
RNTI (TPC-PUSCH-RNTI), a Transmit Power Control-SRS RNTI
(TPC-SRS-RNTI), an Interruption RNTI (INT-RNTI), a Slot Format
Indication RNTI (SFI-RNTI), a Semi-Persistent CSI RNTI
(SP-CSI-RNTI), a Modulation and Coding Scheme Cell RNTI (MCS-C
RNTI), and/or the like.
[0173] A base station may send/transmit DCI messages with one or
more DCI formats, for example, depending on the purpose and/or
content of the DCI messages. DCI format 0_0 may be used for
scheduling of a PUSCH in a cell. DCI format 0_0 may be a fallback
DCI format (e.g., with compact DCI payloads). DCI format 0_1 may be
used for scheduling of a PUSCH in a cell (e.g., with more DCI
payloads than DCI format 0_0). DCI format 1_0 may be used for
scheduling of a PDSCH in a cell. DCI format 1_0 may be a fallback
DCI format (e.g., with compact DCI payloads). DCI format 1_1 may be
used for scheduling of a PDSCH in a cell (e.g., with more DCI
payloads than DCI format 1_0). DCI format 2_0 may be used for
providing a slot format indication to a group of wireless devices.
DCI format 2_1 may be used for informing/notifying a group of
wireless devices of a physical resource block and/or an OFDM symbol
where the group of wireless devices may assume no transmission is
intended to the group of wireless devices. DCI format 2_2 may be
used for transmission of a transmit power control (TPC) command for
PUCCH or PUSCH. DCI format 2_3 may be used for transmission of a
group of TPC commands for SRS transmissions by one or more wireless
devices. DCI format(s) for new functions may be defined in future
releases. DCI formats may have different DCI sizes, or may share
the same DCI size.
[0174] The base station may process the DCI with channel coding
(e.g., polar coding), rate matching, scrambling and/or QPSK
modulation, for example, after scrambling the DCI with an RNTI. A
base station may map the coded and modulated DCI on resource
elements used and/or configured for a PDCCH. The base station may
send/transmit the DCI via a PDCCH occupying a number of contiguous
control channel elements (CCEs), for example, based on a payload
size of the DCI and/or a coverage of the base station. The number
of the contiguous CCEs (referred to as aggregation level) may be 1,
2, 4, 8, 16, and/or any other suitable number. A CCE may comprise a
number (e.g., 6) of resource-element groups (REGs). A REG may
comprise a resource block in an OFDM symbol. The mapping of the
coded and modulated DCI on the resource elements may be based on
mapping of CCEs and REGs (e.g., CCE-to-REG mapping).
[0175] FIG. 14A shows an example of CORESET configurations. The
CORESET configurations may be for a bandwidth part or any other
frequency bands. The base station may send/transmit DCI via a PDCCH
on one or more control resource sets (CORESETs). A CORESET may
comprise a time-frequency resource in which the wireless device
attempts/tries to decode DCI using one or more search spaces. The
base station may configure a size and a location of the CORESET in
the time-frequency domain. A first CORESET 1401 and a second
CORESET 1402 may occur or may be set/configured at the first symbol
in a slot. The first CORESET 1401 may overlap with the second
CORESET 1402 in the frequency domain. A third CORESET 1403 may
occur or may be set/configured at a third symbol in the slot. A
fourth CORESET 1404 may occur or may be set/configured at the
seventh symbol in the slot. CORESETs may have a different number of
resource blocks in frequency domain.
[0176] FIG. 14B shows an example of a CCE-to-REG mapping. The
CCE-to-REG mapping may be performed for DCI transmission via a
CORESET and PDCCH processing. The CCE-to-REG mapping may be an
interleaved mapping (e.g., for the purpose of providing frequency
diversity) or a non-interleaved mapping (e.g., for the purposes of
facilitating interference coordination and/or frequency-selective
transmission of control channels). The base station may perform
different or same CCE-to-REG mapping on different CORESETs. A
CORESET may be associated with a CCE-to-REG mapping (e.g., by an
RRC configuration). A CORESET may be configured with an antenna
port QCL parameter. The antenna port QCL parameter may indicate QCL
information of a DM-RS for a PDCCH reception via the CORESET.
[0177] The base station may send/transmit, to the wireless device,
one or more RRC messages comprising configuration parameters of one
or more CORESETs and one or more search space sets. The
configuration parameters may indicate an association between a
search space set and a CORESET. A search space set may comprise a
set of PDCCH candidates formed by CCEs (e.g., at a given
aggregation level). The configuration parameters may indicate at
least one of: a number of PDCCH candidates to be monitored per
aggregation level; a PDCCH monitoring periodicity and a PDCCH
monitoring pattern; one or more DCI formats to be monitored by the
wireless device; and/or whether a search space set is a common
search space set or a wireless device-specific search space set
(e.g., a UE-specific search space set). A set of CCEs in the common
search space set may be predefined and known to the wireless
device. A set of CCEs in the wireless device-specific search space
set (e.g., the UE-specific search space set) may be configured, for
example, based on the identity of the wireless device (e.g.,
C-RNTI).
[0178] As shown in FIG. 14B, the wireless device may determine a
time-frequency resource for a CORESET based on one or more RRC
messages. The wireless device may determine a CCE-to-REG mapping
(e.g., interleaved or non-interleaved, and/or mapping parameters)
for the CORESET, for example, based on configuration parameters of
the CORESET. The wireless device may determine a number (e.g., at
most 10) of search space sets configured on/for the CORESET, for
example, based on the one or more RRC messages. The wireless device
may monitor a set of PDCCH candidates according to configuration
parameters of a search space set. The wireless device may monitor a
set of PDCCH candidates in one or more CORESETs for detecting one
or more DCI messages. Monitoring may comprise decoding one or more
PDCCH candidates of the set of the PDCCH candidates according to
the monitored DCI formats. Monitoring may comprise decoding DCI
content of one or more PDCCH candidates with possible (or
configured) PDCCH locations, possible (or configured) PDCCH formats
(e.g., the number of CCEs, the number of PDCCH candidates in common
search spaces, and/or the number of PDCCH candidates in the
wireless device-specific search spaces) and possible (or
configured) DCI formats. The decoding may be referred to as blind
decoding. The wireless device may determine DCI as valid for the
wireless device, for example, after (e.g., based on or in response
to) CRC checking (e.g., scrambled bits for CRC parity bits of the
DCI matching an RNTI value). The wireless device may process
information comprised in the DCI (e.g., a scheduling assignment, an
uplink grant, power control, a slot format indication, a downlink
preemption, and/or the like).
[0179] The wireless device may send/transmit uplink control
signaling (e.g., UCI) to a base station. The uplink control
signaling may comprise HARQ acknowledgements for received DL-SCH
transport blocks. The wireless device may send/transmit the HARQ
acknowledgements, for example, after (e.g., based on or in response
to) receiving a DL-SCH transport block. Uplink control signaling
may comprise CSI indicating a channel quality of a physical
downlink channel. The wireless device may send/transmit the CSI to
the base station. The base station, based on the received CSI, may
determine transmission format parameters (e.g., comprising
multi-antenna and beamforming schemes) for downlink
transmission(s). Uplink control signaling may comprise scheduling
requests (SR). The wireless device may send/transmit an SR
indicating that uplink data is available for transmission to the
base station. The wireless device may send/transmit UCI (e.g., HARQ
acknowledgements (HARQ-ACK), CSI report, SR, and the like) via a
PUCCH or a PUSCH. The wireless device may send/transmit the uplink
control signaling via a PUCCH using one of several PUCCH
formats.
[0180] There may be multiple PUCCH formats (e.g., five PUCCH
formats). A wireless device may determine a PUCCH format, for
example, based on a size of UCI (e.g., a quantity/number of uplink
symbols of UCI transmission and a number of UCI bits). PUCCH format
0 may have a length of one or two OFDM symbols and may comprise two
or fewer bits. The wireless device may send/transmit UCI via a
PUCCH resource, for example, using PUCCH format 0 if the
transmission is over/via one or two symbols and the quantity/number
of HARQ-ACK information bits with positive or negative SR
(HARQ-ACK/SR bits) is one or two. PUCCH format 1 may occupy a
number of OFDM symbols (e.g., between four and fourteen OFDM
symbols) and may comprise two or fewer bits. The wireless device
may use PUCCH format 1, for example, if the transmission is
over/via four or more symbols and the number of HARQ-ACK/SR bits is
one or two. PUCCH format 2 may occupy one or two OFDM symbols and
may comprise more than two bits. The wireless device may use PUCCH
format 2, for example, if the transmission is over/via one or two
symbols and the quantity/number of UCI bits is two or more. PUCCH
format 3 may occupy a number of OFDM symbols (e.g., between four
and fourteen OFDM symbols) and may comprise more than two bits. The
wireless device may use PUCCH format 3, for example, if the
transmission is four or more symbols, the quantity/number of UCI
bits is two or more, and the PUCCH resource does not comprise an
orthogonal cover code (OCC). PUCCH format 4 may occupy a number of
OFDM symbols (e.g., between four and fourteen OFDM symbols) and may
comprise more than two bits. The wireless device may use PUCCH
format 4, for example, if the transmission is four or more symbols,
the quantity/number of UCI bits is two or more, and the PUCCH
resource comprises an OCC.
[0181] The base station may send/transmit configuration parameters
to the wireless device for a plurality of PUCCH resource sets, for
example, using an RRC message. The plurality of PUCCH resource sets
(e.g., up to four sets in NR, or up to any other quantity of sets
in other systems) may be configured on an uplink BWP of a cell. A
PUCCH resource set may be configured with a PUCCH resource set
index, a plurality of PUCCH resources with a PUCCH resource being
identified by a PUCCH resource identifier (e.g., pucch-Resourceid),
and/or a number (e.g. a maximum number) of UCI information bits the
wireless device may send/transmit using one of the plurality of
PUCCH resources in the PUCCH resource set. The wireless device may
select one of the plurality of PUCCH resource sets, for example,
based on a total bit length of the UCI information bits (e.g.,
HARQ-ACK, SR, and/or CSI) if configured with a plurality of PUCCH
resource sets. The wireless device may select a first PUCCH
resource set having a PUCCH resource set index equal to "0," for
example, if the total bit length of UCI information bits is two or
fewer. The wireless device may select a second PUCCH resource set
having a PUCCH resource set index equal to "1," for example, if the
total bit length of UCI information bits is greater than two and
less than or equal to a first configured value. The wireless device
may select a third PUCCH resource set having a PUCCH resource set
index equal to "2," for example, if the total bit length of UCI
information bits is greater than the first configured value and
less than or equal to a second configured value. The wireless
device may select a fourth PUCCH resource set having a PUCCH
resource set index equal to "3," for example, if the total bit
length of UCI information bits is greater than the second
configured value and less than or equal to a third value (e.g.,
1406, 1706, or any other quantity of bits).
[0182] The wireless device may determine a PUCCH resource from the
PUCCH resource set for UCI (HARQ-ACK, CSI, and/or SR) transmission,
for example, after determining a PUCCH resource set from a
plurality of PUCCH resource sets. The wireless device may determine
the PUCCH resource, for example, based on a PUCCH resource
indicator in DCI (e.g., with DCI format 1_0 or DCI for 1_1)
received on/via a PDCCH. An n-bit (e.g., a three-bit) PUCCH
resource indicator in the DCI may indicate one of multiple (e.g.,
eight) PUCCH resources in the PUCCH resource set. The wireless
device may send/transmit the UCI (HARQ-ACK, CSI and/or SR) using a
PUCCH resource indicated by the PUCCH resource indicator in the
DCI, for example, based on the PUCCH resource indicator.
[0183] FIG. 15A shows example communications between a wireless
device and a base station. A wireless device 1502 and a base
station 1504 may be part of a communication network, such as the
communication network 100 shown in FIG. 1A, the communication
network 150 shown in FIG. 1B, or any other communication network. A
communication network may comprise more than one wireless device
and/or more than one base station, with substantially the same or
similar configurations as those shown in FIG. 15A.
[0184] The base station 1504 may connect the wireless device 1502
to a core network (not shown) via radio communications over the air
interface (or radio interface) 1506. The communication direction
from the base station 1504 to the wireless device 1502 over the air
interface 1506 may be referred to as the downlink. The
communication direction from the wireless device 1502 to the base
station 1504 over the air interface may be referred to as the
uplink. Downlink transmissions may be separated from uplink
transmissions, for example, using various duplex schemes (e.g.,
FDD, TDD, and/or some combination of the duplexing techniques).
[0185] For the downlink, data to be sent to the wireless device
1502 from the base station 1504 may be provided/transferred/sent to
the processing system 1508 of the base station 1504. The data may
be provided/transferred/sent to the processing system 1508 by, for
example, a core network. For the uplink, data to be sent to the
base station 1504 from the wireless device 1502 may be
provided/transferred/sent to the processing system 1518 of the
wireless device 1502. The processing system 1508 and the processing
system 1518 may implement layer 3 and layer 2 OSI functionality to
process the data for transmission. Layer 2 may comprise an SDAP
layer, a PDCP layer, an RLC layer, and a MAC layer, for example,
described with respect to FIG. 2A, FIG. 2B, FIG. 3, and FIG. 4A.
Layer 3 may comprise an RRC layer, for example, described with
respect to FIG. 2B.
[0186] The data to be sent to the wireless device 1502 may be
provided/transferred/sent to a transmission processing system 1510
of base station 1504, for example, after being processed by the
processing system 1508. The data to be sent to base station 1504
may be provided/transferred/sent to a transmission processing
system 1520 of the wireless device 1502, for example, after being
processed by the processing system 1518. The transmission
processing system 1510 and the transmission processing system 1520
may implement layer 1 OSI functionality. Layer 1 may comprise a PHY
layer, for example, described with respect to FIG. 2A, FIG. 2B,
FIG. 3, and FIG. 4A. For sending/transmission processing, the PHY
layer may perform, for example, forward error correction coding of
transport channels, interleaving, rate matching, mapping of
transport channels to physical channels, modulation of physical
channel, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) or multi-antenna
processing, and/or the like.
[0187] A reception processing system 1512 of the base station 1504
may receive the uplink transmission from the wireless device 1502.
The reception processing system 1512 of the base station 1504 may
comprise one or more TRPs. A reception processing system 1522 of
the wireless device 1502 may receive the downlink transmission from
the base station 1504. The reception processing system 1522 of the
wireless device 1502 may comprise one or more antenna panels. The
reception processing system 1512 and the reception processing
system 1522 may implement layer 1 OSI functionality. Layer 1 may
include a PHY layer, for example, described with respect to FIG.
2A, FIG. 2B, FIG. 3, and FIG. 4A. For receive processing, the PHY
layer may perform, for example, error detection, forward error
correction decoding, deinterleaving, demapping of transport
channels to physical channels, demodulation of physical channels,
MIMO or multi-antenna processing, and/or the like.
[0188] The base station 1504 may comprise multiple antennas (e.g.,
multiple antenna panels, multiple TRPs, etc.). The wireless device
1502 may comprise multiple antennas (e.g., multiple antenna panels,
etc.). The multiple antennas may be used to perform one or more
MIMO or multi-antenna techniques, such as spatial multiplexing
(e.g., single-user MIMO or multi-user MIMO), transmit/receive
diversity, and/or beamforming. The wireless device 1502 and/or the
base station 1504 may have a single antenna.
[0189] The processing system 1508 and the processing system 1518
may be associated with a memory 1514 and a memory 1524,
respectively. Memory 1514 and memory 1524 (e.g., one or more
non-transitory computer readable mediums) may store computer
program instructions or code that may be executed by the processing
system 1508 and/or the processing system 1518, respectively, to
carry out one or more of the functionalities (e.g., one or more
functionalities described herein and other functionalities of
general computers, processors, memories, and/or other peripherals).
The transmission processing system 1510 and/or the reception
processing system 1512 may be coupled to the memory 1514 and/or
another memory (e.g., one or more non-transitory computer readable
mediums) storing computer program instructions or code that may be
executed to carry out one or more of their respective
functionalities. The transmission processing system 1520 and/or the
reception processing system 1522 may be coupled to the memory 1524
and/or another memory (e.g., one or more non-transitory computer
readable mediums) storing computer program instructions or code
that may be executed to carry out one or more of their respective
functionalities.
[0190] The processing system 1508 and/or the processing system 1518
may comprise one or more controllers and/or one or more processors.
The one or more controllers and/or one or more processors may
comprise, for example, a general-purpose processor, a digital
signal processor (DSP), a microcontroller, an application specific
integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA)
and/or other programmable logic device, discrete gate and/or
transistor logic, discrete hardware components, an on-board unit,
or any combination thereof. The processing system 1508 and/or the
processing system 1518 may perform at least one of signal
coding/processing, data processing, power control, input/output
processing, and/or any other functionality that may enable the
wireless device 1502 and/or the base station 1504 to operate in a
wireless environment.
[0191] The processing system 1508 may be connected to one or more
peripherals 1516. The processing system 1518 may be connected to
one or more peripherals 1526. The one or more peripherals 1516 and
the one or more peripherals 1526 may comprise software and/or
hardware that provide features and/or functionalities, for example,
a speaker, a microphone, a keypad, a display, a touchpad, a power
source, a satellite transceiver, a universal serial bus (USB) port,
a hands-free headset, a frequency modulated (FM) radio unit, a
media player, an Internet browser, an electronic control unit
(e.g., for a motor vehicle), and/or one or more sensors (e.g., an
accelerometer, a gyroscope, a temperature sensor, a radar sensor, a
lidar sensor, an ultrasonic sensor, a light sensor, a camera,
and/or the like). The processing system 1508 and/or the processing
system 1518 may receive input data (e.g., user input data) from,
and/or provide output data (e.g., user output data) to, the one or
more peripherals 1516 and/or the one or more peripherals 1526. The
processing system 1518 in the wireless device 1502 may receive
power from a power source and/or may be configured to distribute
the power to the other components in the wireless device 1502. The
power source may comprise one or more sources of power, for
example, a battery, a solar cell, a fuel cell, or any combination
thereof. The processing system 1508 may be connected to a Global
Positioning System (GPS) chipset 1517. The processing system 1518
may be connected to a Global Positioning System (GPS) chipset 1527.
The GPS chipset 1517 and the GPS chipset 1527 may be configured to
determine and provide geographic location information of the
wireless device 1502 and the base station 1504, respectively.
[0192] FIG. 15B shows example elements of a computing device that
may be used to implement any of the various devices described
herein, including, for example, the base station 160A, 160B, 162A,
162B, 220, and/or 1504, the wireless device 106, 156A, 156B, 210,
and/or 1502, or any other base station, wireless device, AMF, UPF,
network device, or computing device described herein. The computing
device 1530 may include one or more processors 1531, which may
execute instructions stored in the random-access memory (RAM) 1533,
the removable media 1534 (such as a Universal Serial Bus (USB)
drive, compact disk (CD) or digital versatile disk (DVD), or floppy
disk drive), or any other desired storage medium. Instructions may
also be stored in an attached (or internal) hard drive 1535. The
computing device 1530 may also include a security processor (not
shown), which may execute instructions of one or more computer
programs to monitor the processes executing on the processor 1531
and any process that requests access to any hardware and/or
software components of the computing device 1530 (e.g., ROM 1532,
RAM 1533, the removable media 1534, the hard drive 1535, the device
controller 1537, a network interface 1539, a GPS 1541, a Bluetooth
interface 1542, a WiFi interface 1543, etc.). The computing device
1530 may include one or more output devices, such as the display
1536 (e.g., a screen, a display device, a monitor, a television,
etc.), and may include one or more output device controllers 1537,
such as a video processor. There may also be one or more user input
devices 1538, such as a remote control, keyboard, mouse, touch
screen, microphone, etc. The computing device 1530 may also include
one or more network interfaces, such as a network interface 1539,
which may be a wired interface, a wireless interface, or a
combination of the two. The network interface 1539 may provide an
interface for the computing device 1530 to communicate with a
network 1540 (e.g., a RAN, or any other network). The network
interface 1539 may include a modem (e.g., a cable modem), and the
external network 1540 may include communication links, an external
network, an in-home network, a provider's wireless, coaxial, fiber,
or hybrid fiber/coaxial distribution system (e.g., a DOCSIS
network), or any other desired network. Additionally, the computing
device 1530 may include a location-detecting device, such as a
global positioning system (GPS) microprocessor 1541, which may be
configured to receive and process global positioning signals and
determine, with possible assistance from an external server and
antenna, a geographic position of the computing device 1530.
[0193] The example in FIG. 15B may be a hardware configuration,
although the components shown may be implemented as software as
well. Modifications may be made to add, remove, combine, divide,
etc. components of the computing device 1530 as desired.
Additionally, the components may be implemented using basic
computing devices and components, and the same components (e.g.,
processor 1531, ROM storage 1532, display 1536, etc.) may be used
to implement any of the other computing devices and components
described herein. For example, the various components described
herein may be implemented using computing devices having components
such as a processor executing computer-executable instructions
stored on a computer-readable medium, as shown in FIG. 15B. Some or
all of the entities described herein may be software based, and may
co-exist in a common physical platform (e.g., a requesting entity
may be a separate software process and program from a dependent
entity, both of which may be executed as software on a common
computing device).
[0194] FIG. 16A shows an example structure for uplink transmission.
Processing of a baseband signal representing a physical uplink
shared channel may comprise/perform one or more functions. The one
or more functions may comprise at least one of: scrambling;
modulation of scrambled bits to generate complex-valued symbols;
mapping of the complex-valued modulation symbols onto one or
several transmission layers; transform precoding to generate
complex-valued symbols; precoding of the complex-valued symbols;
mapping of precoded complex-valued symbols to resource elements;
generation of complex-valued time-domain Single Carrier-Frequency
Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA), CP-OFDM signal for an antenna
port, or any other signals; and/or the like. An SC-FDMA signal for
uplink transmission may be generated, for example, if transform
precoding is enabled. A CP-OFDM signal for uplink transmission may
be generated, for example, if transform precoding is not enabled
(e.g., as shown in FIG. 16A). These functions are examples and
other mechanisms for uplink transmission may be implemented.
[0195] FIG. 16B shows an example structure for modulation and
up-conversion of a baseband signal to a carrier frequency. The
baseband signal may be a complex-valued SC-FDMA, CP-OFDM baseband
signal (or any other baseband signals) for an antenna port and/or a
complex-valued Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) baseband
signal. Filtering may be performed/employed, for example, prior to
transmission.
[0196] FIG. 16C shows an example structure for downlink
transmissions. Processing of a baseband signal representing a
physical downlink channel may comprise/perform one or more
functions. The one or more functions may comprise: scrambling of
coded bits in a codeword to be sent/transmitted on/via a physical
channel; modulation of scrambled bits to generate complex-valued
modulation symbols; mapping of the complex-valued modulation
symbols onto one or several transmission layers; precoding of the
complex-valued modulation symbols on a layer for transmission on
the antenna ports; mapping of complex-valued modulation symbols for
an antenna port to resource elements; generation of complex-valued
time-domain OFDM signal for an antenna port; and/or the like. These
functions are examples and other mechanisms for downlink
transmission may be implemented.
[0197] FIG. 16D shows an example structure for modulation and
up-conversion of a baseband signal to a carrier frequency. The
baseband signal may be a complex-valued OFDM baseband signal for an
antenna port or any other signal. Filtering may be
performed/employed, for example, prior to transmission.
[0198] A wireless device may receive, from a base station, one or
more messages (e.g. RRC messages) comprising configuration
parameters of a plurality of cells (e.g., a primary cell, one or
more secondary cells). The wireless device may communicate with at
least one base station (e.g., two or more base stations in
dual-connectivity) via the plurality of cells. The one or more
messages (e.g. as a part of the configuration parameters) may
comprise parameters of PHY, MAC, RLC, PCDP, SDAP, RRC layers for
configuring the wireless device. The configuration parameters may
comprise parameters for configuring PHY and MAC layer channels,
bearers, etc. The configuration parameters may comprise parameters
indicating values of timers for PHY, MAC, RLC, PCDP, SDAP, RRC
layers, and/or communication channels.
[0199] A timer may begin running, for example, if it is started,
and continue running until it is stopped or until it expires. A
timer may be started, for example, if it is not running or
restarted if it is running. A timer may be associated with a value
(e.g., the timer may be started or restarted from a value or may be
started from zero and expire if it reaches the value). The duration
of a timer may not be updated, for example, until the timer is
stopped or expires (e.g., due to BWP switching). A timer may be
used to measure a time period/window for a process. With respect to
an implementation and/or procedure related to one or more timers or
other parameters, it will be understood that there may be multiple
ways to implement the one or more timers or other parameters. One
or more of the multiple ways to implement a timer may be used to
measure a time period/window for the procedure. A random access
response window timer may be used for measuring a window of time
for receiving a random access response. The time difference between
two time stamps may be used, for example, instead of starting a
random access response window timer and determine the expiration of
the timer. A process for measuring a time window may be restarted,
for example, if a timer is restarted. Other example implementations
may be configured/provided to restart a measurement of a time
window.
[0200] A wireless device may receive (e.g., from a base station)
one or more messages. The one or more messages may
comprise/indicate one or more configuration parameters. The one or
more configuration parameters may indicate one or more resources
(e.g., CORESETs) for a cell. The one or more configuration
parameters may indicate one or more CORESET indicators/indexes for
the one or more CORESETs. Each CORESET of the one or more CORESETs
may be indicated/identified by a respective CORESET index of the
one or more CORESET indexes. Each CORESET of the one or more
CORESETs may correspond to a same CORESET pool. The wireless device
may receive, via a first CORESET of the one or more CORESETs, DCI.
The DCI may schedule a downlink signal (e.g., a transport block, a
PDSCH transmission). The one or more configuration parameters may
indicate a CORESET pool indicator/index (e.g., 0, 1) for the first
CORESET. A time offset between the DCI and the downlink signal may
be less than a threshold. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal based on a TCI state (e.g., a receiving beam) of a
second CORESET in the CORESET pool, for example, if the time offset
is less than the threshold. A CORESET index of the second CORESET
may be a lowest CORESET index among the one or more CORESET indexes
of the one or more CORESETs in the CORESET pool. The one or more
configuration parameters may indicate, for the second CORESET, a
lowest CORESET index among the one or more CORESET indexes of the
one or more CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters may
indicate, for the second CORESET, the same CORESET pool index as
the first CORESET. The first CORESET and the second CORESET may or
may not be the same.
[0201] Control information, sent to a wireless device, may be
repeated (e.g., for improved transmission reliability) across
multiple resources. For example, control information may be
repeated and sent via multiple TRPs (e.g., using PDCCH multi-TRP
repetition for DCI). The control information repetition may be in
time-domain, frequency-domain, and/or spatial/code domain. The
wireless device, to receive the repeated control information, may
monitor two (or more) linked resources (e.g., CORESETs) in a
plurality of monitoring/repetition/transmission occasions. For
example, the wireless device may monitor a first repetition of
control information (e.g., DCI sent by a first TRP via a first
CORESET) in a first monitoring occasion, and may monitors a second
repetition of the control information (e.g., the repeated DCI sent
by the second TRP via a second CORESET) in a second monitoring
occasion.
[0202] While the above examples relate to repetition for
transmission and/or reception of downlink control information
(e.g., DCI via PDCCH), similar techniques may be applied for
repetitions of any other type of information (e.g., data, transport
blocks, etc.). For example, data may be repeated, for example, in
one or more PDSCH repetitions and/or in one or more PUSCH
repetitions (e.g., which may be scheduled by one or more messages
via PDCCH, such as DCI). Control information may be repeated, for
example, in one or more PUCCH repetitions.
[0203] The wireless device may be served by (e.g., communicate
with, or transmit signals to/receive signals from) a plurality of
TRPs. The plurality of TRPs may comprise the first TRP and the
second TRP. The one or more configuration parameters may indicate a
linkage (e.g., an association or a mapping) between a first CORESET
of the one or more CORESETs and a second CORESET of the one or more
CORESETs. The wireless device may monitor the first CORESET and the
second CORESET for repetition of DCI. The first TRP may transmit
the DCI via the first CORESET and the second TRP may transmit the
(same) DCI via the second CORESET. Repeated transmission of the DCI
may increase the reliability of transmission of the DCI. For
example, the wireless device may receive the DCI transmitted from
the second TRP, for example, even if transmission from the first
TRP are blocked (e.g., by trees, buildings, other structures,
etc.).
[0204] The first CORESET may correspond to a first CORESET pool.
The second CORESET may correspond to a second CORESET pool. The one
or more configuration parameters may indicate a first CORESET pool
indicator/index for the first CORESET. The one or more
configuration parameters may indicate a second CORESET pool
indicator/index for the second CORESET. The first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index may be different or may be
same. The first CORESET pool index may correspond to a first
CORESET pool comprising a first plurality of CORESETs (e.g.,
including the first CORESET). The second CORESET pool index may
correspond to a second CORESET pool comprising a second plurality
of CORESETs (e.g., including the second CORESET).
[0205] Repetition of control information (e.g., DCI) via multiple
CORESETs, corresponding to different CORESETs pools, may lead to
many issues. The wireless device may receive, via the first CORESET
with a first CORESET pool index, a first repetition of DCI
scheduling a downlink signal. The wireless device may receive, via
the second CORESET with a second CORESET pool index, a second
repetition of the DCI scheduling the downlink signal. A time offset
between the DCI and the downlink signal may be less than a
threshold. The wireless device may be unable to determine which
CORESET to use, for receiving the downlink signal, among the first
plurality of CORESETs (e.g., corresponding to the first CORESET
pool) and the second plurality of CORESETs (e.g., corresponding to
the second CORESET pool). The wireless device may be unable to
determine, for receiving the downlink signal, whether to use a TCI
state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index among the first
plurality of CORESETs configured with the first CORESET pool index,
or a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index among the
second plurality of CORESETs configured with the second CORESET
pool index.
[0206] The wireless device may receive, via at least one of the
first CORESET and the second CORESET, DCI. The DCI may schedule at
least one transport block (e.g., a PDSCH transmission). The
wireless device may receive the DCI in/via the first CORESET and
the second CORESET. A time offset between the DCI (e.g., a last
repetition of the DCI) and the transport block may be less than a
threshold. The wireless device may receive, based on the time
offset being less than the threshold, a transport block (e.g., of
the at least one transport block) based on a TCI state of a CORESET
with a lowest CORESET index and with a CORESET pool index that is
same as a CORESET via which the wireless device receives the DCI.
The wireless device receiving the DCI via both the first CORESET
with the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET with the
second CORESET pool index (e.g., that is different from the first
CORESET pool index) may result in the wireless device receiving the
transport block based on TCI states of CORESETs corresponding to
both the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index. For example, the wireless device may receive the transport
block based on a first TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET
index and with the first CORESET pool index, and based on a second
TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index and with the
second CORESET pool index. Receiving the transport block based on
multiple TCI states may increase the complexity at the wireless
device and/or power consumption.
[0207] The wireless device may be unable to receive all repetitions
of DCI. For example, the wireless device may receive, via the first
CORESET with the first CORESET pool index, a first repetition of
DCI scheduling a downlink signal. The wireless device may or may
not receive, via the second CORESET with the second CORESET pool
index, a second repetition of the DCI. The base station may not be
aware which of the repetition(s) of the DCI have been successfully
received/detected by the wireless device The base station may be
unable to determine which TCI state the wireless device may use for
receiving the downlink signal. The base station being unable to
determine which TCI state the wireless device may use for receiving
the downlink signal may result in a misalignment (e.g., beam
misalignment) between the wireless device and the base station for
transmission/reception of the downlink signal. The misalignment may
lead to increased error rates and/or retransmission of the downlink
signal.
[0208] For example, the wireless device may receive the DCI in/via
the first CORESET and may not receive the DCI in/via the second
CORESET. A time offset between the DCI and the transport block may
be less than a threshold. The wireless device may receive, based on
the time offset being less than the threshold, the transport block
based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index and
with a CORESET pool index that is same as the first CORESET via
which the wireless device receives the DCI. The base station may
not be aware of the CORESET(s) via which the wireless device has
successfully received the DCI.
[0209] The wireless device may receive/attempt to receive the
transport block based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest
CORESET index and with the first CORESET pool index. The wireless
device may attempt to receive the transport block based on a TCI
state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index and with the first
CORESET pool index, for example, based on receiving the DCI in/via
the first CORESET with the first CORESET pool index. The base
station may send/transmit the transport block based on an
assumption that the wireless device will receive the transport
block based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index
and with the second CORESET pool index. Use of different TCI states
at the wireless device and the base station may result in
misaligned beams at the wireless device and the base station. For
example, the wireless device may use a first beam direction (e.g.,
corresponding to the TCI state of the CORESET with a lowest CORESET
index and with the first CORESET pool index) that is directed to
the first TRP and the base station may send the transport block
using a second beam direction (e.g., corresponding to the TCI state
of the CORESET with a lowest CORESET index and with the second
CORESET pool index) via the second TRP. Misaligned beams may result
in unsuccessful reception/decoding of the transport block.
Unsuccessful reception/decoding of the transport block may result
in increased retransmission(s) of the transport block, increased
latency of a successful communication, and/or increased power
consumption at the base station and/or the wireless device.
[0210] Examples herein may enhance/improve beam alignment between a
wireless device and a base station. Various examples herein enable
improved beam alignment via enhanced TCI state determination. The
enhanced TCI state determination may be used in scenarios where the
wireless device monitors multiple (e.g., two or more) CORESETs
(e.g., corresponding to different CORESET pools, and/or with
different CORESET pool indicators/indexes) for control information
(e.g., DCI, PDCCH transmission) repetition. The enhanced TCI state
determination may be used if a time offset between the control
information and downlink signal (e.g., transport block, PDCCH
transmission), as scheduled by the control information, is less
than a threshold. The wireless device may receive the transport
block based on a TCI state of a CORESET in a default CORESET pool
(e.g., corresponding to a default CORESET pool index). The CORESET
may have a lowest/highest CORESET indicator/index and a default
CORESET pool indicator/index. The CORESET may have a lowest/highest
CORESET index among CORESETs in a default CORESET pool (e.g.,
corresponding to the default CORESET pool indicator/index).
[0211] The default CORESET pool index may be a lowest CORESET pool
index among a plurality of CORESET pool indexes (e.g., the first
CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index). The
plurality of CORESET pool indexes may correspond to a plurality of
CORESET pools (e.g., the first CORESET pool comprising the first
CORESET, and the second CORESET pool comprising the second CORESET)
that the wireless device monitors for DCI.
[0212] The default CORESET pool index may be equal to a
predetermined/preset/preconfigured value (e.g., 0, 1, or any other
value). The one or more configuration parameters may indicate the
default CORESET pool index.
[0213] The default CORESET pool index may correspond to a CORESET
pool index of a default CORESET (e.g., among the first CORESET and
the second CORESET that are monitored for repetition of the DCI).
The default CORESET may have lowest/highest CORESET index among a
first CORESET index of the first CORESET and a second CORESET index
of the second CORESET. The default CORESET may correspond to a
CORESET that the wireless device, monitors in a first (e.g.,
starting/earliest) or a last (e.g., ending/latest) repetition of
the DCI. The second TRP may not send/transmit the transport block,
for example, if the default CORESET pool index is equal to the
first CORESET pool index.
[0214] The DCI may indicate the default CORESET pool index. The DCI
may comprise a TCI field. The TCI field may indicate the default
CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the transport
block based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index
and with the first CORESET pool index, for example, if the TCI
field (or a value of the TCI field) indicates (or is equal to) the
first CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the
transport block based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest
CORESET index and with the second CORESET pool index, for example,
if the TCI field (or a value of the TCI field) indicates (or is
equal to) the second CORESET pool index.
[0215] Examples described herein may reduce misaligned beams at the
wireless device and the base station. Reduced misaligned beams may
result in improved data reception/decoding performance at a
receiving device. The improved reception/decoding performance may
result in reduced retransmission(s), reduced latency of a
successful communication, and/or reduced power consumption at the
base station and/or the wireless device.
[0216] A PDCCH transmission may comprise scheduling assignments and
other control information in the form of DCI messages. The
information carried by the PDCCH transmission may be referred to as
DCI. A base station may transmit, to a wireless device, a plurality
of PDCCH transmissions within a control region. The wireless device
may monitor a plurality of PDCCHs for receiving PDCCH
transmissions. A PDCCH may include an aggregate of one or more
CCEs. Monitoring may comprise performing blind decoding for a
plurality of candidate PDCCHs. The blind decoding may comprise
performing CRC de-masking for each of the plurality of candidate
PDCCHs using an RNTI. The blind decoding may be used for detection
of a PDCCH transmission. The wireless device may determine that a
PDCCH comprises control information, for example, if no CRC error
is detected.
[0217] FIG. 17 shows example configuration parameters for a
wireless device to receive control and/or data from a base station.
A wireless device may receive one or more radio resource control
(RRC) messages comprising configuration parameters of a cell. The
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise one or more
parameters of a serving cell configuration 1710 (e.g.,
ServingCellConfig). The one or more parameters of the serving cell
configuration 1710 may comprise one or more downlink bandwidth
parts (e.g., a list of BWP-Downlinks). The one or more parameters
of the serving cell configuration 1710 may comprise one or more
uplink bandwidth parts (e.g., a list of BWP-Uplinks). A downlink
bandwidth part configuration 1720 (e.g., BWP-Downlink) and/or an
uplink bandwidth part (e.g., BWP-Uplink) may comprise a bandwidth
part index (e.g., bwp-Id), configuration parameters of a
cell-common downlink bandwidth part (e.g., BWP-DownlinkCommon),
and/or a wireless device-specific downlink bandwidth part (e.g.,
BWP-DownlinkDedicated). For example, the bandwidth part index
(bwp-Id) may indicate a bandwidth part configuration, wherein an
index of the bandwidth part is the bandwidth part index. The
bandwidth part configuration 1730 may comprise a location and
bandwidth information (locationAndBandwidth). The
locationAndBandwidth may indicate a starting resource block (RB) of
the bandwidth part and a bandwidth of the bandwidth part, based on
a reference point (e.g., a pointA of a carrier/cell for the
bandwidth part). The bandwidth part configuration 1730 may comprise
a subcarrier spacing (e.g., subcarrierSpacing) and a cyclic prefix
(e.g., cyclicPrefix). For example, the subcarrier spacing may be
one of 15 kHz, 30 kHz, 60 kHz, 120 kHz, 240 kHz, 480 kHz, and/or
960 kHz. For example, the cyclic prefix may be one of a normal
cyclic prefix and/or an extended cyclic prefix.
[0218] Configuration parameters of the cell-specific downlink
bandwidth (e.g., BWP-DownlinkCommon) may comprise
genericParameters, pdcch-ConfigCommon, and/or pdsch-ConfigCommon.
For example, pdcch-ConfigCommon may comprise cell-specific
parameters for receiving downlink control information (DCI) via the
cell-specific downlink bandwidth part (e.g., an initial BWP). For
example, pdsch-ConfigCommon may comprise cell-specific parameters
for receiving PDSCHs of transport blocks (TBs) via the
cell-specific downlink bandwidth part. Configuration parameters of
the wireless device-specific downlink bandwidth part 1740 (e.g.,
BWP-DownlinkDedicated) may comprise pdcch-Config, pdsch-Config,
sps-Config, and/or radioLinkMonitoringConfig (e.g., RLM-Config).
The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise sps-ConfigList
and/or beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig. For example,
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig may comprise reference signal
parameters for beam failure recovery for secondary cells. For
example, pdcch-Config may comprise parameters for receiving DCI
messages for the wireless device-specific downlink bandwidth part.
For example, pdsch-Config 1750 may comprise parameters for
receiving PDSCHs of TBs for the wireless device-specific downlink
bandwidth part. For example, sps-Config may comprise parameters for
receiving semi-persistent scheduling PDSCHs. The base station may
configure a SPS for a BWP or a list of SPS for the BWP. For
example, radioLinkMonitoringConfig may comprise parameters for
radio link monitoring.
[0219] Configuration parameters of pdcch-Config 1760 may comprise
at least one of a set of CORESETs 1770, a set of search spaces
1780, a downlink preemption (e.g., downlinkPreemption), a
transmission power control (TPC) for PUSCH (e.g. tpc-PUSCH), a TPC
for PUCCH and/or a TPC for SRS. The configuration parameters may
indicate/comprise a list of search space switching groups (e.g.,
searchSpaceSwitchingGroup), a search space switching timer (e.g.,
searchSpaceSwitchingTimer), an uplink cancellation, and/or a
monitoring capability configuration (e.g.,
monitoringCapabilityConfig). The base station may configure the
list of search space switching groups, where the wireless device
may switch from a first search space group to a second search space
group based on the search space switching timer or a rule, an
indication, or an event. The base station may configure up to K
(e.g., K=3) CORESETs for a BWP of a cell. The downlink preemption
may indicate whether to monitor for a downlink preemption
indication for the cell. The monitoring capability config may
indicate whether a monitoring capability of the wireless device
would be configured for the cell, where the capability is based on
a basic capability or an advanced capability. The base station may
configure up to M (e.g., M=10) search spaces for the BWP of the
cell. The tpc-PUCCH, tpc-PUSCH, or tpc-SRS may enable and/or
configure reception of TPC commands for PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS,
respectively. The uplink cancellation may indicate to monitor
uplink cancellation for the cell.
[0220] Configuration parameters of pdcch-ConfigCommon may comprise
a control resource set zero (e.g., controlResourceSetZero), a
common control resource set (e.g., commonControlResourceSet), a
search space zero (e.g., searchSpaceZero), a list of common search
space (e.g., commonSearchSpaceList), a search space for SIB1 (e.g.,
searchSpaceSIB1), a search space for other SIBs (e.g.,
searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation), a search space for paging
(e.g., pagingSearchSpace), a search space for random access (e.g.,
ra-SearchSpace), and/or a first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The
control resource set zero may comprise parameters for a first
CORESET with an index value zero. The CORESET zero may be
configured for an initial bandwidth part of the cell. The wireless
device may use the control resource set zero in a BWP of the cell,
wherein the BWP is not the initial BWP of the cell based on one or
more conditions. For example, a numerology of the BWP may be the
same as the numerology of the initial BWP. For example, the BWP may
comprise the initial BWP. For example, the BWP may comprise the
control resource set zero. The common control resource set may be
an additional common CORESET that may be used for a common search
space (CSS) or a UE-specific search space (USS). The base station
may configure a bandwidth of the common control resource set is
smaller than or equal to a bandwidth of the control resource set
zero. The base station may configure the common control resource
set such that it is contained within the control resource set zero
(e.g., CORESET #0). The list of common search space may comprise
one or more CSSs. The list of common search space might not
comprise a search space with index zero (e.g., SS #0). The first
PDCCH monitoring occasion may indicate a monitoring occasion for a
paging occasion. The base station may configure a search space for
monitoring DCI messages for paging (e.g., pagingSearchSpace), for
RAR monitoring (e.g., ra-SearchSpace), for SIB1 (e.g.,
searchSpaceSIB1) and/or for other SIBs than SIB1 (e.g.,
searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation). The search space with index
zero (e.g., searchSpaceZero, SS #0) may be configured for the
initial BWP of the cell. Similar to the corset #0, the SS #0 may be
used in the BWP of the cell based on the one or more
conditions.
[0221] FIG. 18 shows example configuration parameters of a CORESET.
A ControlResourceSet (CORESET) may comprise a CORESET index (e.g.,
ControlResourceSetId), frequency domain resources (e.g.,
frequencyDomainResources), a duration of the CORESET (e.g., a
number/quantity of OFDM symbols between [1, maxCoReSetDuration],
where, for example, maxCoReSetDuration=3) and a CCE to REG mapping
type (e.g., between interleaved and nonInterleaved). The base
station may also configure a bundle size of REG (e.g.,
reg-BundleSize) and an interleaver size (e.g., interleaverSize),
for example, if the CCE-REG mapping type is configured as
interleaved. The CORESET may also comprise a precoder granularity
(e.g., between same as REG bundle (e.g., sameAsREG-bundle) and
across all contiguous RBs (e.g., allContiguousRBs)). The wireless
device may assume that a same precoder is used across REGs in a
bundle, for example, if the precoder granularity is configured as
`same as REG bundle.` The wireless device may assume that a same
precoder is used across RBs in contiguous RBs of the CORESET, for
example, if the precoder granularity is configured as `across all
contiguous RBs.` The CORESET may comprise a list of TCI states,
wherein the CORESET is not a CORESET #0. The CORESET may comprise a
parameter of a TCI presence in DCI. The wireless device may expect
that a DCI format comprises a TCI indication in DCI based on the
DCI format (e.g., a DCI format 1_1 and/or a DCI format 0_1)
scheduled via a search space associated with the CORESET, for
example, if the DCI indicates/comprises the TCI field for the
CORESET. The CORESET may optionally comprise one or more of a DMRS
scrambling identity, a CORESET pool index, an enhanced CORESET
index (e.g., ControlResourceSetId-v16xy), a TCI present in DCI for
a DCI format 1_2, and an RB offset. The wireless device may ignore
the CORESET index, for example, if the enhanced CORESET index is
present in the CORESET configuration. The enhanced CORESET index
may indicate a value between [0, . . . , 15] whereas the CORESET
index may indicate a value between [0, . . . , 11].
[0222] A CORESET may be associated with a search space, and the
wireless device may determine search space candidates and/or
monitoring occasions of the search space based on configuration of
the search space and the CORESET. A search space may be associated
with a CORESET, and the wireless device may determine search space
candidates and/or monitoring occasions of the search space based on
configuration of the search space and the CORESET. Parameters of
the search space may comprise an index of the CORESET, for example,
if the search space is associated with the CORESET or the CORESET
is associated with the search space.
[0223] A search space may comprise an index of the search space
(e.g., searchSpaceId), an index for the associated CORESET (e.g.,
controlResourceSetId), a monitoring periodicity and offset (e.g.,
periodicity in terms of a number/quantity of slots and an offset in
terms of a number/quantity of slots, between [1, 2560] slots for
periodicity, an offset between [0, . . . , P-1] where the P is the
periodicity). The search space may comprise a duration, wherein the
wireless device may monitor the search space in consecutive slots
starting from the monitoring occasion based on the duration. The
base station might not configure the duration for a search space
scheduling a DCI format 2_0. A maximum duration value may be the
periodicity -1 (e.g., repeated in each slot within an
interval/periodicity). The search space may comprise monitoring
symbols within a slot (e.g., a bitmap of size of OFDM symbols in a
slot (e.g., 12 for extended cyclic prefix (CP), 14 for normal CP)).
The search space may comprise a set of a number/quantity of
candidates of each aggregation level (e.g., a first candidate
number/quantity for an aggregation level L=1, a second candidate
number/quantity of an aggregation level L=2, and so on). The search
space may comprise a search space type (e.g., between CSS and USS).
Each CSS or USS may comprise one or more DCI formats monitored in
the search space. For example, for CSS, one or more of a DCI format
0_0/1_0, a DCI format 2_0, a DCI format 2_1, a DCI format 2_2 and a
DCI format 2_3 may be configured. For USS, the base station may
configure a list of search space group index (if configured). For
USS, the base station may configure a frequency monitoring
occasion/location for a wideband operation of unlicensed spectrum
or licensed spectrum. In the specification, DCI format 0_0/1_0 may
be interchangeably used with DCI format 0-0/1-0 or fallback DCI
format. DCI format 0_1/1_1 may be interchangeably used with DCI
format 0-1/1-1 or non-fallback DCI format. DCI format 0_2/1_2 may
be interchangeably used with DCI format 0-2/1-2 or non-fallback DCI
format.
[0224] Configuration parameters of the pdsch-Config may comprise
parameters for receiving transport blocks. For example, the
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a data scrambling
identify for PDSCH, a DM-RS mapping type (e.g., between mapping
type A and mapping type B), a list of transmission configuration
indicator (TCI) states, a parameter of (virtual RB)
VRB-to-(physical RB) PRB interleaver, a resource allocation type
(e.g., resource allocation type 0, resource allocation type 1 or a
dynamic switch between two), a list of time domain allocation, a
aggregation factor, a list of rate matching patterns, an RBG
(resource block group) size, an MCS table (e.g., between QAM 256
and a QAM64LowSE, between high MCSs or low MCSs), a maximum
codeword (e.g., 1 or 2), parameter(s) related to a PRB bundling,
maximum MIMO layer, a minimum scheduling offset related to a power
saving technique, and/or one or more parameters related to a DCI
format 1_2 (e.g., a compact DCI or small sized DCI format).
[0225] A base station may configure a CORESET with a plurality of
TCI states. The base station may indicate a TCI of the plurality of
TCI states for the CORESET as an active TCI state via a MAC CE
command or a DCI command. A serving cell index (e.g., Serving Cell
ID 1910) may indicate an index of a serving cell, where the MAC CE
is used. A CORESET index (e.g., CORESET ID 1920) may indicate a
CORESET index where the MAC CE is used. A TCI state index (e.g.,
TCI State ID 1940) may indicate a TCI state identified by
TCI-StateId. The TCI state ID 1940 may indicate one TCI state of
first 64 TCI states configured for pdsch-Config of a BWP of the
serving cell, for example, if the CORESET is CORESET #0. The BWP of
the serving cell may be an active BWP of the cell. The TCI state ID
1940 may indicate a TCI state of the plurality of TCI states
configured for the CORESET in pdcch-Config, for example, if the
CORESET is not the CORESET #0 (e.g., CORESET ID is not zero).
[0226] A physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) may comprise one
or more CCEs. For example, the PDCCH may comprise one CCE that may
correspond to an aggregation level (AL)=1. For example, the PDCCH
may comprise two CCEs that may correspond to an AL of two (AL=2).
For example, the PDCCH may comprise four CCEs that may correspond
to an AL of four (AL=4). For example, the PDCCH may comprise eight
CCEs that may correspond to an AL of eight (AL=8). For example, the
PDCCH may comprise sixteen CCEs that may correspond to an AL of
sixteen (AL=16).
[0227] A PDCCH may be carried over one or more control resource
sets (CORESETs). A CORESET may comprise N_rb_CORESET resource
blocks (RBs) in the frequency domain and N_symbol_CORESET symbols
in the time domain. For example, the N_rb_CORESET may be a multiple
of 6 RBs (e.g., 6, 12, 18, etc.). For example, N_symbol_CORESET may
be 1, 2 or 3. A CCE may comprise M (e.g., M=6) resource-element
groups (REGs). For example, one REG may comprise one RB during one
OFDM symbol. REGs within the CORESET may be ordered/numbered in
increasing order in a time-first manner, starting with 0 for a
first OFDM symbol and a lowest number (e.g., a lowest frequency) RB
in the CORESET. The wireless device may increase the numbering in
the first OFDM symbol by increasing a frequency location or an RB
index. The wireless device may move to a next symbol, for example,
based on (e.g., after or in response to) all RBs of the first
symbol having been indexed. The wireless device may map one or more
REG indices for one or more 6 RBs of N_rb_CORESET RBs within
N_symbol_CORESET OFDM symbols of the CORESET.
[0228] A wireless device may receive configuration parameters from
a base station. The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise
a plurality of CORESETs. One CORESET may be associated with one
CCE-to-REG mapping. For example, a single CORESET may have a single
CCE mapping to physical RB s/resources of the single CORESET. For
example, a CCE-to-REG of a CORESET may be interleaved or
non-interleaved. For example, a REG bundle may comprise L
consecutive REGs (e.g., iL, iL+1, . . . , iL+L-1). For example, L
may be a REG bundle size (e.g., L=2 or 6 for N_symbol_CORESET=1 and
L=N_symbol_CORESET or 6, for example, if N_symbol_CORESET is 2 or
3). An index of a REG bundle (e.g., i), may be in a range of [0, 1,
. . . N_reg_CORESET/L-1]. For example, N_reg_CORESET may be defined
as N_rb_CORESET*N_symbol_CORESET (e.g., a total number/quantity of
REGs in the single CORESET). For example, a j-th indexed CCE may
comprise one or more REG bundles of {f(6j/L), f(6j/L+1), . . . ,
f(6j/L+6/L-1)}. For example, f(x) may be an interleaver function.
The function f(x) may be x (e.g., j-th CCE may comprise 6j/L,
6j/L+1, . . . , and 6j/L+6/L-1), for example, if the CCE-to-REG
mapping is non-interleaved. When the CCE-to-REG mapping may be
interleaved, L may be defined as one of {2, 6} when
N_symbol_CORESET is 1, or L may be defined as one of
{N_symbol_CORESET, 6} when N_symbol_CORESET is 2 or 3. When the
CCE-to-REG mapping may be interleaved, the function f(x) may be
defined as (rC+c+n_shift) mod (N_reg_CORESET/L), wherein x=cR+r,
r=0, 1, . . . , R-1, c=0, 1, . . . , C-1, C=N_reg_CORESET/(L*R),
and R is one of {2, 3, 6}.
[0229] For example, the configuration parameters may
indicate/comprise a frequencyDomainResources that may define
N_rb_CORESET. The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise
duration that may define N_symbol_CORESET. The configuration
parameters may indicate/comprise cce-REG-MappingType that may be
selected between interleaved or non-interleaved mapping. The
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise reg-BundleSize that
may define a value for L for the interleaved mapping. For the
non-interleaved mapping, L=6 may be predetermined. The
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise shiftIndex that may
determine n_shift as one of {0, 1, . . . , 274}. The wireless
device may determine/assume a same precoding for REGs within a REG
bundle, for example, if precorder granularity (e.g., a
precoderGranularity indicated/configured by the configuration
parameters) is configured as sameAsREG-bundle. The wireless device
may determine/assume a same precoding for all REGs within a set of
contiguous RBs of a CORESET, for example, if the
precoderGranularity is configured as allContiguousRBs. A first
CORESET (e.g., CORESET #0) may be defined/configured with L=6, R=2,
n_shift=cell ID, and precoderGranularity=sameAsREG-bundle.
[0230] A base station may send (e.g., transmit) one or more
messages comprising configuration parameters. The configuration
parameters may indicate/comprise a plurality of serving cells for a
wireless device. The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise
parameter(s) to enable control channel repetition. For example, the
control channel repetition may be sent (e.g., transmitted) via one
or more serving cells. The control channel repetition may schedule
one or more resources for a transport block. The transport block
may be sent (e.g., transmitted) via one or more PDSCHs or one or
more PUSCHs. For example, the control channel repetition may be
sent (e.g., transmitted) via a single cell, where the single cell
may operate with a single transmission and reception point (TRP) or
a plurality of TRPs. The base station may send (e.g., transmit) one
or more control channels for control channel repetition via one or
more resources in different frequency resources (e.g., repetition
in a frequency domain or in a plurality of carriers/cells). The one
or more resources may overlap in time domain. The base station may
send (e.g., transmit) one or more second control channels for
control channel repetition via one or more second resources in
different time resources (e.g., repetition in a time domain or in a
plurality of slots). The one or more second resources may overlap
in frequency domain. For example, the base station may send (e.g.,
transmit) the repetitions of the control channel repetition via a
plurality of CORESETs of the single cell. For example, the base
station may send (e.g., transmit) the control channel repetition
via a plurality of search spaces of the single cell.
[0231] The control channel repetition may be sent (e.g.,
transmitted) via a plurality of PDCCHs. For example, a PDCCH may
indicate a physical control channel sent (e.g., transmitted) in one
search space candidate. A search space candidate may comprise one
or more CCEs based on an aggregation level. The plurality of PDCCHs
may be sent (e.g., transmitted) via a plurality of CORESETs of a
plurality of cells. For example, a CORESET of a cell of the
plurality of cells may send (e.g., transmit) a PDCCH of the
plurality of the PDCCHs. The plurality of PDCCHs may be sent (e.g.,
transmitted) via a plurality of CORESETs of a cell. For example, a
CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs may send (e.g., transmit) a
PDCCH of the plurality of the PDCCHs. The plurality of PDCCHs may
be sent (e.g., transmitted) via a plurality of search spaces, where
a PDCCH of the plurality of PDCCHs may be sent (e.g., transmitted)
via a search space of the plurality of search spaces. The plurality
of PDCCHs may be sent (e.g., transmitted) via a plurality of search
space candidates where each PDCCH of the plurality of PDCCHs may be
sent (e.g., transmitted) via a search space candidate of the
plurality of search space candidates. The plurality of search space
candidates may belong to a single search space or a plurality of
search spaces. A search space may comprise a set of search space
candidates associated with monitoring occasions. Monitoring
occasions of the search space may refer to timing occasions during
which the wireless device may monitor a search space candidate for
receiving DCI message/PDCCH transmission.
[0232] A PDCCH of the plurality of PDCCHs for the control channel
repetition may send (e.g., convey/transmit) DCI based on a DCI
format. For example, first DCI of a first PDCCH of the plurality of
PDCCHs may be the same as second DCI of a second PDCCH of the
plurality of PDCCHs. For example, content of the first DCI
message/PDCCH transmission may be the same as content of the second
DCI message/PDCCH transmission. Based on the same content of the
plurality of PDCCHs, the wireless device may aggregate the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, for example, before
decoding DCI message/PDCCH transmission. For example, the wireless
device may need to determine a reference frequency domain resource,
a reference time domain resource, a reference CCE index, and/or a
reference REG index, for example, if the control channel repetition
is sent (e.g., transmitted) via equal content DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. For example, the wireless device may determine an
aggregated DCI message/PDCCH transmission by aggregating the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The wireless device
may decode the aggregated DCI message/PDCCH transmission. For
example, the reference frequency domain resource of the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be determined based on an
earliest PDCCH (or a latest PDCCH) among the plurality of PDCCHs.
The first PDCCH may determine the reference frequency domain
resource, for example, if a first PDCCH of the plurality of PDCCHs
is sent (e.g., transmitted) in a slot n and a second PDCCH of the
plurality of PDCCHs is sent (e.g., transmitted) in a slot n+1.
Similarly, the reference time domain resource and/or the reference
CCE index and/or the reference REG may be determined based on the
earliest PDCCH or the latest PDCCH. The reference frequency domain
resource of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may
be determined based on a CORESET index of a plurality of CORESETs
where the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions are sent
(e.g., transmitted). For example, a smallest (or a largest) index
of the plurality of CORESETs may be used for the determining.
[0233] The reference frequency domain resource of the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be determined based on a
search space index of one or more search spaces where the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions are sent (e.g., transmitted).
For example, a smallest (or a largest) index of the one or more
search spaces may be used for the determining. The reference
frequency domain resource of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may be determined based on a cell index of one or
more cells where the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
are sent (e.g., transmitted). For example, a smallest (or a
largest) index of the one or more cells may be used for the
determining. Similarly, the reference time domain resource and/or
the reference CCE index and/or the reference REG may be determined
based on the CORESET index, the search space index and/or the cell
index. Combinations of transmission time, a CORESET index, a search
space, and/or a cell index may be used. For example, the reference
frequency domain resource may be determined based on the
transmission time of DCI message/PDCCH transmission. The wireless
device may use the CORESET index, the search space index, and/or
the cell index to further identify a reference DCI message/PDCCH
transmission, for example, if there are multiple DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions sent (e.g., transmitted) at the same time. The
wireless device may determine the reference DCI message/PDCCH
transmission for determining the reference frequency domain
resource, the reference time domain resource, the reference CCE
index, and/or the reference REG index.
[0234] The base station may configure a maximum repetition
number/quantity K for the control channel repetition. The base
station may send (e.g., transmit) a number/quantity of repetitions
M that is smaller than the K. The wireless device may determine the
reference DCI message/PDCCH transmission, for example, based on a
candidate DCI message/PDCCH transmission in the K-th repetition
regardless whether the K-th repetition has been actually sent
(e.g., transmitted) or not, and/or, for example, based on the M
being smaller than K. The wireless device may determine the
reference DCI message/PDCCH transmission based on first DCI
message/PDCCH transmission, which may be a first repetition. The
wireless device may determine the reference DCI message/PDCCH
transmission based on a last DCI message/PDCCH transmission which
has been actually sent (e.g., transmitted) (e.g., M-th repetition).
This type of control channel repetition (e.g., same content is
repeated over a plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions) may
be called/referred to as a first control channel repetition mode
(e.g., mode 1, repetition mode 1, first repetition mode). A base
station may configure a list of time domain resource allocation
entries. A time domain resource allocation entry may comprise a
number/quantity of repetitions of a control channel, a scheduling
offset between the control channel and a PDSCH, and/or a
number/quantity of PDSCH repetitions. For example, the
number/quantity of repetitions of the control channel may represent
the number/quantity of repetitions K. Based on the number/quantity
of repetitions, the wireless device may determine a reference DCI
message/PDCCH transmission timing based on the K-th DCI
message/PDCCH transmission repetition. The repeated DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may indicate an entry of the list of
time domain resource allocation entries.
[0235] First DCI message/PDCCH transmission of the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be different from second DCI
message/PDCCH transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. For example, a wireless device might not aggregate
the first DCI message/PDCCH transmission and the second DCI as
contents of the first DCI message/PDCCH transmission may be
different. The wireless device may attempt to decode the first DCI
message/PDCCH transmission separately from the second DCI
message/PDCCH transmission. For example, the wireless device may
complete the decoding of the control channel repetition, for
example, if the wireless device has received at least one DCI
message/PDCCH transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The wireless device may be able to receive or send
(e.g., transmit) a TB scheduled by the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions, for example, if the wireless device
has received at least one DCI message/PDCCH transmission of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. This type of control
channel repetition (e.g., potentially different contents are sent
(e.g., transmitted) via a plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, and DCI message/PDCCH transmission of the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may schedule one or more
resources of a transport block) may be called/referred to as a
second control channel repetition mode (e.g., mode 2, repetition
mode 2, second repetition mode). For example, a reference DCI
message/PDCCH transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions based on the second control channel repetition mode
may be each DCI message/PDCCH transmission received by the wireless
device.
[0236] FIG. 19 shows an example of a repetition. The repetition may
comprise PDCCH repetition. A base station 1910 may send/transmit
one or more RRC messages comprising one or more configuration
parameters. The configuration parameter(s) may comprise one or more
parameters for a control channel repetition. The one or more
parameters may comprise one or more scheduling carriers/cells for
transmitting/sending one or more PDCCH transmissions/DCI messages
of repeated control channels (and/or of the control channel
repetition). The one or more parameters may comprise one or more
search spaces for the control channel repetition. Control channel
repetition may be enabled via a first search space (e.g., SS #1) of
a first carrier/cell (e.g., DL carrier #0). The one or more
parameters may indicate one or more indexes of the one or more
search spaces of the first carrier and/or a carrier/cell index of
the first carrier. The base station 1910 may send/transmit a first
PDCCH transmission (e.g., PDCCH #1), scheduling at least one TB via
the first carrier, via the first search space of the first carrier.
The base station 1910 may send/transmit a second PDCCH transmission
(e.g., PDCCH #2), scheduling the at least one TB via the first
carrier, via the first search space of the first carrier. The first
PDCCH transmission and the second PDCCH transmission may be
transmitted/sent via a plurality of monitoring occasions of the
first search space. The wireless device 1911 may aggregate the
first PDCCH and the second PDCCH, for example, based on the first
control channel repetition mode. The wireless device 1911 may
attempt to receive/decode each PDCCH transmission independently,
for example, based on the second control channel repetition mode.
The wireless device 1911 may send/transmit and or receive the at
least one TB, for example, based on the first PDCCH and/or the
second PDCCH.
[0237] The base station 1910 may send/transmit one or more RRC
messages. The one or more RRC messages may indicate a control
channel repetition enabled for a first carrier/cell. The wireless
device 1911 may determine one or more first search spaces of the
first carrier/cell, for example, based on the indication of the
control channel repetition. The wireless device 1911 may determine
the one or more first search spaces for the control channel
repetition, for example, based on the active BWP of the first
carrier/cell. The one or more first search spaces may be configured
with at least one of: a non-fallback DCI format, a DCI format 1_1,
a DCI format 1_2, a DCI format 0_1, and/or a DCI format 0_2. The
one or more RRC messages may indicate one or more search space
indexes of the one or more first search spaces for the control
channel repetition. The one or more RRC messages may indicate one
or more DCI formats, that the wireless device 1911 may apply/use
for the control channel repetition. The wireless device 1911 may
determine the one or more first search spaces of the first
carrier/cell, for example, based on the one or more DCI formats of
the control channel repetition.
[0238] A base station may send (e.g., transmit) a plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions, scheduling resource(s) for a
transport block of a cell, via a plurality of TRPs or via a
plurality of CORESET pools or via a plurality of CORESET groups.
For example, a base station may configure a first TRP (or a first
CORESET pool) for a first cell via one or more RRC messages. The
one or more RRC messages may comprise configuration parameters. The
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise the first CORESET
pool of the first cell. The configuration parameters may
indicate/comprise a second CORESET pool of the first cell. For
example, the second CORESET pool may correspond to a second TRP of
the first cell. The base station may send (e.g., transmit) first
DCI message/PDCCH transmission via a first search space of a first
CORESET of the first CORESET pool. The base station may send (e.g.,
transmit) second DCI message/PDCCH transmission via a second search
space of a second CORESET of the second CORESET pool. The first DCI
message/PDCCH transmission and the second DCI message/PDCCH
transmission may schedule resource(s) of a transport block. The
first/PDCCH and the second DCI message/PDCCH transmission may be
repeated transmission of a control information. The transport block
may be sent (e.g., transmitted) via the first TRP and the second
TRP. The transport block may be sent (e.g., transmitted) based on a
plurality of TCI states. The transport block may be sent (e.g.,
transmitted) based on a TCI state, where the TCI state is
associated with a plurality of TCI states. The transport block may
be sent (e.g., transmitted) via the first TRP or the second
TRP.
[0239] The configuration parameters may indicate control channel
repetition enabled/configured for the first cell. For example, a
parameter of a control channel repetition mode may be configured.
The control channel repetition mode may be the first control
channel repetition mode or the second control channel repetition
mode. The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a first
CORESET associated with (e.g., configured with or of) the first
CORESET pool. The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a
second CORESET associated with (e.g., configured with or of) the
second CORESET pool. The wireless device may determine a pair of
the first CORESET and the second CORESET, where repeated DCI
message/PDCCH transmissions may be sent (e.g., transmitted), based
on a rule. For example, the wireless device may determine the first
CORESET of the first CORESET pool based on a search space
associated with the first CORESET, where the wireless device may
monitor a DCI format via the search space. For example, the DCI
format may be a DCI format 1_1, a DCI format 0_1, a DCI format 1_2,
a DCI format 0_2, a DCI format 3_0, or a DCI format 3_1. The
wireless device may determine the plurality of first CORESETs of
the first CORESET pool, for example, if there is a plurality of
first search spaces, of the first CORESET pool, configured with the
DCI format. Similarly, the wireless device may determine the second
CORESET of the second CORESET pool based on a search space
associated with the second CORESET, where the wireless device may
monitor the DCI format via the search space. The wireless device
may determine the plurality of second search spaces, for example,
if there is a plurality of second search spaces, of the second
CORESET pool, configured with the DCI format. The wireless device
may be configured with at most one search space for a DCI format in
each CORESET pool.
[0240] The wireless device may determine the second CORESET of the
second CORESET pool based on a first CORESET index of the first
CORESET of the first CORESET pool. For example, a second index of
the second CORESET may be the first CORESET index+GAP. For example,
the GAP may be a determined/predetermined value (e.g., 0, 12). For
example, the configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a
parameter indicating a value of the GAP. The wireless device may
determine the second CORESET based on a second search space,
associated with the second CORESET, and the first search space. For
example, an index of the second search space may be a first index
of the first search space+SS-GAP. For example, SS-GAP may be a
predetermined value (e.g., 20, 0). For example, the wireless device
may determine the second CORESET and/or the second search space
based on an association configured by the configuration parameters.
For example, the configuration parameters may indicate the
association between each of a CORESET/search space associated with
the first CORESET pool and each of a CORESET/search space
associated with the second CORESET pool. The configuration
parameters may indicate/comprise a first CORESET and/or a first
search space of the first CORESET pool. The wireless device may
monitor first DCI message/PDCCH transmission via the first search
space of the first CORESET pool. The configuration parameters may
indicate/comprise a parameter indicating control channel repetition
across a multi-TRP or a multi-CORESET pool for the first CORESET or
the first search space. Based on the parameter, the wireless device
may determine a second CORESET or a second search space of the
second CORESET pool. For example, the wireless device may determine
the second CORESET based on one or more parameters of the first
CORESET. For example, a same set of resource blocks configured for
the first CORESET may be used for the second CORESET. For example,
monitoring occasions of the first search space may be used for
determining monitoring occasions of the second search space.
[0241] A base station may indicate control channel repetition based
on a CORESET. For example, the base station may send (e.g.,
transmit) a plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via the
CORESET. The base station may send (e.g., transmit) the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions over a plurality of TRPs. The
base station may send (e.g., transmit) one or more RRC messages
and/or MAC CEs indicating a plurality of TCI states are activated
for the CORESET. For example, the plurality of TCI states may
comprise a first TCI state, corresponding to a first TRP of the
plurality of TRPs, and a second TCI state, corresponding to a
second TRP of the plurality of TRPs. The base station may send
(e.g., transmit) one or more second RRC messages comprising
configuration parameters for the CORESET. For example, the
configuration parameters may indicate control channel repetition
based on the CORESET. The configuration parameters may indicate the
control channel repetition across a plurality of TRPs. The
configuration parameters may indicate repetition pattern across the
plurality of TRPs. For example, the repetition pattern (e.g., TRP
switching pattern) may be [0, . . . , 0, 1, . . . , 1] where 0 may
represent a first TRP of the plurality of TRPs and 1 may represent
a second TRP of the plurality of TRPs. The base station may
indicate a bitmap indicating a number/quantity of control channel
repetitions. Each bit of the bitmap may represent which TRP may
send (e.g., transmit) i-th repetition. The repetition pattern may
be [0, 1, 0, 1, . . . , 0, 1]. The repetition pattern may be [0, 0,
. . . , 0, 1, 1, . . . , 1, 0, 0, . . . , 0, 1, 1, . . . , 1].
Various repetition patterns may be considered. Based on the
repetition pattern, the wireless device may receive a control
channel repetition based on a TCI state of the plurality of TCI
states. The wireless device may receive the control channel
repetition based on the first TCI state, for example, if the
repetition pattern indicates the first TRP. The wireless device may
receive the control channel repetition based on the second TCI
state, for example, if the repetition indicates the second TRP.
[0242] FIG. 20 shows an example of control channel repetition
across a plurality of TRPs (or a plurality of CORESET pools). The
base station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit) one or more RRC
messages 2020 comprising configuration parameters. The
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a first TRP (TRP #0)
and a second TRP (TRP #1) associated with a cell. The configuration
parameters may comprise/indicate control channel repetition across
a multi-TRP (e.g., via the first TRP and the second TRP). The base
station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit) first DCI message/PDCCH
transmission (e.g., PDCCH #1 2021) via the first TRP or a first
CORESET pool. The first DCI message/PDCCH transmission may
comprise/indicate resources scheduling a TB via the multi-TRP. The
base station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit) second DCI
message/PDCCH transmission (e.g., PDCCH #2) via the second TRP or a
second CORESET pool. The second DCI message/PDCCH transmission may
comprise/indicate the resources scheduling the TB via the
multi-TRP. The first DCI message/PDCCH transmission and the second
DCI message/PDCCH transmission may indicate a same HARQ process
index (e.g., HARQ-K) scheduling the TB. The base station 2010 may
send (e.g., transmit) a third DCI message/PDCCH transmission via
the first TRP. The base station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit) a
fourth DCI message/PDCCH transmission (e.g., PDCCH #4 2022) via the
second TRP. A control information scheduling the TB may be repeated
four times via a plurality of TRPs. A wireless device 2011 may
monitor the first DCI message/PDCCH transmission 2021 and the third
DCI message/PDCCH transmission based on a first TCI state,
associated with the first TRP or the first CORESET pool. The
wireless device 2011 may monitor the second DCI message/PDCCH
transmission and the fourth DCI message/PDCCH transmission 2022
based on a second TCI state, associated with the second TRP or the
second CORESET pool.
[0243] The base station 2010 may repeat the TB via four repetitions
of the first TRP and via four repetitions of the second TRP. The
wireless device 2011 may repeat the TB simultaneously via the first
TRP and the second TRP, for example, if the wireless device 2011
supports simultaneous reception via the first TRP and the second
TRP. The base station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit) the repeated
transmission of the TB via the first TRP and the second TRP based
on a time-domain division multiplexing, for example, if the
wireless device 2011 does not support simultaneous reception via
the first TRP and the second TRP. For example, the base station
2010 may send (e.g., transmit) a first repetition of the repeated
transmission via the first TRP. The base station 2010 may send
(e.g., transmit) a second repetition of the repeated transmission
via the second TRP. A switching pattern between the first TRP and
the second TRP may be configured by the base station 2010 based on
RRC/MAC-CE/DCI signaling. The first DCI and the second DCI may
schedule the repeated transmissions of the TB. Control channel
repetition via a plurality of TRPs may enhance reliability and lead
to better QoS experience.
[0244] A base station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit) one or more
RRC messages 2020 comprising configuration parameters. The
configuration parameters may indicate control channel repetition
enabled for a cell. The base station 2010 may send (e.g., transmit)
a plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions scheduling a
transport block via a plurality of CORESETs of the cell. For
example, the configuration parameters may configure a first CORESET
and a second CORESET for the control channel repetition. The
configuration parameters may comprise/indicate a first search space
associated with the first CORESET. The configuration parameters may
comprise/indicate a second search space associated with the second
CORESET. The configuration parameters may comprise/indicate a first
TCI state associated with the first CORESET. The configuration
parameters may comprise/indicate a second TCI state associated with
the second CORESET. The first TCI state may be the same as or
different from the second TCI state. The configuration parameters
may comprise/indicate a set of first TCI states associated with the
first CORESET. One or more MAC CEs may indicate the first TCI state
of the set of the first TCI states for the first CORESET. For
example, the configuration parameters may comprise/indicate a set
of second TCI states associated with the second CORESET. One or
more second MAC CEs may indicate the second TCI state of the set of
the second TCI states for the second CORESET. The configuration
parameters may indicate the first CORESET and the second CORESET
are associated to schedule repeated DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions for a transport block.
[0245] The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a search
space associated with the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The
configuration parameters may indicate/comprise a plurality of
CORESET indexes. The configuration parameters may comprise a
CORESET index, of the plurality of CORESET indexes, indicating the
first CORESET. The configuration parameters may indicate/comprise
one or more indexes, of the plurality of CORESET indexes, of
repeated/additional CORESETs (e.g., CORESETs used for control
channel repetition in addition to the first CORESET, the second
CORESET). For example, an index of the one or more indexes may
indicate the second CORESET. First parameters of the first CORESET
and second parameters of the second CORESET may have restriction in
terms of configuration, for example, if the first CORESET and the
second CORESET are associated for control channel repetition. For
example, a set of resource blocks (RB) in frequency domain of the
first CORESET may be the same as (or a subset of or a superset of)
a set of resource block(s) in frequency domain of the second
CORESET. The wireless device 2011 may determine a set of RBs
belonging to the first CORESET and the second CORESET for the
control channel repetition. For example, a first duration of the
first CORESET may be the same as a second duration of the second
CORESET. For example, a number/quantity of REGs of the first
CORESET may be the same as a number/quantity of REGs. For example,
a number/quantity of CCEs of the first CORESET may be the same as
(or less than or larger than) a number/quantity of CCEs of the
second CORESET. The wireless device 2011 may determine a
number/quantity of REGs based on the determined set of RBs or based
on the set of RBs of the first CORESET. For example, a first
CCE-to-REG mapping type of the first CORESET (e.g., between
interleaved or non-interleaved) may be the same as a second
CCE-to-REG mapping type of the second CORESET. For example, a
precoder granularity of the first CORESET may configured as same to
a precoder granularity of the second CORESET. For example, a first
tci-PresenceInDCI of the first CORESET may same as a second
tci-PresenceInDCl of the second CORESET. For example, a first
rb-Offset of the first CORESET may be the same as a second
rb-Offset of the second CORESET.
[0246] The first CORESET and the second CORESET may have
potentially different configurations for one or more parameters.
For example, the one or more parameters may comprise one or more
TCI states. For example, the one or more parameters may comprise
DM-RS scrambling identity (e.g., pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID). For
example, the one or more parameters may comprise a CORESET pool
index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex). For example, the one or more
parameters may comprise a CORESET index.
[0247] The wireless device 2011 may determine whether a first
number/quantity of CCEs of the first CORESET is less than or equal
to (or greater than or equal to) a second number/quantity of CCEs
of the second CORESET, for example, if the wireless device 2011
receives first configuration parameters of the first CORESET and
second configuration parameters of the second CORESET. Based on the
determining, the wireless device 2011 may consider the first
CORESET and the second CORESET may be used for control channel
repetition. Otherwise, the wireless device 2011 may determine the
first CORESET, and the second CORESET might not be used for the
control channel repetition. Alternatively, the wireless device 2011
may determine a smallest number/quantity of CCEs (e.g., M) among
one or more of CCEs of a plurality of CORESETs (e.g., determine a
CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs with a smallest
number/quantity of CCEs). For example, the plurality of CORESETs
may be configured/indicated/used for control channel repetition.
The wireless device 2011 may determine/assume/consider that first M
candidates of each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs are used
for the control channel repetition.
[0248] A wireless device 2011 may determine a number/quantity of
REGs of a first CORESET of a plurality of CORESETs configured for
control channel repetition. The wireless device 2011 may determine
a second number of REGs of a second CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2011 may determine whether the number
of REGs is equal to the second number of REGs. The wireless device
2011 may consider that the control channel repetition is configured
via the first CORESET and the second CORESET, for example, based on
(e.g., after or in response to) the determination that the
number/quantity of REGs is equal to the second number/quantity of
REGs. Otherwise, the wireless device 2011 may consider the
configuration as an error case and might not activate the control
channel repetition via the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
The wireless device 2011 may determine a smallest number/quantity
of REGs of the plurality of CORESETs (e.g., determine a CORESET
with a smallest number/quantity of REGs). The wireless device 2011
may assume that the smallest number/quantity of REGs used for the
control channel repetition.
[0249] The configuration parameters of the search space, associated
with the first CORESET and the second CORESET, may
comprise/indicate a switching pattern or mapping pattern of the
first CORESET and the second CORESET. For example, the wireless
device may determine a search space monitoring occasion based on
the configuration parameters of the search space. The wireless
device may determine the search space monitoring occasion based on
the first CORESET. The wireless device may determine a second
search space monitoring occasion or an extended monitoring occasion
based on a rule. For example, the wireless device may determine the
second search space monitoring occasion as a next slot of the first
monitoring occasion. The wireless device may determine the second
search space monitoring occasion based on the second search space.
The configuration parameters may indicate a bitmap of a
number/quantity of OFDM symbols in a slot (or of a number/quantity
of slots, for example, a multiple slots). The bitmap may indicate 0
for the first CORESET or 1 for the second CORESET for each
corresponding OFDM symbol or a slot. The wireless device may
monitor a search space monitoring occasion based on the first
CORESET, for example, if 0 is indicated for an OFDM symbol. The
wireless device may monitor a second search space monitoring
occasion based on a second CORESET, for example, if 1 is indicated
for a second OFDM symbol.
[0250] A wireless device may receive one or more RRC messages
comprising configuration parameters. The configuration parameters
may indicate/comprise a CORESET of a bandwidth part of a cell. The
configuration parameters may comprise parameters of a search space
associated with the CORESET. The parameters of the search space may
indicate a first monitoring periodicity in a unit of a first time
duration. For example, the first time duration may be a slot or a
few slots. The parameters of the search space may indicate a second
monitoring periodicity in a unit of a second time duration. For
example, the second time duration may be an OFDM symbol or a few
OFDM symbols or a slot. For example, the second time duration may
be smaller than the first time duration. The wireless device may
monitor one or more repeated DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via
one or more monitoring occasions determined based on the second
monitoring periodicity within the first monitoring periodicity. For
example, the configuration parameters may indicate the one ore
monitoring occasions within the first monitoring periodicity.
[0251] For example, the wireless device may receive/monitor first
DCI message/PDCCH transmission of the one or more repeated DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via a first monitoring occasion of the
one or more monitoring occasions. The wireless device may
receive/monitor second DCI message/PDCCH transmission of the one or
more repeated DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via a second
monitoring occasion of the one or more monitoring occasions. The
first DCI message/PDCCH transmission may be the same as the second
DCI message/PDCCH transmission. The first DCI message/PDCCH
transmission and the second DCI message/PDCCH transmission may
indicate the same resource(s) for a transport block. The wireless
device may receive/monitor DCI via the one or more monitoring
occasions, where a search space candidate for the DCI may comprise
one or more candidates of the one or more monitoring occasions. For
example, the search space candidate may comprise a first candidate
of the first monitoring occasion and a second candidate of the
second monitoring occasion. For example, a first starting CCE index
of the first candidate of the first monitoring occasion may be the
same as a second starting CCE index of the second candidate of the
second monitoring occasion.
[0252] The wireless device may receive/monitor the DCI
message/PDCCH transmission via the one or more monitoring
occasions, where the search space candidate for the DCI
message/PDCCH transmission may comprise one or more CCEs from the
one or more monitoring occasions. For example, the CORESET may be
associated with a plurality of TCI states as active TCI states. For
example, the plurality of TCI states may be activated via one or
more RRC messages or MAC CEs or DCIs. The wireless device may
monitor the first monitoring occasion based on a first TCI of the
plurality of TCI states. The wireless device may monitor the second
monitoring occasion based on a second TCI of the plurality of TCI
states.
[0253] FIG. 21 shows an example of repetition. The repetition may
comprise repetitions using a plurality of transmission and
reception points (TRPs) and/or a plurality of CORESETs. A base
station may send/transmit, to a wireless device that may receive,
one or more RRC messages comprising configuration parameters. The
configuration parameters may comprise/indicate a CORESET associated
with an active TCI state. The base station may activate the active
TCI state via the one or more RRC messages, one or more MAC CEs, or
one or more DCI messages. The configuration parameters may
comprise/indicate a bitmap indicating one or more monitoring
occasions for a control channel repetition. A bitmap size may be 14
(e.g., the bitmap corresponds to a slot where each bit maps to each
OFDM symbol), such as shown in FIG. 21, and/or any other quantity
of bits (e.g., less than 14, greater than 14, etc.). The bitmap may
indicate monitoring occasions of a 1st OFDM symbol and a 6th OFDM
symbol of a slot (or any other symbol of a slot). The configuration
parameters may indicate/comprise a first monitoring periodicity as
two slots (e.g., monitor in every two slots), or any other quantity
of slots. The wireless device may determine one or more monitoring
occasions, for example, in each monitoring periodicity, based on
the bitmap. The wireless device may determine a monitoring occasion
starting at a first OFDM symbol of a slot (or any other symbol of a
slot), for example, if the bitmap is not present. The wireless
device may determine a first monitoring occasion and/or a second
monitoring occasion, for example, based on the bitmap in each
monitoring periodicity. The wireless device may determine any
quantity of monitoring occasions. The wireless device may monitor
the first monitoring occasion and/or the second monitoring occasion
for receiving one or more DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
scheduling at least one transport block.
[0254] The configuration parameters may indicate (e.g., for a
search space) one or more monitoring occasions within a monitoring
periodicity. For example, a periodicity value (e.g.,
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset) may determine the monitoring
periodicity. The wireless device may determine the monitoring
periodicity, for example, based on a gap between each monitoring
occasion within the slot based on one or more parameters (e.g., the
monitoringSymbolWithinSlot, if parameters may comprise a
monitoringSymbolWithinSlot). The wireless device may
expect/determine an equal interval between monitoring occasions
within the slot. Additionally or alternatively, the parameters may
not comprise the one or more parameters (e.g., the
monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot), for example, if the search space is
used for a control channel repetition. The one or more parameters
(e.g., monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot) may be used to indicate the one
or more monitoring occasions within a monitoring periodicity
determined. The one or more parameters may be used to indicate the
one or more monitoring occasions within a monitoring periodicity
determined based on a periodicity and/or offset parameter (e.g.,
the monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset), for example, if a control
channel repetition is enabled. A parameter to indicate enabling of
the control channel repetition may be configured for the search
space and/or for a CORESET associated with the search space and/or
a DCI format monitored via the search space. A duration of the
search space may be used to determine the one or more monitoring
occasions within the monitoring periodicity. The wireless device
may determine the one or more monitoring occasions based on the
monitoring periodicity and the duration, for example, if the
monitoring periodicity is larger than a slot. The wireless device
may determine a first monitoring occasion of the one or more
monitoring occasions based on a parameter (e.g., the
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset), for example, if the monitoring
periodicity is P slots and the duration is D. The wireless device
may determine a second monitoring occasion of the one or more
monitoring occasions as a next slot of the first monitoring
occasion. The wireless device may determine D number of monitoring
occasions starting from the first monitoring occasions in
consecutive slots. The search space may comprise a plurality of
control resource set IDs (e.g., a controlResourceSetID and/or a
second controlResourceSetID), for example, if a search space is
configured/associated with a plurality of CORESETs.
[0255] A base station may send/transmit a first DCI message/PDCCH
transmission via a first monitoring occasion of the one or more
monitoring occasions. The base station may send/transmit a second
DCI message/PDCCH transmission via a second monitoring occasion of
the one or more monitoring occasions. The first DCI message/PDCCH
transmission and the second DCI message/PDCCH transmission may
indicate same resource(s) for a transport block. A first content of
the first DCI message/PDCCH transmission may be the same as or
different from a second content of the second DCI message/PDCCH
transmission. The wireless device may determine/attempt to decode
the first DCI message/PDCCH transmission independently from the
second DCI message/PDCCH transmission. The wireless device may not
assume/determine that the base station may send/transmit the first
DCI message/PDCCH transmission and the second DCI message/PDCCH
transmission. The base station may send/transmit one or more DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in/over the one or more monitoring
occasions. The base station may send/transmit a single DCI
message/PDCCH transmission via/in/over the one or more monitoring
occasions. The base station may send/transmit DCI message/PDCCH
transmission via/in/over each monitoring occasion. The base station
may send/transmit any number of repeated DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions via/in/over the one or more monitoring occasions.
[0256] The base station may indicate that the first control channel
repetition mode is used for the one or more monitoring occasions.
The wireless device may determine a number/quantity of the one or
more monitoring occasions O in a monitoring periodicity, for
example, based on the first control channel repetition mode. A
monitoring occasion of the one or more monitoring occasions is
indexed from 0, . . . , O-1, for example, based on a time-first
manner. The wireless device may attempt to decode one or more
search space candidates aggregating candidates from the monitoring
occasion from 0 to i (e.g., i=0, . . . , O-1 or i=0, 1, 3, 7, . . .
). The wireless device may attempt to decode a first candidate
aggregating a candidate from a first monitoring occasion of the one
or more monitoring occasions, for example, if O is 4. The wireless
device may attempt to decode a second candidate aggregating the
candidate and another candidate from a second monitoring occasion
of the one or more monitoring occasions. The wireless device may
attempt to decode a fourth candidate aggregating each candidate of
each monitoring occasion of the one or more monitoring occasions.
The wireless device may aggregate candidates from the one or more
monitoring occasions where a starting CCE index of a candidate of
the candidates is the same. The wireless device may determine
candidates, for example, based on a rule. The wireless device may
determine candidates of same frequency resources in each monitoring
occasion. The wireless device may determine candidates of same REGs
(or same REG indexes) in each monitoring occasion.
[0257] A wireless device may determine each list of candidates. The
wireless device may determine each list of candidates via each
monitoring occasion of one or more monitoring occasions. The one or
more monitoring occasions may be within a monitoring periodicity of
a search space. The wireless device may determine a list of
candidates across the one or more monitoring occasions, for
example, based on each list of candidates. The list of candidates
may comprise one or more candidates of an aggregation level. The
wireless device may determine a first list of candidates of a first
aggregation level 2*L, for example, based on two candidates over
two monitoring occasions of aggregation level L or four candidates
over four monitoring occasions of aggregation level L/2.
[0258] A base station may indicate four monitoring occasions in a
monitoring periodicity indexed from first to fourth monitoring
occasions, for example, for determination of one or more search
space candidates of an aggregation level across one or more
monitoring occasions. A set of candidates for an aggregation level
may be assumed to be consistent across the four monitoring
occasions. A first candidate of an aggregation level 2 may start in
a third CCE and a second candidate of the aggregation level 2 may
start in a fifth CCE. A first candidate of an aggregation level 4
may start in N_CCE (e.g., a number/quantity of CCEs)--8th CCE and a
second candidate of the aggregation level 4 may start in
N_CCE--fourth CCE. The wireless device may determine a list of
candidates with an aggregation level 8, for example, by
combining/aggregating four candidates (one candidate from one
monitoring occasion each) of the aggregation level 2 and/or by
combining/aggregating two candidates (one candidate from one
monitoring occasion each) of the aggregation level 4. A first box
in the left and a second small box in the right show AL=8
candidates. The wireless device may determine more candidates, for
example, by aggregating/combining second candidates of AL=2 and/or
second candidates of AL=4. The wireless device may determine a
candidate of aggregation level (AL)=16, for example, by
combining/aggregating four candidates of AL=4. The wireless device
may determine two AL=16.
[0259] The wireless device may not aggregate candidates wherein the
candidates may not comprise a candidate from the first monitoring
occasion (or 1st monitoring occasion, an earliest monitoring
occasion in a monitoring periodicity). The wireless device may
determine possible aggregation levels and/or candidates by
aggregating candidates from a 1st monitoring occasion, 1st+2nd
monitoring occasions, 1st+2nd+3rd+4th monitoring occasions,
1st+2nd+3rd+4th+5th-6th+7th+8th, . . . , and so on.
[0260] The wireless device may determine a list of candidates for
an aggregation level, for example, based on a hashing function
applied/used in each slot. Same candidates may be determined, for
example, if a first monitoring occasion and a second monitoring
occasion reside in a same slot. Different candidates may be
determined, for example, if a first monitoring occasion and a
second monitoring occasion do not reside in a same slot. A base
station may send/transmit DCI over a candidate of the across the
one or more monitoring occasions.
[0261] The base station may send/transmit one or more messages
comprising configuration parameters. The configuration parameters
may comprise/indicate a search space group for a control channel
repetition. The search space group may comprise one or more search
spaces. The search group may comprise a first search space of a
first carrier and a second search space of a second carrier. The
search space group may comprise a first search space of a first BWP
of a cell and a second search space of a second BWP of the cell.
The search space group may comprise a first search space of first
BWP of a first cell and a second search space of a second BWP of a
second cell. The configuration parameters may indicate one or more
search space groups, for example, for a BWP of a cell. A search
space group of the one or more search space groups may be
associated/configured with one or more DCI formats. A wireless
device may determine a search space group, for example, based on
one or more search spaces configured/associated with the BWP of the
cell. Each search space of the one or more search spaces may be
configured to monitor a DCI format of the one or more DCI formats.
The one or more DCI formats may comprise a DCI format 1_1 and a DCI
format 0_1. The one or more DCI formats may comprise a DCI format
0_0 and a DCI format 1_0. The one or more DCI formats may comprise
a DCI format 1_2 and a DCI format 0_2. The one or more DCI formats
may comprise a DCI format 3_0 and a DCI format 3_1. The one or more
DCI formats may comprise downlink/uplink DCI messages of
non-fallback DCI messages. The one or more DCI formats may comprise
downlink/uplink DCI messages of fallback DCI messages. The one or
more DCI formats may comprise DCI format(s) of sidelink DCI
messages.
[0262] The wireless device may determine a search space candidate.
The wireless device may determine the search space candidate
from/over the one or more search space of the search space group in
a similar manner addressed for a control repetition, for example,
based on a plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device may determine
one or more monitoring occasions in a slot, for example, based on
the one or more search spaces. The wireless device may determine
one or more first monitoring occasions, for example, in a slot n,
based on a first search space of the one or more search spaces. The
wireless device may determine, in the slot n, one or more second
monitoring occasions, for example, based on a second search space
of the one or more search spaces. The wireless device may monitor
the one or more first monitoring occasions and the one or more
second monitoring occasions in the slot n. The wireless device may
not expect to have overlap between a monitoring occasion of a
search space of the one or more search spaces and a second
monitoring occasion of a second search space of the one or more
search spaces in a time domain. The wireless device may monitor one
or more repeated DCI messages, for example, based on the DCI format
via the one or more monitoring occasions in the slot.
[0263] The one or more repeated DCI messages may be
transmitted/sent, by the base station, via one or more PDCCHs. Each
PDCCH may carry/transmit each DCI. Each DCI of the one or more
repeated DCI messages may have same content or different content.
The wireless device may aggregate the one or more repeated DCI
messages if each DCI may have same content. The one or more
repeated DCI messages may be transmitted/sent via a PDCCH. The
PDCCH may be transmitted/sent over one or more search space
candidates of the one or more search spaces. DCI may be
transmitted/sent repeatedly via one or more PDCCHs. Each PDCCH may
carrier/transmit the DCI repeatedly.
[0264] FIG. 22 shows an example of repetition of downlink control
information. The repetition may use one or more CORESETs. A CORESET
may be associated with one or more TCI states as active TCI states.
The base station may associate a plurality of TCI states with a
CORESET as the active TCI states. The base station may indicate a
plurality of monitoring occasions within a slot or in a monitoring
periodicity for a control channel repetition. A wireless device may
monitor a first monitoring occasion, for example, based on a first
TCI state of the plurality of TCI states. The wireless device may
monitor a second monitoring occasion, for example, based on a
second TCI state of the plurality of TCI states. The base station
may indicate a pattern to switch between the plurality of TCI
states. Configuration parameters of a search space associated with
the CORESET may comprise/indicate enabling a control channel
repetition. The configuration parameters may comprise/indicate
enabling a TCI switching or enabling the control channel repetition
via a plurality of TCI states. The configuration parameters may
comprise/indicate a switching pattern. The switching pattern may be
an alternating between a first TCI state of the plurality of TCI
states and a second TCI state of the plurality of TCI states in
each monitoring occasion of one or more monitoring occasions within
a monitoring periodicity or a slot or within a few slots (e.g.,
between a monitoring periodicity configured by
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset parameter of the search space).
The switching pattern may be a half-half between the first TCI
state and the second TCI state. A number/quantity of the one or
more monitoring occasions may be equal to K. The wireless device
may monitor first (floor (K/2)) monitoring occasion(s), for
example, based on the first TCI state. The wireless device may
monitor remaining monitoring occasion(s), for example, based on the
second TCI state within the monitoring periodicity. The switching
pattern may be a bitmap to indicate a TCI state in each monitoring
occasion of the one or more monitoring occasions.
[0265] FIG. 23 shows an example format of a MAC CE. The MAC CE may
correspond to a TCI state indication for wireless device-specific
PDCCH MAC CE, enhanced TCI state indication for wireless
device-specific PDCCH MAC CE, etc. The MAC CE may indicate (e.g.,
activate/update/select) one or more TCI states (e.g., TCI state 1
and TCI state 2) for a CORESET of a serving cell. The base station
may indicate, in the MAC CE, one or more TCI state
indicators/indexes (e.g., TCI state indicator (ID) 1 and TCI state
ID 2) of the one or more TCI states. The base station may indicate,
in the MAC CE, the one or more TCI states indexes to activate the
one or more TCI states for the CORESET. The CORESET may be
indicated by a CORESET indicator (ID) in the MAC CE. The one or
more TCI state indexes may indicate/identify the one or more TCI
states. Each TCI state index of the one or more TCI state indexes
may indicate/identify a respective TCI state of the one or more TCI
states.
[0266] The MAC CE may comprise one or more fields. A first field of
the one or more fields may indicate/comprise a serving cell
indicator/index (e.g., serving cell ID provided by a higher layer
parameter ServCellIndex or indicated by one or more configuration
parameters). The serving cell indicator/index may identify/indicate
the serving cell. A second field of the one or more fields may
indicate/comprise a CORESET indicator/index (e.g., CORESET ID). The
CORESET indicator/index may identify/indicate the CORESET of the
serving cell. A third field of the one or more fields may
indicate/comprise a first TCI state index (e.g., TCI state ID 1)
of/identifying/indicating a first TCI state. The one or more TCI
states may comprise the first TCI state. A fourth field (e.g., R)
of the one or more fields may be a reserved field. A fifth field of
the one or more fields may indicate/comprise a second TCI state
index (e.g., TCI state ID 2) of/identifying/indicating a second TCI
state. The one or more fields of the MAC CE may comprise the second
TCI state index, for example, based on a value of the fourth field
(e.g., R). The MAC CE may not comprise the second TCI state index
(e.g., the fifth field may be a reserved field), for example, if
the value of the fourth field is equal to zero (e.g., or any other
predetermined/preset value). The MAC CE format may comprise the
second TCI state index, for example, if the value of the fourth
field is equal to one (e.g., or any other second
predetermined/preset value). The one or more TCI states may
comprise the second TCI state. The MAC CE may be an activation
command. The MAC CE may be an activation command for parameters
indicated by the configuration parameters. The configuration
parameters may indicate the first TCI state index for the first TCI
state. The configuration parameters may indicate the second TCI
state index for the second TCI state. The configuration parameters
may indicate the CORESET index for the CORESET. The configuration
parameters may indicate the serving cell index for the serving
cell. The configuration parameters may indicate the one or more TCI
state indexes for the one or more TCI states. The one or more TCI
states may comprise the first TCI state and the second TCI state.
The one or more TCI state indexes may comprise the first TCI state
index and the second TCI state index.
[0267] FIG. 24 shows an example of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception. The channel repetition may
correspond to control channel repetition. The control channel
repetition may be used for sending, by a base station 2410,
repetitions of control information (e.g., DCI). The control
information may schedule a transmission (e.g., a downlink
transmission) to the wireless device 2411. The base station 2410
and/or the wireless device 2411 may determine a beam (e.g., TCI
state) to be used for the transmission based on a CORESET pool
corresponding to a default CORESET pool index. While FIG. 24
relates to the specific example of downlink control channel
repetition (e.g., for transmission of DCI), the base station 2410
and/or the wireless device 2411 may similarly transmit (and/or
receive) repetitions of any message (e.g., control messages and/or
data, for example, via PUCCH, PUCCH, PDSCH) via channel repetition,
and in accordance with the procedures described herein.
[0268] The wireless device 2411 may receive one or more messages.
The wireless device 2411 may receive the one or more messages from
the base station 2411. The one or more messages may comprise one or
more configuration parameters 2415. The one or more configuration
parameters 2415 may be RRC configuration parameter(s) and/or RRC
reconfiguration parameter(s).
[0269] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may be for a
cell. At least one configuration parameter of the one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may be for a cell. The cell may be a
primary cell (PCell). The cell may be a secondary cell (SCell). The
cell may be a secondary cell configured with PUCCH (e.g., PUCCH
SCell). The cell may be an unlicensed cell (e.g., operating in an
unlicensed band). The cell may be a licensed cell (e.g., operating
in a licensed band). The cell may operate in a first frequency
range (e.g., FR1). The FR1 may, for example, comprise frequency
bands below 6 GHz. The cell may operate in a second frequency range
(e.g., FR2). The FR2 may, for example, comprise frequency bands
from 24 GHz to 52.6 GHz. The cell may operate in any frequency
range (e.g., comprising any frequency band(s)).
[0270] The wireless device 2411 may perform uplink transmissions
(e.g., PUSCH, PUCCH, SRS) via the cell in/during a first time
period and in/using a first frequency. The wireless device 2411 may
perform downlink receptions (e.g., PDCCH, PDSCH) via the cell
in/during a second time period and in/using a second frequency. The
cell may operate in a time-division duplex (TDD) mode. The first
frequency and the second frequency may be the same, for example, in
the TDD mode. The first time and the second time may be different,
for example, in the TDD mode. The cell may operate in a
frequency-division duplex (FDD) mode. The first frequency and the
second frequency may be different, for example, in the FDD mode.
The first time and the second time may be the same, for example, in
the FDD mode.
[0271] The wireless device 2411 may be in an RRC connected mode, an
RRC idle mode, and/or an RRC inactive mode. The cell may comprise a
plurality of BWPs. The plurality of BWPs may comprise one or more
uplink BWPs comprising an uplink BWP of the cell. The plurality of
BWPs may comprise one or more downlink BWPs comprising a downlink
BWP of the cell.
[0272] A BWP of the plurality of BWPs may be in one of an active
state and an inactive state. The wireless device 2411 may monitor a
downlink channel/signal (e.g., PDCCH, DCI, CSI-RS, PDSCH)
on/for/via the downlink BWP, for example, in the active state of a
downlink BWP of the one or more downlink BWPs. The wireless device
2411 may receive a PDSCH transmission on/via/for the downlink BWP,
for example, in the active state of a downlink BWP of the one or
more downlink BWPs. The wireless device 2411 may not monitor a
downlink channel/signal (e.g., PDCCH, DCI, CSI-RS, PDSCH)
on/via/for the downlink BWP, for example, in the inactive state of
a downlink BWP of the one or more downlink BWPs. The wireless
device 2411 may stop monitoring (or receiving) a downlink
channel/signal (e.g., PDCCH, DCI, CSI-RS, PDSCH) on/via/for the
downlink BWP, for example, in the inactive state of a downlink BWP
of the one or more downlink BWPs. The wireless device 2411 may not
receive a PDSCH transmission on/via/for the downlink BWP, for
example, in the inactive state of a downlink BWP of the one or more
downlink BWPs. The wireless device 2411 may stop receiving a PDSCH
transmission on/via/for the downlink BWP, for example, in the
inactive state of a downlink BWP of the one or more downlink
BWPs.
[0273] The wireless device 2411 may send/transmit an uplink
signal/channel (e.g., PUCCH, preamble, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS, etc.)
on/via the uplink BWP, for example, in the active state of an
uplink BWP of the one or more uplink BWPs. The wireless device 2411
may not send/transmit an uplink signal/channel (e.g., PUCCH,
preamble, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS, etc.) on/via the uplink BWP, for
example, in the inactive state of an uplink BWP of the one or more
uplink BWPs.
[0274] The wireless device 2411 may activate the downlink BWP of
the one or more downlink BWPs of the cell. The activating the
downlink BWP may comprise that the wireless device 2411 sets (or
switches to) the downlink BWP as an active downlink BWP of the
cell. The activating the downlink BWP may comprise that the
wireless device sets the downlink BWP in the active state. The
activating the downlink BWP may comprise switching the downlink BWP
from the inactive state to the active state.
[0275] The wireless device 2411 may activate the uplink BWP of the
one or more uplink BWPs of the cell. The activating the uplink BWP
may comprise that the wireless device sets (or switches to) the
uplink BWP as an active uplink BWP of the cell. The activating the
uplink BWP may comprise that the wireless device 2411 sets the
uplink BWP in the active state. The activating the uplink BWP may
comprise switching the uplink BWP from the inactive state to the
active state.
[0276] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may be for the
(active) downlink BWP of the cell. At least one configuration
parameter of the one or more configuration parameters 2415 may be
for the downlink BWP of the cell. The one or more configuration
parameters 2415 may be for the (active) uplink BWP of the cell. At
least one configuration parameter of the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 may be for the uplink BWP of the cell.
[0277] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
plurality of CORESETs (e.g., CORESET 2420-1 and CORESET 2420-2).
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the
plurality of CORESETs for the (active) downlink BWP of the cell.
The (active) downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the plurality of
CORESETs. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise a first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The plurality of CORESETs may comprise a
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-2).
[0278] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
plurality of CORESET indicators/indexes (e.g., provided by a higher
layer parameter ControlResourceSetId) for the plurality of
CORESETs. Each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs may be
identified/indicated by a respective CORESET indicator/index of the
plurality of CORESET indicators/indexes. The first CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs may be identified by a first CORESET index of
the plurality of CORESET indexes. The second CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs may be identified/indicated by a second
CORESET index of the plurality of CORESET indexes. A CORESET index
may be a CORESET identifier/indicator.
[0279] The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be the same.
The first CORESET index and the second CORESET index may be the
same. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise one or more CORESETs.
The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be different. The
first CORESET index and the second CORESET index may be
different.
[0280] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
plurality of search space sets, e.g., for the downlink BWP of the
cell (e.g., by a higher layer parameter SearchSpace). The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a plurality of
search space sets, e.g., for the cell (e.g., by a higher layer
parameter SearchSpace).
[0281] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
search space set indexes/identifiers (e.g., provided by a higher
layer parameter searchSpaceId) for the plurality of search space
sets. Each search space set of the plurality of search space sets
may be identified/indicated by a respective search space set index
of the search space set indexes. A first search space set of the
plurality of search space sets may be identified/indicated by a
first search space set index of the search space set indexes. A
second search space set of the plurality of search space sets may
be identified/indicated by a second search space set index of the
search space set indexes.
[0282] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
PDCCH monitoring periodicities (e.g., parameter
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset) for the plurality of search
space sets. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate a respective PDCCH monitoring periodicity of the PDCCH
monitoring periodicities (e.g., monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset)
for each search space set of the plurality of search space sets.
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a first
PDCCH monitoring periodicity (e.g., 2 slots, or any other first
quantity of slots) of the PDCCH monitoring periodicities for a
first search space set of the plurality of search space sets. The
one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a second
PDCCH monitoring periodicity (e.g., 10 slots, or any other second
quantity of slots) of the PDCCH monitoring periodicities for a
second search space set of the plurality of search space sets.
[0283] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
PDCCH candidates (e.g., parameter nrofCandidates) for the plurality
of search space sets. The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate respective PDCCH candidate(s) of the PDCCH candidates
for each search space set of the plurality of search space sets.
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate first
PDCCH candidate(s) (e.g., AL=1, AL=4, or any other AL) of the PDCCH
candidates for a first search space set of the plurality of search
space sets. The one or more configuration parameters may indicate
second PDCCH candidate(s) (e.g., AL=8. AL=16, or any other AL) of
the PDCCH candidates for a second search space set of the plurality
of search space sets.
[0284] A search space set of the plurality of search space sets may
be associated with (or linked to) a CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate the CORESET (or a CORESET index of the CORESET) for the
search space set (e.g., provided by a higher layer parameter
controlResourceSetId in the higher layer parameter SearchSpace).
The association (or the linkage) may be one-to-one. The association
being one-to-one may comprise the search space set associated with
(or linked to) the CORESET not being associated (or linked to) a
second CORESET that is different from the CORESET. The plurality of
CORESETs may comprise the second CORESET.
[0285] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for a downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI, PDCCH, RS, GC-PDCCH, DMRS, etc.), PDCCH
in the CORESET. The monitoring, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the PDCCH in the CORESET may comprise monitoring,
for the downlink control signal, PDCCH candidate(s) in PDCCH
monitoring occasion(s) for/of the search space set associated with
(or linked to) the CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor,
for DCI, PDCCH candidate(s) in PDCCH monitoring occasion(s) for/of
the search space set in the CORESET associated with (or linked to)
the search space set, for example, based on the search space set
being associated with (or linked to) the CORESET. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for DCI, PDCCH for the search space set in
the CORESET associated with (or linked to) the search space set,
for example, based on the search space set being associated with
(or linked to) the CORESET.
[0286] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for DCI, downlink
control channels in the CORESET. The monitoring, for the DCI, the
downlink control channels in the CORESET may comprise monitoring,
for the DCI, one or more PDCCH candidates in one or more PDCCH
monitoring occasions for/of one or more search space sets
associated with the CORESET. The plurality of search space sets may
comprise the one or more search space sets. The plurality of PDCCH
candidates may comprise the one or more PDCCH candidates. The one
or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the one or
more search space sets, the one or more PDCCH candidates. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the one or more PDCCH monitoring
occasions of the one or more search space sets based on one or more
search space set configuration parameters (e.g., IE SearchSpace) of
the one or more configuration parameters 2415. The one or more
search space set configuration parameters may indicate one or more
PDCCH monitoring periodicities (e.g.,
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset) for the one or more search
space sets. The one or more search space set configuration
parameters may indicate a respective PDCCH monitoring periodicity
of the one or more PDCCH monitoring periodicities for each search
space set of the one or more search space sets. The wireless device
2411 may determine the one or more PDCCH monitoring occasions, for
example, based on the one or more PDCCH monitoring periodicities.
The one or more search space set configuration parameters may
indicate PDCCH monitoring symbols (e.g.,
monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot) for the one or more search space sets.
The one or more search space set configuration parameters may
indicate respective PDCCH monitoring symbol(s) of the PDCCH
monitoring symbols (e.g., monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot) for each
search space set of the one or more search space sets. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the one or more PDCCH monitoring
occasions, for example, based on the PDCCH monitoring symbols.
[0287] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the plurality of CORESET indexes for the plurality of search space
sets (e.g., provided by a higher layer parameter
controlResourceSetId in the higher layer parameter SearchSpace).
Each search space set of the plurality of search space sets may be
associated with (or linked to) a respective CORESET, of the
plurality of CORESETs, identified by a respective CORESET index of
the plurality of CORESET indexes. The one or more configuration
parameters 2415 may indicate the first CORESET index of the first
CORESET for the first search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the first CORESET index
of the first CORESET in a first CORESET index field (e.g., provided
by a higher layer parameter controlResourceSetId in the higher
layer parameter SearchSpace) of the first search space set. The
first search space set may be associated with (or linked to) the
first CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating the first CORESET index of the first
CORESET for the first search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the first CORESET index
of the first CORESET for the second search space set. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the first CORESET
index of the first CORESET in a second CORESET index field (e.g.,
provided by a higher layer parameter controlResourceSetId in the
higher layer parameter SearchSpace) of the second search space set.
The second search space set may be associated with (or linked to)
the first CORESET, for example, based on the one or more
configuration parameters indicating the first CORESET index of the
first CORESET for the second search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the second CORESET index
of the second CORESET for the first search space set. The first
search space set may be associated with (or linked to) the second
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating the second CORESET index of the second
CORESET for the first search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the second CORESET index
of the second CORESET for the second search space set. The second
search space set may be associated with (or linked to) the second
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating the second CORESET index of the second
CORESET for the second search space set.
[0288] One or more first search space sets, of the plurality of
search space sets, may be associated with (or linked to) the first
CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the first CORESET (or the first CORESET index of the first CORESET)
for the one or more first search space sets. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the first CORESET,
the one or more first search space sets. One or more second search
space sets of the plurality of search space sets may be associated
with (or linked to) the second CORESET. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the second CORESET (or
the second CORESET index of the second CORESET) for the one or more
second search space sets. The one or more configuration parameters
2415 may indicate, for the second CORESET, the one or more second
search space sets.
[0289] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for DCI, the PDCCH
candidates in the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411
may monitor, for the DCI, the PDCCH candidates in PDCCH monitoring
occasions for/of the plurality of search space sets associated with
the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may monitor,
for DCI, one or more first PDCCH candidates in the first CORESET.
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the DCI, the one or more
first PDCCH candidates in one or more first PDCCH monitoring
occasions. The one or more first PDCCH monitoring occasions may be
for/of the one or more first search space sets associated with the
first CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the one or more first search space sets, the one or
more first PDCCH candidates. The PDCCH candidates may comprise the
one or more first PDCCH candidates. The wireless device may
monitor, for DCI, one or more second PDCCH candidates in the second
CORESET. The wireless device may monitor, for the DCI, the one or
more second PDCCH candidates in one or more second PDCCH monitoring
occasions. The one or more second PDCCH monitoring occasions may be
for/of the one or more second search space sets associated with the
second CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the one or more second search space sets, the one or
more second PDCCH candidates. The PDCCH candidates may comprise the
one or more second PDCCH candidates.
[0290] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
control channel repetition (e.g., PDCCH repetition/aggregation).
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may comprise a
control channel repetition enabling parameter that enables (or
activates, indicates, configures) the control channel repetition.
The control channel repetition may comprise a repetition of a
downlink control signal/channel (e.g., PDCCH, DCI).
[0291] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
number/quantity of repetitions for the control channel repetition.
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the
quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for the
plurality of CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters
2415 may indicate the quantity of repetitions of the control
channel repetition for each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs.
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the
control channel repetition, a respective quantity of repetitions
for each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs.
[0292] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for
the plurality of search space sets of the plurality of CORESETs.
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the
quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for
respective search space set(s) of each CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate the quantity of repetitions of the control channel
repetition for at least one search space set of the plurality of
search space sets. The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate, for the control channel repetition, a respective
quantity of repetitions for each search space set of the plurality
of search space sets.
[0293] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for
the PDCCH candidates. The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate the quantity of repetitions of the control channel
repetition for respective PDCCH candidate(s) of each search space
set of the plurality of search space sets. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the quantity of
repetitions of the control channel repetition for at least one
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the control channel
repetition, a respective quantity of repetitions for each PDCCH
candidate of the PDCCH candidates.
[0294] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the plurality of CORESETs for the control channel repetition. The
one or more configuration parameters 2415 may link/map/associate
the plurality of CORESETs for the control channel repetition. The
one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the
control channel repetition, the first CORESET and the second
CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
link/map/associate, for the control channel repetition, the first
CORESET and the second CORESET (e.g., linkage 2425). The first
CORESET may be mapped/linked to (or associated with) the second
CORESET for the control channel repetition. The wireless device
2411 may monitor, for the control channel repetition (e.g., DCI
repetition), PDCCH in the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
[0295] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the plurality of search space sets for the control channel
repetition. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
link/map/associate the plurality of search space sets for the
control channel repetition. A first search space set of the
plurality of search space sets (or of the first CORESET) may be
mapped/linked to (or associated with) a second search space set of
the plurality of search space sets (or of the second CORESET) for
the control channel repetition. The one or more first search space
sets of (or associated with, or linked to) the first CORESET may
comprise the first search space set. The one or more second search
space sets of (or associated with or linked to) the second CORESET
may comprise the second search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the control channel
repetition, the first search space set and the second search space
set. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
link/map/associate, for the control channel repetition, the first
search space set and the second search space set. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the control channel repetition (e.g.,
DCI repetition), PDCCH in the first search space set and the second
search space set. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
control channel repetition (e.g., DCI repetition), PDCCH candidates
in/of/for the first search space set and in/of/for the second
search space set.
[0296] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the PDCCH candidates for the control channel repetition. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may link/map/associate the PDCCH
candidates for the control channel repetition. A first PDCCH
candidate of the PDCCH candidates may be mapped/linked to (or
associated with), for the control channel repetition, a second
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The one or more first
PDCCH candidates of the first CORESET (or of/associated with the
one or more first search space sets of the first CORESET) may
comprise the first PDCCH candidate. A first search space set of the
one or more first search space sets of the first CORESET may be
associated with the first PDCCH candidate. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the first search
space set, the first PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for DCI, the first PDCCH candidate of/for the first search
space set in the first CORESET. First PDCCH candidate(s) of the
first search space set may comprise the first PDCCH candidate. The
one or more first PDCCH candidates may comprise the first PDCCH
candidate(s) of the first search space set. The one or more second
PDCCH candidates of the second CORESET (or of/associated with the
one or more second search space sets of the second CORESET) may
comprise the second PDCCH candidate. A second search space set of
the one or more second search space sets of the second CORESET may
be associated with the second PDCCH candidate. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the second search
space set, the second PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for DCI, the second PDCCH candidate of/for the second
search space set in the second CORESET. Second PDCCH candidate(s)
of the second search space set may comprise the second PDCCH
candidate. The one or more second PDCCH candidates may comprise the
second PDCCH candidate(s) of the second search space set. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the control channel
repetition (e.g., DCI repetition), the first PDCCH candidate and
the second PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2411 may monitor
the first PDCCH candidate in at least one first PDCCH monitoring
occasion. The one or more first PDCCH monitoring occasions may
comprise the at least one first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor the second PDCCH candidate in at
least one second PDCCH monitoring occasion. The one or more second
PDCCH monitoring occasions may comprise the at least one second
PDCCH monitoring occasion.
[0297] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate,
for the control channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and
the second PDCCH candidate. The one or more configuration
parameters 2415 may link/map/associate, for the control channel
repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH
candidate.
[0298] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for the control
channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH
candidate. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for the control
channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH
candidate, for example, based on a first PDCCH candidate
indicator/index of the first PDCCH candidate and a second PDCCH
candidate indicator/index of the second PDCCH candidate being the
same. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate,
for the first PDCCH candidate, the first PDCCH candidate
indicator/index. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the second PDCCH candidate, the second PDCCH
candidate indicator/index. The wireless device 2411 may determine,
for the control channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and
the second PDCCH candidate, for example, based on a first CCE
starting indicator/index of the first PDCCH candidate and a second
CCE starting indicator/index of the second PDCCH candidate being
the same. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the first PDCCH candidate, the first CCE starting
indicator/index. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the second PDCCH candidate, the second CCE starting
indicator/index.
[0299] The wireless device 2411 may receive a message indicating a
quantity/number of repetitions for the control channel repetition.
For example, the wireless device 2411 may receive DCI indicating a
quantity of repetitions for the control channel repetition. The DCI
may comprise a field (e.g., DCI subframe/slot repetition number
field) indicating the quantity of repetitions.
[0300] The base station 2410 may send/transmit a plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (e.g., DCI 2430-1 and DCI 2430-2) for
the repetition of a downlink control signal/channel (e.g., a PDCCH
transmission, a DCI message via a PDCCH). The plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may comprise the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or
for the repetition of the downlink control signal/channel), the
PDCCH candidates in the plurality of CORESETs.
[0301] The quantity/number of repetitions may be a quantity/number
of repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel A
quantity/number of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may be equal to the quantity/number of repetitions.
The quantity/number of repetitions may be equal to 2 as shown in
FIG. 24. The quantity/number of repetitions may be equal to any
other value. The plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may
comprise a first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1)
and a second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2430-2).
[0302] The wireless device 2411 may be served by/communicate with
(e.g., receive signals from and/or transmit signals to) a plurality
of TRPs (e.g., TRP 1 and TRP 2). Each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be sent/transmitted by a respective TRP of the plurality of
TRPs. For example, in FIG. 24, a first TRP (e.g., TRP 1), of the
plurality of TRPs, may send/transmit the first downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1) and a second TRP (e.g., TRP 2) of
the plurality of TRPs may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2).
[0303] Each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be the same (or may have the same
content). For example, each downlink control signal/channel may
comprise the same DCI fields, the same DCI size, the same payload,
same value for the DCI fields, etc. Each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be same as the downlink control signal/channel Each downlink
control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may be a repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel. The plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel. The base
station 2410 may repeat transmission of the downlink control
signal/channel by transmitting the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. For example, in FIG. 24, DCI 2430-1 and DCI 2430-2
may be the same (or equal). The contents of the DCI 2430-1 and DCI
2430-2 may be the same. The payload of the DCI 2430-1 and DCI
2430-2 may be the same. The DCI fields (or the values of the DCI
fields) of the DCI 2430-1 and DCI 2430-2 may be the same.
[0304] The first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1)
and the second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2)
may be the same (e.g., may comprise same content, same DCI fields,
the same DCI size, the same payload, same value for the DCI fields,
etc.). The first downlink control signal/channel and the second
downlink control signal/channel may be the same as the downlink
control signal/channel. The first downlink control signal/channel
may be the downlink control signal/channel. The second downlink
control signal/channel may be the downlink control signal/channel.
The first downlink control signal/channel and the second downlink
control signal/channel may be repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel.
[0305] The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the plurality of CORESETs. The
base station 2410 may send/transmit each downlink control
signal/channel, of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, via a respective CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The transmitting, for the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions via/in the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
transmitting (repetition of) the downlink control signal/channel
via/in the plurality of CORESETs. The transmitting, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the plurality of CORESETs
may comprise repeating transmission of the downlink control
signal/channel via/in the plurality of CORESETs.
[0306] The base station 2410 may send/transmit the first downlink
control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1) via the first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The base station 2410 may send/transmit the
second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2) via the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The base station 2410 may
send/transmit, for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The base station
2410 may send/transmit each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via a respective
CORESET of the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The
transmitting, for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in the first CORESET and the second CORESET may comprise
transmitting the downlink control signal/channel via/in the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The transmitting, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the first CORESET and the
second CORESET may comprise repeating transmission of the downlink
control signal/channel via/in the first CORESET and the second
CORESET.
[0307] The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the plurality of search space
sets associated with the plurality of CORESETs. The base station
2410 may send/transmit, for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in a respective
search space set of the plurality of search space sets. The base
station 2410 may transmit the first downlink control signal/channel
(e.g., DCI 2430-1) via the one or more first search space sets
associated with the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The base
station 2410 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2) via the one or more second search
space sets associated with the second CORESET (e.g., CORESET
2420-2). The base station 2410 may transmit the first downlink
control signal/channel via the first search space set associated
with the first CORESET. The base station may transmit the second
downlink control signal/channel via the second search space set
associated with the second CORESET.
[0308] The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in a respective search space set of the plurality of search
space sets. The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, for example, via/in the one or
more first search space sets associated with the first CORESET and
via/in the one or more second search space sets associated with the
second CORESET. The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, for example, via/in the first
search space set associated with the first CORESET and via/in the
second search space set associated with the second CORESET.
[0309] The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the plurality of search space sets. The base
station 2410 may send/transmit, for the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in a respective
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The base station 2410 may
transmit the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2430-1) via/in the first PDCCH candidate(s) of the first search
space set associated with the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1).
The base station 2410 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2) via the second PDCCH candidate(s)
of the second search space set associated with the second CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2420-2). The base station 2410 may transmit the
first downlink control signal/channel via/in the one or more first
PDCCH candidates of (or associated with) the first CORESET. The
base station 2410 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel via the one or more second PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the second CORESET. The base station 2410 may
transmit the first downlink control signal/channel via/in the first
PDCCH candidate of (or associated with) the first search space set.
The base station 2410 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel via the second PDCCH candidate of (or associated
with) the second search space set.
[0310] The base station 2410 may send/transmit, for repetition of
the downlink control signal/channel, each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in a respective PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The
base station 2410 may transmit, for the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, for example, via/in the first PDCCH candidate
associated with the first CORESET (or associated with the first
search space set of the first CORESET) and via/in the second PDCCH
candidate associated with the second CORESET (or associated with
the second search space set of the second CORESET).
[0311] The base station 2410 may send/transmit the first downlink
control signal/channel via the first CORESET. The base station may
transmit the first downlink control signal/channel via the one or
more first search space sets associated with the first CORESET. The
base station 2410 may transmit the first downlink control
signal/channel via the first search space set associated with the
first CORESET. The base station 2410 may transmit the first
downlink control signal/channel via the first PDCCH candidate
associated with the first CORESET. The base station 2410 may
transmit the second downlink control signal/channel via the second
CORESET. The base station 2410 may transmit the second downlink
control signal/channel via the one or more second search space sets
associated with the second CORESET. The base station 2410 may
transmit the second downlink control signal/channel via the second
search space set associated with the second CORESET. The base
station 2410 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel via the second PDCCH candidate associated with the
second CORESET.
[0312] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, a respective CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs.
The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs may comprise monitoring,
for (repetitions of) the downlink control signal/channel, the
plurality of CORESETs. The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink
control signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
monitoring, for repetition of the downlink control signal/channel,
the plurality of CORESETs.
[0313] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel, the first CORESET. The wireless device 2411
may monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the
second CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel), the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, a respective CORESET of the
first CORESET and the second CORESET. The monitoring, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel), the first
CORESET and the second CORESET may comprise monitoring, for the
downlink control signal/channel, the first CORESET and the second
CORESET. The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel), the first CORESET and the second CORESET may
comprise monitoring, for repetition (or repeated transmissions) of
the downlink control signal/channel, the first CORESET and the
second CORESET.
[0314] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the plurality of search space
sets associated with the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device
2411 may monitor, for each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, a respective search
space set of the plurality of search space sets for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2411
may monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g.,
DCI 2430-1), the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the first downlink control
signal/channel, the one or more first search space sets associated
with the first CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for
the second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2), the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-2). The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the one or
more second search space sets associated with the second CORESET.
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel, the first search space set associated with
the first CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
second downlink control signal/channel, the second search space set
associated with the second CORESET.
[0315] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for each downlink
control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), a respective search space set of the plurality of
search space sets. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the
repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel), the one or
more first search space sets associated with the first CORESET and
the one or more second search space sets associated with the second
CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the first search space set
associated with the first CORESET and the second search space set
associated with the second CORESET.
[0316] Monitoring for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may comprise/be monitoring for repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel. The monitoring for the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may comprise/be monitoring for
repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel, for example,
based on each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions being the same.
[0317] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the plurality of search space sets. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for each downlink control signal/channel
of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, a respective
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates for the repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2430-1), the first PDCCH candidate(s) of the first search space set
associated with the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2), the second PDCCH candidate(s) of
the second search space set associated with the second CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2420-2). The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for
the first downlink control signal/channel, the one or more first
PDCCH candidates of (or associated with) the first CORESET. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the second downlink control
signal/channel, the one or more second PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the second CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel, the first
PDCCH candidate of (or associated with) the first search space set.
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the second downlink
control signal/channel, the second PDCCH candidate of (or
associated with) the second search space set.
[0318] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for each downlink
control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), a respective PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH
candidates. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the first PDCCH candidate
associated with the first CORESET (or associated with the first
search space set of the first CORESET) and the second PDCCH
candidate associated with the second CORESET (or associated with
the second search space set of the second CORESET).
[0319] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1), the first CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2420-1). The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
first downlink control signal/channel, the one or more first search
space sets associated with the first CORESET. The wireless device
2411 may monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel,
the first search space set associated with the first CORESET. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the first downlink control
signal/channel, the first PDCCH candidate associated with the first
CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the second
downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2), the second
CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-2). The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the one or
more second search space sets associated with the second CORESET.
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the second downlink
control signal/channel, the second search space set associated with
the second CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
second downlink control signal/channel, the second PDCCH candidate
associated with the second CORESET.
[0320] The wireless device 2411 may determine a plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasions) for the
control channel repetition. The wireless device 2411 may determine
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions for the repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel.
[0321] The base station 2410 may determine the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasions) for the
control channel repetition. The base station 2410 may determine the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions for the repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel.
[0322] The base station 2410 may send/transmit, via the plurality
of CORESETs, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or
the repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel or the
downlink control signal/channel) across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1 and
PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2). The base
station 2410 may transmit, via the plurality of CORESETs, the
downlink control signal/channel across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions.
The base station 2410 may transmit, via each CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs, the downlink control signal/channel
across/over/on/in respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base
station 2410 may transmit, via the first CORESET, the downlink
control signal/channel across/over/on/in one or more first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The base station 2410 may
transmit, via the second CORESET, the downlink control
signal/channel across/over/on/in one or more second downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The base station 2410 may repeat
transmission of the downlink control signal/channel
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1) and a second
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2).
The base station 2410 may transmit, via the first CORESET, the
first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel) in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The base station
2410 may transmit, via the second CORESET, the second downlink
control signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel) in the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more second downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0323] The base station may alternate between CORESETs, of the
plurality of CORESETs, for sending/transmitting the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions.
For example, the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise a first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (e.g.,
PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1), a second
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2),
and a third downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion (e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion
3, not shown in FIG. 24). The base station 2410 may transmit, via
the first CORESET, the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g.,
a repetition of the downlink control signal/channel) in the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
The base station 2410 may transmit, via the second CORESET, the
second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel) in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The base station
2410 may transmit, via the first CORESET, a third downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel) in the third downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion and the third downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more
second downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasions may comprise the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0324] The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise/be the at least one
first PDCCH monitoring occasion and the at least one second PDCCH
monitoring occasion. The sending/transmitting, via the plurality of
CORESETs, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the
repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel)
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise
sending/transmitting, via the plurality of search space sets
associated with the plurality of CORESETs, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink
control signal/channel) across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base
station 2410 may send/transmit, via each search space set of the
plurality of search space sets, the downlink control signal/channel
across/over/on/in respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base
station 2410 may send/transmit, via the first search space set, the
first downlink control signal/channel in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The base station
2410 may send/transmit, via the second search space set, the second
downlink control signal/channel in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0325] The sending/transmitting, via the plurality of CORESETs, the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions
of the downlink control signal/channel) across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise
sending/transmitting, via the PDCCH candidates associated with the
plurality of CORESETs, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel) across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base station
2410 may transmit, via each PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH
candidates, the downlink control signal/channel across/over/on/in
respective downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The base station 2410 may
transmit, via the first PDCCH candidate, the first downlink control
signal/channel in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The base station 2410 may
transmit, via the second PDCCH candidate, the second downlink
control signal/channel in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0326] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs,
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1 and PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2). The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel,
the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions.
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs
across/over/on/in respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the first CORESET across/over/on/in the one or more
first downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasions of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the second
CORESET across/over/on/in the one or more second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions of the plurality
of downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasions. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for repetition of
the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of CORESETs
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1) and a second
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2).
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel (or repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel), the first CORESET in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the second downlink control
signal/channel (or repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel), the second CORESET in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0327] The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise monitoring, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions
of the downlink control signal/channel), the plurality of search
space sets associated with the plurality of CORESETs,
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, each search space
set of the plurality of search space sets across/over/on/in
respective downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel, the first
search space set in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the second
search space set in the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0328] The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise monitoring, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions
of the downlink control signal/channel), the PDCCH candidates
associated with the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, each PDCCH
candidate of the PDCCH candidates across/over/on/in respective
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion(s)
of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel, the first
PDCCH candidate in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the second
PDCCH candidate in the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0329] The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may be (or be associated with) a
plurality of time slots. Each downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may be a
respective time slot of the plurality of time slots. The plurality
of time slots may comprise the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. Each downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may be/occur, for example, in a
respective time slot of the plurality of time slots. The first
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
may be (or be associated with) a first time slot (e.g., slot 1).
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., the first downlink control signal/channel),
the first CORESET in the first time slot. The first time slot may
comprise the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion may be a second
time slot (e.g., slot 2). The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for
the downlink control signal/channel (e.g., the second downlink
control signal/channel), the second CORESET in the second time
slot. The second time slot may comprise the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The plurality of
time slots may comprise the first time slot and the second time
slot.
[0330] The plurality of downlink control channel
transmission/repetition occasions may be (or be associated with) a
plurality of PDCCH monitoring occasions. Each downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion of the plurality of
downlink control channel transmission/repetition occasions may be,
for example, a respective PDCCH monitoring occasion of the
plurality of PDCCH monitoring occasions. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion may be (or be
associated with) a first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel
(or the first downlink control signal/channel), the first CORESET
in the first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion may be a second
PDCCH monitoring occasion. The wireless device 2411 may monitor,
for the downlink control signal/channel (or the second downlink
control signal/channel), the second CORESET in the second PDCCH
monitoring occasion. The plurality of PDCCH monitoring occasions
may comprise the first PDCCH monitoring occasion and the second
PDCCH monitoring occasion.
[0331] The repetition of the downlink control signal/channel (or
transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions)
may, for example, be/occur in time units (e.g. TDM-ed). The time
units, for example, may or may not be consecutive. A
number/quantity of the time units may be equal to the
number/quantity of repetitions. The time units, for example, may be
time slots. The time units may, for example, be mini-slots. The
time units may, for example, be time symbols (e.g., OFDM symbols).
The time units may, for example, be sub-frames. The time units, for
example, may be monitoring occasions (e.g., PDCCH monitoring
occasions) in time. A number/quantity of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may be equal to the
number of repetitions. The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may be/occur in the time
units. For example, a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may be/occur in a first time
unit of the time units. A second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may be/occur in a second time
unit of the time units, and so on.
[0332] The repetition of the downlink control signal/channel (or
transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions)
may, for example, be/occur in frequency units (FDM-ed). A
number/quantity of the frequency units may be equal to the number
of repetitions. The frequency units, for example, may be frequency
bands. The frequency units, for example, may be physical resource
blocks (PRBs). The frequency units may, for example, be
resource-element groups (REGs). The frequency units may, for
example, be REG bundles. The frequency units may, for example, be
control elements (CEs). The frequency units may, for example, be
BWPs. The frequency units may, for example, be cells. A
number/quantity of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may be equal to the number of repetitions.
The plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions may be/occur in the frequency units. For example, a first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may be/occur in a first frequency unit of the frequency units. A
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may be/occur in a second frequency unit of the frequency units, and
so on.
[0333] The base station 2410 may send/transmit the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions across/over/in the time units. The
base station 2410 may send/transmit the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions across/over/in the frequency units.
The base station 2410 may repeat transmission of the downlink
control signal/channel across/over/in the plurality of uplink
signal/channel transmission occasions. The base station 2410 may
send/transmit the downlink control signal/channel with the
quantity/number of repetitions. The base station 2410 may
send/transmit the quantity of repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel. The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may comprise a first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion (first TX occasion) and a
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(second TX occasion). The first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be/occur in a first time unit of the time
units (e.g., first time slot, first symbol, first subframe, first
PDCCH monitoring occasion). The second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be/occur in a second time
unit of the time units (e.g., second time slot, second symbol,
second subframe, second PDCCH monitoring occasion). The first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be/occur
in a first frequency unit of the frequency units (e.g., first PRB,
first cell, first frequency, first BWP, first subband, first REG
bundle, first CE). The second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be/occur in a second frequency unit of
the frequency units (e.g., second PRB, second cell, second
frequency, second BWP, second subband, second REG bundle, second
CE).
[0334] The one or more configuration parameters may indicate a
repetition scheme (e.g., by a higher layer parameter
RepetitionSchemeConfig, FDM-Scheme, TDM-Scheme, SDM-Scheme,
CDM-Scheme) for the control channel repetition. The repetition
scheme, for example, may be a time domain repetition scheme, a
frequency domain repetition scheme, or a spatial/code domain
repetition scheme. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, the plurality of
CORESETs across/over/in the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions based on the one or more
configuration parameters indicating the repetition scheme.
[0335] The repetition scheme may be a time domain repetition scheme
(e.g., TDM scheme, intra-slot repetition, inter-slot repetition,
TDMSchemeA, TDMSchemeB, etc.). The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions (e.g., first TX occasion and
second TX occasion) may not overlap in time, for example, in the
time domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may or may not overlap in
frequency, for example, in the time domain repetition scheme. A
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., each
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion) of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may have a non-overlapping time domain resource allocation with
respect to other signal/channel transmission occasion(s) of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. For example, a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may not overlap, in time,
with a second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. The first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be different. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion (first TX occasion) and the
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(second TX occasion) may not overlap in time, for example, in the
time domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may occur in different time
units. For example, the first time unit and the second time unit,
and the third time unit may not overlap in time. The first time
unit, the second time unit, and the third time unit may be
different. FIG. 24 is an example of a time domain repetition
scheme. The communication shown in FIG. 24 may be applied to any
other type of repetition (e.g., frequency domain repetition,
spatial/code domain repetition, etc.).
[0336] The repetition scheme may comprise a frequency domain
repetition scheme (e.g., FDM scheme, FDMSchemeA, FDMSchemeB, etc).
The plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions may or may not overlap in time, for example, in the
frequency domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may not overlap in
frequency, for example, in the frequency domain repetition scheme.
Each downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may have a non-overlapping frequency domain resource allocation
with respect to other signal/channel transmission occasion(s) of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. For example, a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may not overlap, in
frequency, with a second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be different. The
first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (first
TX occasion) and the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (second TX occasion) may not overlap in
frequency, for example, in the frequency domain repetition scheme.
The first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(first TX occasion) and the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (second TX occasion) may overlap in time. The
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may occur in different frequency units (e.g., frequencies, REGs,
CEs, PRBs, frequency bands, bandwidth parts, cells). For example, a
first frequency unit of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and a second frequency unit of the second
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may not
overlap in frequency. The first frequency unit and the second
frequency unit may be different.
[0337] The repetition scheme may be a spatial/code domain
repetition scheme (e.g., SDM scheme, CDM scheme, SDMScheme,
CDMScheme, etc.). The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may overlap in time, for example, in the
spatial/code domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may overlap in
frequency, for example, in the spatial/code domain repetition
scheme. The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may be a single downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, in the
spatial/code domain repetition scheme. Each downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may have an
overlapping frequency domain resource allocation with respect to
other downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion(s) of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. Each downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may have an overlapping time domain resource
allocation with respect to other downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. Each downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may be the same. For
example, a first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (e.g., first TX occasion) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may overlap, in time
and/or frequency, with a second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (e.g., second TX occasion) of the plurality
of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. The
first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and the
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be
same. For example, in the spatial/code domain repetition scheme,
the first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and
the second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
may overlap in frequency. The first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may overlap in time. The
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may occur in same frequency units (e.g., frequencies, PRBs,
frequency bands, bandwidth parts, subbands, cells, REGs, REG
bundles, CEs). For example, a first frequency unit of the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and a second
frequency unit of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may overlap in frequency. The first frequency
unit and the second frequency unit may be the same. The plurality
of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions may occur
in the same time units (e.g., symbols, mini-slots, slots,
sub-frames, PDCCH monitoring occasions etc). For example, a first
time unit of the first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and a second time unit of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may overlap in time. The first
time unit and the second time unit may be the same.
[0338] A downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions, may have non-overlapping time domain resource allocation
with respect to another downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, for example, in the time
domain repetition scheme. A downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may have non-overlapping
frequency domain resource allocation with respect to another
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions, for example, in the frequency domain repetition scheme.
A downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may have overlapping time and frequency domain resource allocations
with respect to another downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, for example, in the
spatial/code domain repetition scheme.
[0339] The plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be
associated with (or linked to) the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. Each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be associated with a respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The base station 2410 may
send/transmit each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions in/via a respective downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, in/via a respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1) may be associated with the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1),
for example, based on the first downlink control signal/channel
being transmitted/sent by the base station 2410 or monitored by the
wireless device 2411 in/via the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion, as
shown in FIG. 24. The second downlink control signal/channel (e.g.,
DCI 2430-2) may be associated with the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2), for example,
based on the second downlink control signal/channel being
transmitted/sent by the base station 2410 or monitored by the
wireless device 2411 in/via the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0340] The wireless device 2411 may receive/detect at least one
downlink control signal/channel among the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (or among the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may
detect/receive DCI 2430-1. The wireless device 2411 may or may not
receive/detect DCI 2430-2. The at least one downlink control
signal/channel may comprise DCI 2430-1. The wireless device 2411
may receive DCI 2430-1 in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of (or associated with) the first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The wireless device 2411 may or may not
receive/detect DCI 2430-2 in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of (or associated with) the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-2). The wireless device 2411 may
detect/receive DCI 2430-2. The wireless device may or may not
receive/detect DCI 2430-1. The at least one downlink control
signal/channel may comprise DCI 2430-2. The wireless device 2411
may or may not receive DCI 2430-1 in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of (or associated with) the
first CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may receive/detect DCI
2430-2 in the second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion of (or associated with) the second CORESET. The wireless
device 2411 may detect/receive DCI 2430-1 and DCI 2430-2. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel may comprise both DCI 1
and DCI 2. The wireless device 2411 may receive DCI 2430-1 in the
first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of (or
associated with) the first CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
receive/detect DCI 2430-2 in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of (or associated with) the
second CORESET. Each downlink control signal/channel of the at
least one downlink control signal/channel and the downlink control
signal/channel may be the same.
[0341] The wireless device 2411 may receive the downlink control
signal/channel in at least one downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The
wireless device 2411 may receive each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
in a respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion of the at least one downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion may be the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. For example, the wireless device 2411 may
detect/receive DCI 2430-1 and not detect/receive DCI 2430-2. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion may be the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and/or the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. For example, the wireless
device 2411 may detect/receive DCI 2430-1 and detect/receive DCI
2430-2.
[0342] The wireless device 2411 may receive/detect the downlink
control signal/channel, for example, based on the
receiving/detecting the at least one downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The receiving/detecting the at least one downlink
control signal/channel may be/comprise receiving/detecting the
downlink control signal/channel, for example, based on each
downlink control signal/channel, of the at least one downlink
control signal/channel, and the downlink control signal/channel
being the same.
[0343] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may indicate the quantity/number
of repetitions. The at least one downlink control signal/channel
may comprise the DCI indicating the number of repetitions.
[0344] The wireless device 2411 may receive the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) via at least one CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may receive each downlink
control signal/channel, of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel, via a respective CORESET of the at least one
CORESET. The at least one CORESET may be the first CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2420-1), for example, based on the detecting/receiving DCI
2430-1 and not detecting/receiving DCI 2430-2. The at least one
CORESET may be the first CORESET and the second CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2420-2), for example, based on the detecting/receiving DCI
2430-1 and detecting/receiving DCI 2420-2. The at least one CORESET
may be the second CORESET, for example, based on
detecting/receiving DCI 2430-2 and not detecting/receiving DCI
2430-1.
[0345] The wireless device 2411 may receive the at least one
downlink control signal/channel at the same time (or substantially
the same time). The wireless device 2411 may receive each downlink
control signal/channel of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel at the same time (or substantially the same time).
The wireless device 2411 may receive each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
at the same time (or substantially the same time), for example,
based on the repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel
being transmitted (e.g., by the base station 2410) using a
frequency domain repetition scheme or a spatial/code domain
repetition scheme.
[0346] The wireless device 2411 may receive the at least one
downlink control signal/channel at different times. The wireless
device 2411 may receive each downlink control signal/channel of the
at least one downlink control signal/channel at a respective time.
The wireless device 2411 may receive each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
at different times, for example, based on the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel being transmitted (e.g., by the
base station 2410) using a time domain repetition scheme.
[0347] The wireless device 2411 may determine a reference/default
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(or a reference time slot) of the plurality of downlink control
channel transmission/repetition occasions (of a plurality of time
slots). The wireless device 2411 may determine, for the control
channel repetition, the reference/default downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the reference/default downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating a time
domain repetition. The wireless device 2411 may determine the
reference/default downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating a frequency domain
repetition. The determining the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (or the reference
time slot) may be based on one or more criteria. The reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(or the reference time slot) may be a last (or latest or ending)
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(or time slot) among the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions (or the plurality
of time slots). The reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion (or the reference time slot) may
be a first (or earliest or starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (or time slot)
among the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions (or the plurality of time slots).
The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(or the reference time slot) may be a last (or latest or ending)
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion among the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions.
[0348] The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (or the
reference time slot) based on the quantity/number of repetitions
and a starting downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or a starting time slot) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The at least one
downlink control signal/channel may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for
example, if the starting downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion is the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the quantity of repetitions is equal to
two. The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be a third downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, for example, if the starting
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion is the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and the
quantity of repetitions is equal to three. The reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the third
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example,
if the starting downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion is the second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and the quantity of repetitions is equal to two.
[0349] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, the first CORESET in the first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion at a first time unit
(e.g., first time slot, first time symbol, first subframe, etc.).
The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the second CORESET in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion at a second time unit.
[0350] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion, for example, may have the latest starting time among
starting times of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The second time unit may start later in
time than the first time unit. A first/starting symbol of the
second time unit may occur after (or later) in time than a
first/starting symbol of the second time unit. The second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
second time unit starting later in time than the first time
unit.
[0351] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion, for example, may have the latest ending time among ending
times of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The second time unit may end later in time
than the first time unit. A last symbol of the second time unit may
occur after (or later) in time than a last symbol of the first time
unit. The second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion based on the second time unit ending later in
time than the first time unit.
[0352] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a last downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-2 in FIG. 24) among the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The base station 2410 may
send/transmit the last downlink control signal/channel in/via the
last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the last downlink control
signal/channel, in/via the last downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The last downlink control signal/channel may
be the reference downlink control signal/channel. The base station
2410 may send/transmit a last repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel in the last downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for
the last repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, in the
last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
last repetition of the downlink control signal/channel may be the
last downlink control signal/channel. For example, as shown in FIG.
24, the last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
may be the second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be the second (or the last) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0353] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or the reference time slot) may be the earliest (or a
first, or a starting) downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion among the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The earliest (or the first, or the
starting) downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion,
for example, may have the earliest starting time among starting
times of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The first time unit may start earlier in
time than the second time unit. A first/starting symbol of the
first time unit may occur before (or earlier) in time than a
first/starting symbol of the second time unit. The first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
first time unit starting earlier than the second time unit.
[0354] The earliest (or the first, or the starting) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, may have
the earliest ending time among ending times of the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. For
example, the first time unit may end earlier in time than the
second time unit. A last symbol of the first time unit may occur
before (or earlier) in time than a last symbol of the second time
unit. The first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion based on the first time unit ending earlier
than the second time unit.
[0355] The earliest (or the first, or the starting) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be associated with
a first/starting downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1)
among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The base
station 2410 may send/transmit the first/starting downlink control
signal/channel in/via the earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for
the first/starting downlink control signal/channel, in/via the
earliest downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
first/starting downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1)
may be the reference downlink control signal/channel. The base
station 2410 may send/transmit a first/starting repetition (e.g.,
DCI 2430-1) of the downlink control signal/channel in the earliest
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device may monitor, for the first/starting repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel, in the earliest downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The first/starting repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel may be the first/starting
downlink control signal/channel. For example, as shown in FIG. 24,
the earliest (or the first, or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be the first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the
first (or the earliest/first/starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0356] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or the reference time slot) may be associated with a
CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the CORESET in
the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for DCI (or the
downlink control signal/channel), the CORESET in the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The one or
more configuration parameters may indicate the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion for the CORESET. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion based on the receiving the one
or more configuration parameters 2415.
[0357] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET
indicator/index of the plurality of CORESET indicators/indexes. The
CORESET index may be lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes. The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a
CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes of the one or more CORESETs.
[0358] The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select/detect/indicate the CORESET with a CORESET index
that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes
of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may monitor,
for DCI, the CORESET, for example, in a downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device
2411 may monitor, for DCI, the CORESET, for example, in one or more
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. A last/latest (or earliest/first/starting) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, of the one or more
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions, may be the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion.
The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
CORESET.
[0359] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a reference downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2410 may send/transmit the
reference downlink control signal/channel in/via the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the reference downlink control
signal/channel, in/via the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the reference downlink control signal/channel, the
CORESET in the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion.
[0360] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with (or may comprise) a starting PRB.
The starting PRB of the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency
among starting PRBs of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, for example, based on the starting PRB of
the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
occurring/being lowest (or highest) among the starting PRBs.
[0361] A starting PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher) in frequency
than a starting PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be selected/determined by
the wireless device 2411 as) the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, based on the
starting PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
starting PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. A starting PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher)
in frequency than a starting PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be
selected/determined by the wireless device 2411 as) the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example,
based on the starting PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or
higher) than the starting PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0362] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with (or may comprise) an ending PRB.
The ending PRB of the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency
among ending PRBs of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, for example, based on the ending PRB of the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
occurring/being lowest (or highest) among the ending PRBs.
[0363] An ending PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher) in frequency
than an ending PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be selected/determined by
the wireless device 2411 as) the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, based on the
ending PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
ending PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. An ending PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher)
in frequency than an ending PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be
selected/determined by the wireless device 2411 as) the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example,
based on the ending PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or
higher) than the ending PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0364] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, a search space set of the plurality of
search space sets in the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (e.g., PDCCH monitoring occasion). The
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (or
the reference time slot) may be associated with the search space
set. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for DCI (or the downlink
control signal/channel), the search space set in the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The one or
more configuration parameters may indicate the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion for the search space
set. The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the receiving
the one or more configuration parameters.
[0365] The search space set may be identified/indicated by a search
space set indicator/index of the search space set
indicators/indexes. The search space set index may be lowest (or
highest) among the search space set indexes. The search space set
may be identified/indicated by a search space set index that is
lowest (or highest) among the search space set indexes.
[0366] The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select/detect/indicate the search space set with a search
space set index that is lowest (or highest) among the search space
set indexes of the plurality of search space sets. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for DCI, the search space set, for
example, in a downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
may be the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The wireless device may monitor, for DCI, the search
space set, for example, in one or more downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. A last/latest (or
earliest/first/starting) downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, of the one or more downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion based on the search space
set.
[0367] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, a PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates
in the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (e.g., PDCCH monitoring occasion). The reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion (or the reference time
slot) may be associated with the PDCCH candidate. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for DCI (or the downlink control
signal/channel), the PDCCH candidate in the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion for the PDCCH
candidate. The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
receiving the one or more configuration parameters 2415.
[0368] The PDCCH candidate may be identified/indicated by a PDCCH
candidate indicator/index of the PDCCH candidate
indicators/indexes. The PDCCH candidate index may be lowest (or
highest) among the PDCCH candidate indexes. The PDCCH candidate may
be identified/indicated by a PDCCH candidate index that is lowest
(or highest) among the PDCCH candidate indexes.
[0369] The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the PDCCH
candidate with a PDCCH candidate index that is lowest (or highest)
among the PDCCH candidate indexes of the PDCCH candidates. The
wireless device may monitor, for DCI (e.g., DCI 2430-1 or DCI
2430-2), the PDCCH candidate in a downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for DCI, the PDCCH candidate in one or more downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. A last/latest (or
earliest/first/starting) downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, of the one or more downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion based on the PDCCH
candidate.
[0370] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a reference downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2410 may send/transmit the
reference downlink control signal/channel in/via the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the reference downlink control
signal/channel, in/via the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the reference downlink control signal/channel, the
search space in the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion.
[0371] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
one or more CORESET pool indictors/indexes (e.g., provided by a
higher layer parameter CoresetPoolIndex) for the plurality of
CORESETs. Each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
(or be configured/indicated by the one or more configuration
parameters 2415) by a respective CORESET pool indicator/index of
the one or more CORESET pool indicators/indexes (e.g., 0, 1). The
one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for each
CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs, a respective CORESET pool
index of the one or more CORESET pool indexes. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2420-1), a first CORESET pool indicator/index. The
one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-2), a second CORESET pool
indicator/index. The one or more CORESET pool indexes may comprise
the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index.
[0372] A first CORESET pool may comprise one or more first
CORESETs. The one or more first CORESETs may each have a CORESET
pool index that is equal to the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0). The one or more first CORESETs may comprise
the first CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the one
or more first CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters
2415 may indicate the first CORESET pool index for each CORESET of
the one or more first CORESETs in the first CORESET pool.
[0373] A second CORESET pool may comprise one or more second
CORESETs. The one or more second CORESETs may each have a CORESET
pool index that is equal to the second CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=1). The one or more second CORESETs may comprise
the second CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the one
or more second CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters
2415 may indicate the second CORESET pool index for each CORESET of
the one or more second CORESETs in the second CORESET pool.
[0374] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may or may not
indicate a CORESET pool index for a CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine a default value
for the CORESET pool index of the CORESET, for example, based on
the one or more configuration parameters 2415 not indicating the
CORESET pool index for the CORESET. The default value may be equal
to zero (CoresetPoolIndex=0), or any other value. The default value
may be equal to the first CORESET pool index (e.g., zero). The
first CORESET pool may comprise the CORESET based on the default
value for the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being equal to the
first CORESET pool index. In an example, the default value may be
equal to one (CoresetPoolIndex=1). The second CORESET pool may
comprise the CORESET based on the default value for the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the second CORESET pool
index.
[0375] The first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may be the same.
The wireless device 2411 may group the first CORESET and the second
CORESET in a same CORESET pool (e.g., corresponding to
CoresetPoolIndex=0 or CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, based on
the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second
CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being the same. The first
CORESET pool comprising the first CORESET and the second CORESET
pool comprising the second CORESET may be the same, for example,
based on the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being the same.
[0376] The first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may be different.
The wireless device 2411 may group the first CORESET and the second
CORESET in different CORESET pools, for example, based on the first
CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second CORESET pool
index of the second CORESET being different. The wireless device
2411 may group the first CORESET in a first CORESET pool (e.g.,
corresponding to CoresetPoolIndex=0). The wireless device 2411 may
group the second CORESET in a second CORESET pool (e.g.,
corresponding to CoresetPoolIndex=1), that is different from the
first CORESET pool, for example, based on the first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index being different. The first
CORESET pool and the second CORESET pool may be different, for
example, based on the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET
and the second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being
different.
[0377] A plurality of TRPs may serve (e.g., communicate with,
transmit signals to and/or receive signals from) the wireless
device 2411. The plurality of TRPs may comprise a first TRP and a
second TRP. The first TRP may send/transmit a downlink
signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI,
SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a first CORESET. The first CORESET may
have a first CORESET pool indicator/index that is equal to a first
value (e.g., zero, or any other value). A first CORESET pool may
comprise the first CORESET. The first TRP may not transmit a
downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH transmission, PDCCH
transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a second CORESET with
a second CORESET pool index (e.g., one) that is different from the
first value (e.g., zero). A second CORESET pool, different from the
first CORESET pool, may comprise the second CORESET. The second TRP
may send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH
transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a
second CORESET with a second CORESET pool index that is equal to a
second value (e.g., one, or any other value different from the
first value). A second CORESET pool may comprise the second
CORESET. The second TRP may not transmit a downlink signal/channel
(e.g., PDSCH transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block,
CSI-RS) via a first CORESET with a first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
zero) that is different from the second value (e.g., one). A first
CORESET pool, different from the second CORESET pool, may comprise
the first CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The one or more CORESET pool
indexes may comprise the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index.
[0378] A plurality of TRPs may serve (e.g., communicate with,
transmit to or receive from) the wireless device 2411. The
plurality of TRPs may comprise a first TRP and a second TRP. The
first TRP may send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH
transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a
first CORESET in a first CORESET pool. The first TRP may not
send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH, PDCCH, DCI,
SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a second CORESET in a second CORESET
pool that is different from the first CORESET pool. The second TRP
may send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH
transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a
second CORESET in a second CORESET pool. The second TRP may not
send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH, PDCCH, DCI,
SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a first CORESET in a first CORESET pool
that is different from the second CORESET pool. The plurality of
CORESETs may comprise the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
[0379] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
at least two CORESET pool indicators/indexes (e.g., 0 and 1) for a
higher layer parameter (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex). The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may comprise/indicate the higher
layer parameter CoresetPoolIndex with (or set to) the at least two
CORESET pool indexes. The at least two CORESET pool indexes may
comprise a first CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, or any other first
value), for one or more first CORESETs of the plurality of
CORESETs. The at least two CORESET pool indexes may comprise a
second CORESET pool index (e.g., 1, or any other second value),
different from the first CORESET pool index, for one or more second
CORESETs of the plurality of CORESETs. The one or more first
CORESETs may comprise/indicate one or more third CORESETs, of the
plurality of CORESETs, without a value for a higher layer parameter
CoresetPoolIndex. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
not comprise/indicate the higher layer parameter CoresetPoolIndex
for the one or more third CORESETs.
[0380] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may schedule/trigger reception of
a downlink signal (or schedule a downlink signal). Each downlink
control signal/channel of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel may schedule/trigger reception of the downlink
signal (e.g., downlink signal 2435). The at least one downlink
control signal/channel scheduling/triggering the reception of the
downlink signal 2435 may comprise the downlink control
signal/channel scheduling/triggering the reception of the downlink
signal 2435.
[0381] The downlink signal 2435 may be a TB. The downlink signal
2435 may be via a PDSCH. The downlink signal 2435 may be a PDSCH
transmission. The downlink signal may be a CSI-RS. The CSI-RS may
be at least one of an aperiodic CSI-RS, a semi-persistent CSI-RS,
and/or a periodic CSI-RS.
[0382] A time offset 2440 between the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435
may be less than a threshold. The threshold may be configured
by/based on a higher layer parameter (e.g., timeDurationForQCL).
The time offset 2440 between the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435
may comprise a time offset between a last/latest/ending symbol of
the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
and a first/earliest/starting symbol of the downlink signal 2435.
The time offset 2440 between the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435
may comprise a time offset between a last/latest/ending symbol of
the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
and a first/earliest/starting symbol of a resource (e.g., a
time/frequency resource or a PDSCH resource) of the downlink signal
2435. The resource may be a resource via which the downlink signal
2435 is sent/received. The at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel) may
indicate the resource to receive the downlink signal 2435. The time
offset 2440 between the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435 may comprise,
for example, a time offset between a last/latest/ending symbol of a
PDCCH carrying the downlink control signal/channel (e.g., that is
transmitted by the base station 2410), in the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, and a
first/earliest/starting symbol of the downlink signal 2435. The
time offset 2440 between the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435
may comprise, for example, a time offset between a
last/latest/ending symbol of the downlink control signal/channel
(e.g., that is transmitted by the base station 2410), in the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion,
and a first/earliest/starting symbol of the downlink signal 2435.
The time offset 2440 between the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435
may comprise, for example, a time offset between the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and a
first/earliest/starting transmission occasion of the downlink
signal 2435. The time offset 2440 between the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion and the downlink
signal 2435 may comprise, for example, a time offset between a
last/latest/ending symbol of the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and a first/earliest/starting
transmission occasion of the downlink signal 2435. The base station
2410 may send/transmit (or repeat transmission of) the downlink
signal 2435 in a plurality of transmission occasions (e.g., PDSCH
transmission occasions). The plurality of transmission occasions
may comprise the first/earliest/starting transmission occasion. The
first/earliest/starting transmission occasion may be a
first/earliest/starting transmission occasion, among the plurality
of transmission occasions, occurring in time. A starting
time/symbol of the first/earliest/starting transmission occasion
may be the first/earliest among starting times/symbols of the
plurality of transmission occasions.
[0383] The base station 2410 may need (additional) wireless device
radio access capability information of the wireless device 2411.
The base station 2410 may initiate a procedure to request the
wireless device radio access capability information from the
wireless device 2411. The base station 2410 may send, to the
wireless device 2411, a message (e.g., an information element
UECapabilityEnquiry) to request the wireless device radio access
capability information. The wireless device 2411 may send a
response message (e.g., wireless device capability information
message, UECapabilityInformation message) to indicate/transfer the
wireless device radio access capability information as requested by
the base station. The wireless device 2411 may provide/indicate the
threshold (e.g., via a higher layer parameter timeDurationForQCL,
or beamSwitchTiming) in a parameter set (e.g., FeatureSetDownlink)
indicating a set of features that the wireless device 2411
supports. The wireless device 2411 may send/transmit, to the base
station 2410, a wireless device capability information message
indicating the threshold. The one or more configuration parameters
2415 may not comprise a higher layer parameter (e.g., trs-info) for
a CSI-RS resource set (e.g., NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet) comprising the
downlink signal 2435 (e.g., aperiodic CSI-RS or aperiodic CSI-RS
resource).
[0384] A value of the threshold reported/indicated by the wireless
device 2411 (in wireless device capability information message) may
be at least one of: {14, 28, 48}. The one or more configuration
parameters 2415 may not comprise a beam switch timing enabler
(e.g., enableBeamSwitchTiming). The threshold may be equal to the
value of the threshold reported by the wireless device if the value
of the threshold reported by the wireless device is at least one
of: {14, 28, 48}. The threshold may be equal to the value of the
threshold reported by the wireless device if the one or more
configuration parameters 2415 do not comprise the beam switch
timing enabler.
[0385] A value of the threshold reported by the wireless device
2411 may be any other value. For example, a value of the threshold
reported/indicated by the wireless device 2411 may be at least one
of: {224, 336}. The threshold may be equal to 48 symbols when the
value of the threshold reported/indicated by the wireless device
2411 is at least one of: {224, 336}.
[0386] A threshold (e.g., timeDurationForQCL) may comprise/indicate
a minimum time required by the wireless device 2411 to perform a
PDCCH reception comprising DCI, and to apply spatial QCL
information (e.g., TCI-State) received in (or indicated by) the DCI
for processing of a downlink signal scheduled by the DCI. The
minimum time may correspond to a minimum quantity/number of OFDM
symbols. The wireless device 2411 may require the minimum
quantity/number of OFDM symbols between the PDCCH reception and the
processing of the downlink signal to apply the spatial QCL
information, indicated by the DCI, to the downlink signal. The
threshold may comprise/indicate a minimum quantity/number of OFDM
symbols between the DCI triggering of the downlink signal (e.g.,
aperiodic CSI-RS) and transmission of the downlink signal. The
quantity/number of OFDM symbols may be measured from the last
symbol of (or containing) the DCI to the first/starting symbol of
the downlink signal.
[0387] The wireless device 2411 may determine a default TCI state
(or a default antenna port quasi co-location property/assumption,
or default beam). The wireless device 2411 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the default TCI state. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the default TCI state, for
example, based on the time offset 2440 between the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and the
downlink signal 2435 being less than the threshold. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the default TCI state, for example, based
on receiving, via the at least one CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs, the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) scheduling/triggering the downlink
signal 2435. The wireless device 2411 may determine the default TCI
state, for example, based on the first CORESET pool index and the
second CORESET pool index being different.
[0388] The wireless device 2411 may receive the downlink signal
2435 based on the default TCI state. The wireless device 2411 may
receive the downlink signal based on the default TCI state, for
example, based on the time offset 2440 between the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and the
downlink signal 2435 being less than the threshold.
[0389] The default TCI state may indicate a reference signal (e.g.,
CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block, DM-RS, TRS, etc.). The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, the reference signal,
for the default TCI state. The default TCI state may comprise a
reference signal indicator/index (e.g., provided by a higher layer
parameter referenceSignal, ssb-index, csi-RS-Index,
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId) identifying (or indicating or of) the
reference signal. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate the reference signal indicator/index for the reference
signal.
[0390] The default TCI state may indicate a quasi co-location type
(e.g., QCL TypeA, QCL TypeB, QCL TypeC, QCL TypeD, etc.). The one
or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, the quasi
co-location type, for the default TCI state.
[0391] The receiving the downlink signal 2435 based on the default
TCI state (or the antenna port quasi co-location
property/assumption) may comprise at least one DM-RS antenna port
of the downlink signal 2435 being quasi co-located (QCL-ed) with
the reference signal indicated by (or in) the default TCI state.
The at least one DM-RS antenna port of the downlink signal 2435 may
be QCL-ed with the reference signal with respect to at least one
of: Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and
spatial receiving (RX) parameters. The at least one DM-RS antenna
port of the downlink signal 2435 may be QCL-ed with the reference
signal with respect to at least one of: Doppler shift, Doppler
spread, average delay, delay spread, spatial RX parameters when
applicable. The at least one DM-RS antenna port of the downlink
signal 2435 may be QCL-ed with the reference signal with respect to
Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and
spatial RX parameters when applicable. The at least one DM-RS
antenna port of the downlink signal 2435 may be QCL-ed with the
reference signal with respect to the quasi co-location type
indicated by (or in) the default TCI state. The least one DM-RS
antenna port of the downlink signal 2435 being QCL-ed with the
reference signal indicated by (or in) the default TCI state may
comprise that the wireless device 2411 may use a same beam, for
receiving the downlink signal 2435, as used for transmitting or
receiving the reference signal.
[0392] The receiving the downlink signal 2435 based on the default
TCI state may comprise applying the default TCI state (or the
antenna port quasi co-location property/assumption) for a reception
(or to receive) the downlink signal 2435. The wireless device 2411
may measure the downlink signal 2435 (e.g., aperiodic CSI-RS) based
on the default TCI state. The wireless device 2411 may
measure/determine a radio link quality (e.g., L1-RSRP, L-RSRP,
SINR, SNR, BLER) of the downlink signal 2435 based on the default
TCI state. The wireless device 2411 may measure a radio link
quality (e.g., L1-RSRP, L-RSRP, SINR, SNR, BLER) of the reference
signal to determine the radio link quality of the downlink signal
2435. The wireless device 2411 may send/transmit an uplink report
indicating the radio link quality of the downlink signal 2435. The
uplink report may be a CSI report. The uplink report may be an
aperiodic CSI report.
[0393] The wireless device 2411 may determine the default TCI state
based on a TCI state (or an antenna port quasi co-location
property/assumption) of a CORESET. The default TCI state may be
same as the TCI state of the CORESET. The default TCI state may be
the TCI state of the CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
set/determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state. The plurality of CORESETs may, for example, comprise the
CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may, for example, not comprise
the CORESET. The active downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the
CORESET.
[0394] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate,
for the CORESET, the TCI state. The wireless device 2411 may
receive an activation command (e.g., MAC-CE, DCI)
indicating/activating/updating the TCI state for the CORESET.
[0395] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for DCI and based on
the TCI state, PDCCH in the CORESET. The monitoring the PDCCH in
the CORESET based on the TCI state may comprise at least one DMRS
port of the PDCCH being quasi co-located with the reference signal
(e.g., CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block) indicated by the TCI state (or by the
default TCI state). The monitoring the PDCCH in the CORESET based
on the TCI state may comprise at least one DMRS port of the PDCCH
with the DCI being quasi co-located with the reference signal
(e.g., CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block) indicated by the TCI state. The
monitoring the PDCCH in the CORESET based on the TCI state may
comprise at least one DMRS port of a PDCCH transmission/reception
in the CORESET being quasi co-located with the reference signal
(e.g., CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block) indicated by the TCI state. The
monitoring the PDCCH in the CORESET based on the TCI state may
comprise at least one DMRS port of the PDCCH being quasi co-located
with the reference signal (e.g., CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block) indicated
by the TCI state with respect to the quasi co-location type (e.g.,
QCL-TypeA, QCL-Type B, QCL-TypeD, etc.) indicated by the TCI state
(or the default TCI state). The monitoring the PDCCH in the CORESET
based on the TCI state may comprise at least one DMRS port of a
PDCCH transmission/reception in the CORESET being quasi co-located
with the reference signal (e.g., CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block) indicated
by the TCI state with respect to the quasi-co-location type (e.g.,
QCL-TypeA, QCL-Type B, QCL-TypeD, etc.) indicated by the TCI
state.
[0396] The wireless device 2411 may monitor PDCCH in the CORESET in
a last/latest time slot. The wireless device 2411 may monitor PDCCH
in the CORESET in a last/latest PDCCH monitoring occasion. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor PDCCH in the CORESET in the
last/latest PDCCH monitoring occasion that occurs (or is prior to)
a first/starting/earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor PDCCH in the CORESET in the last/latest PDCCH monitoring
occasion that occurs (or is prior to) the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0397] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the first
CORESET pool indicator/index and the second CORESET pool
indicator/index being different. The CORESET may be
identified/indicated by a CORESET indicator/index. The plurality of
CORESET indexes may, for example, comprise the CORESET index. The
CORESET index may be lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes. The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a
CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the
CORESET with the CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among
the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as
the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of
the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the
CORESET being identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is
lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the
plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET among the
plurality of CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of
CORESETs.
[0398] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET index.
The plurality of CORESET indexes may not, for example, comprise the
CORESET index. The CORESET index may be lowest (or highest) among
CORESET indexes of CORESETs in the active downlink BWP of the cell.
The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the
active downlink BWP of the cell, the CORESETs. The CORESETs may
comprise the plurality of CORESETs. The CORESET indexes may
comprise the plurality of CORESET indexes. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the CORESETs, the
CORESET indexes. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for each CORESET of the CORESETs, a respective CORESET
index of the CORESET indexes. The CORESET may be
identified/indicated by a CORESET index that is lowest (or highest)
among the CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the CORESET with the CORESET index that is lowest
(or highest) among the CORESET indexes of the CORESETs. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as
the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the CORESET indexes of the CORESETs. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the
default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the CORESET indexes of the CORESETs. The wireless
device may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435,
the CORESET among the CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET
being identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the CORESET indexes of the CORESETs.
[0399] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET index.
The active downlink BWP of the cell may comprise one or more first
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the active downlink BWP of the cell, the one or more
first CORESETs. The CORESETs of the active downlink BWP of the cell
may comprise the one or more first CORESETs. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the one or more
first CORESETs, one or more first CORESET indexes. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for each CORESET of the
one or more first CORESETs, a respective CORESET index of the one
or more first CORESET indexes. The CORESET indexes of the CORESETs
may comprise the one or more first CORESET indexes. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the one or more
first CORESETs, the first CORESET pool index. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for each CORESET of the
one or more first CORESETs, the first CORESET pool index. The one
or more first CORESETs (e.g., with the first CORESET pool index or
in/comprising the first CORESET pool) may comprise the CORESET. The
one or more first CORESET indexes of the one or more first CORESETs
may comprise the CORESET index. The CORESET index may be lowest (or
highest) among the one or more first CORESET indexes of the one or
more first CORESETs (e.g., with the first CORESET pool index or in
the first CORESET pool). The CORESET may be identified/indicated by
a CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the one or more
first CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the CORESET with the CORESET index that is lowest
(or highest) among the one or more first CORESET indexes of the one
or more first CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine the
TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the
default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the one or more first CORESET indexes of the one or
more first CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET among the one or
more first CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the one or more first CORESET indexes of the one or
more first CORESETs.
[0400] As further described herein, the wireless device 2411 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET
among the one or more first CORESETs of the first CORESET pool,
based on determining to use the first CORESET pool. The wireless
device 2411 may determine to use the first CORESET pool based on
determining that the first CORESET pool index is equal to a default
CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411 may determine to use
the first CORESET pool based on determining that the first CORESET
pool comprises a reference/default CORESET. The wireless device
2411 may determine to use the first CORESET pool based on the
downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1 or DCI 2430-2)
indicating/comprising the first CORESET pool index.
[0401] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET index.
The active downlink BWP of the cell may comprise one or more second
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the active downlink BWP of the cell, the one or more
second CORESETs. The CORESETs of the active downlink BWP of the
cell may comprise the one or more second CORESETs. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the one or more
second CORESETs, one or more second CORESET indexes. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for each CORESET
of the one or more second CORESETs, a respective CORESET index of
the one or more second CORESET indexes. The CORESET indexes of the
CORESETs may comprise the one or more second CORESET indexes. The
one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for the one
or more second CORESETs, the second CORESET pool index. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate, for each CORESET
of the one or more second CORESETs, the second CORESET pool index.
The one or more second CORESETs (e.g., with the second CORESET pool
index or in the second pool) may comprise the CORESET. The one or
more second CORESET indexes of the one or more second CORESETs may
comprise the CORESET index. The CORESET index may be lowest (or
highest) among the one or more second CORESET indexes of the one or
more second CORESETs (e.g., with the second CORESET pool index or
in the second pool). The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a
CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the one or more
second CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the CORESET with the CORESET index that is lowest
(or highest) among the one or more second CORESET indexes of the
one or more second CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine
the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the
default TCI, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the one or more second CORESET indexes of the one or
more second CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET among the one or
more second CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the one or more second CORESET indexes of the one or
more second CORESETs.
[0402] As further described herein, the wireless device 2411 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET
among the one or more second CORESETs of the second CORESET pool,
based on determining to use the second CORESET pool. The wireless
device 2411 may determine to use the second CORESET pool based on
determining that the second CORESET pool index is equal to a
default CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411 may determine
to use the second CORESET pool based on determining that the second
CORESET pool comprises a reference/default CORESET. The wireless
device 2411 may determine to use the second CORESET pool based on
the downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2430-1 or DCI
2430-2) indicating/comprising the second CORESET pool index.
[0403] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
CORESET pool indicator/index (e.g., 0, 1, or any other value) for
the CORESET. The CORESET pool index may be equal to, for example,
the first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0). The
CORESET pool index may be equal to, for example, the second CORESET
pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1).
[0404] The one or more CORESET pool indexes may comprise the
CORESET pool index. One or more CORESET pool indexes of the
CORESETs of the active downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the
CORESET pool index. The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate, for the CORESETs, the one or more CORESET pool
indexes. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for each CORESET of the CORESETs, a respective CORESET
pool index of the one or more CORESET pool indexes.
[0405] The CORESET pool index for the CORESET may be equal to a
value. The value may be a default value. The value may be
fixed/preconfigured/predefined/default. The value may be equal to 0
(or any other value). The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate the value.
[0406] The CORESET pool index may be equal to a default CORESET
pool index (e.g., 0, or any other default value). The default
CORESET pool index may be fixed/preconfigured/predefined/default.
The default CORESET pool index may be equal to 0 (or any other
value). The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate
the default CORESET pool index.
[0407] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the value (e.g., 0, a
default value). The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI
state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating the
CORESET pool index for the CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state,
for example, based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415
indicating, for the CORESET pool index of the CORESET, the value.
The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool
index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the value is
equal to 0. The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) the second
CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the
value is equal to 1. The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) 0
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the value is equal to
0. The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) 1 (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the value is equal to 1. The
wireless device may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the
default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of
the CORESET being equal to the default CORESET pool index (e.g., 0,
1, or any other default value).
[0408] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating the CORESET pool
index for the CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example,
based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating
that the CORESET pool index of the CORESET is equal to the value.
The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the
CORESET pool index of the CORESET being equal to the value. The
wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET being equal to the default CORESET pool
index.
[0409] The wireless device 2411 may determine/select a CORESET pool
index among the one or more CORESET pool indexes. The wireless
device 2411 may determine/select the CORESET pool index, for
example, among the one or more CORESET pool indexes of the
plurality of CORESETs.
[0410] The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the CORESET
pool index among the one or more CORESET pool indexes, for example,
based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating
the control channel repetition. The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the CORESET pool index among the one or more
CORESET pool indexes, for example, based on the repetition scheme
being the time domain repetition scheme (e.g., TDM). The wireless
device 2411 may determine/select the CORESET pool index among the
one or more CORESET pool indexes, for example, based on the
repetition scheme being the frequency domain repetition scheme
(e.g., FDM). The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the
CORESET pool index among the one or more CORESET pool indexes, for
example, based on the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index being different. The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the CORESET pool index among the one or more
CORESET pool indexes, for example, based on the time offset 2440
between the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and the downlink signal 2435 being less than the
threshold.
[0411] The wireless device may determine/select the CORESET pool
index that is equal to a value. The value may be equal to 0, 1, or
any other preconfigured/predefined/preset/default value. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the value. The
first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET may be equal to the
value (e.g., 0). The second CORESET pool index of the second
CORESET may be equal to a second value (e.g., 1) that is different
from the value (e.g., 0). The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the first CORESET pool index as the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index based on the first CORESET
pool index of the first CORESET being equal to the value. The first
CORESET pool index of the first CORESET may be equal to a first
value (e.g., 0) that is different from the value (e.g., 1). The
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may be equal to the
value (e.g., 1). The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the
second CORESET pool index as the (determined/selected) CORESET pool
index based on the second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET
being equal to the value.
[0412] The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the CORESET
pool index that is lowest/highest among the one or more CORESET
pool indexes. The first CORESET pool index may be lower/higher than
the second CORESET pool index. The (determined/selected) CORESET
pool index may be the first CORESET pool index, for example, based
on the first CORESET pool index being lower/higher than the second
CORESET pool index. The second CORESET pool index may be
lower/higher than the first CORESET pool index. The
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index may be the second CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the second CORESET pool index
being lower/higher than the first CORESET pool index.
[0413] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the (determined/selected)
CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI
state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based
on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being equal to the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating that the CORESET pool index, of the
CORESET, is the same as the (determined/selected) CORESET pool
index. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to) the
first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example,
if the (determined/selected) CORESET pool index is equal to 0. The
CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to) the second
CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index is equal to 1.
[0414] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET pool index of the
CORESET, the (determined/selected) CORESET pool index. The wireless
device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink signal
2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of
the CORESET being equal to the (determined/selected) CORESET pool
index.
[0415] The wireless device 2411 may determine a reference/default
CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of
the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET based on a CORESET pool index
of the reference/default CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference/default CORESET among the plurality of
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate a CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, 1) for the
reference/default CORESET. The one or more CORESET pool indexes of
the plurality of CORESETs may comprise the CORESET pool index. The
CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to the CORESET pool
index of the reference/default CORESET.
[0416] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index of
the reference/default CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state,
for example, based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415
indicating that the CORESET pool index of the CORESET is equal to
the CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET. The
CORESET pool index (of the CORESET) may be equal to the first
CORESET pool index, for example, if the reference/default CORESET
is the first CORESET. The CORESET may have a lowest (or highest)
CORESET index, among CORESET indexes of the one or more first
CORESETs with the first CORESET pool index, for example, if the
reference/default CORESET is the first CORESET. The CORESET pool
index (of the CORESET) may be equal to the second CORESET pool
index, for example, if the reference/default CORESET is the second
CORESET. The CORESET may have a lowest (or highest) CORESET index,
among CORESET indexes of the one or more second CORESETs with the
second CORESET pool index, for example, if the reference/default
CORESET is the first CORESET.
[0417] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET. The wireless
device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink signal
2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or more
configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET, the CORESET pool index of the
reference/default CORESET. The wireless device 2411 may determine,
for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for
example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being equal
to the CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET.
[0418] The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the
reference/default CORESET among the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the receiving/detecting the at least one
downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
receiving/detecting the downlink control signal/channel. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415
indicating the control channel repetition. The wireless device 2411
may determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on
the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating the
control channel repetition. The wireless device 2411 may determine
the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the repetition
scheme being the time domain repetition scheme (e.g., TDM). The
wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the repetition scheme being the frequency
domain repetition scheme (e.g., TDM). The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index being
different. The wireless device 2411 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the time offset
2440 between the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435 being less than
the threshold.
[0419] The wireless device 2411 may receive/detect the at least one
downlink control signal/channel during/in/via the at least one
CORESET of the plurality CORESETs. The at least one CORESET may or
may not comprise the reference/default CORESET. The wireless device
2411 may or may not receive the downlink control signal/channel
in/via the reference/default CORESET. The at least one CORESET may
be the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1). The reference/default
CORESET may be, for example, the second CORESET (e.g., CORESET
2420-2).
[0420] The determining the reference/default CORESET, among the
plurality of CORESETs, may comprise determining a reference
downlink control signal/channel among the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions. The determining the reference
downlink control signal/channel among the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be based on the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions being associated with the plurality of
CORESETs. The first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2420-1) may be the reference downlink control signal/channel, for
example, if the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2420-1) is the
reference/default CORESET. The second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2420-2) may be the reference downlink
control signal/channel, for example, if the second CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2420-2) is the reference/default CORESET.
[0421] The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on the quantity/number of repetitions
and a starting downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or a starting time slot) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The at least one
downlink control signal/channel may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The reference/default
CORESET may be the second CORESET comprising the second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, if the
starting downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion is
the first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and
the quantity of repetitions is equal to two. The reference/default
CORESET may be the first CORESET comprising a third downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, of the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions, for
example, if the starting downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion is the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the quantity of repetitions is equal to
three. The reference/default CORESET may be the first CORESET
comprising the third downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion, for example, if the starting downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion is the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the quantity of
repetitions is equal to two.
[0422] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a last (or latest or ending) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device
2411 may monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the
reference/default CORESET in the last (or latest or ending)
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET, for
example, based on the reference/default CORESET being associated
with (or comprising) the last (or latest or ending) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device
2411 may determine a CORESET that is associated with (or
comprising) the last (or latest or ending) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion as being the reference/default
CORESET.
[0423] The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, the first CORESET in the first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion at/during/in a first
time unit (e.g., first time slot, first time symbol, first
subframe, etc.). The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
downlink control signal/channel, the second CORESET in the second
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion at/during/in
a second time unit (e.g., second time slot, second time symbol,
second subframe, etc.).
[0424] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may have the latest starting time among starting times of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. The second time unit may start later in time than the
first time unit. A first/starting symbol of the second time unit
may occur after (or later) in time than a first/starting symbol of
the second time unit. The second CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET based on the second time unit starting
later in time than the first time unit.
[0425] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may have the latest ending time among ending times of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. The second time unit may end later in time than the
first time unit. A last symbol of the second time unit may occur
after (or later) in time than a last symbol of the first time unit.
The second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET based on
the second time unit ending later in time than the first time
unit.
[0426] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a last downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2410 may send/transmit the last
downlink control signal/channel in/via the last downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the last downlink control signal/channel, the
reference/default CORESET in the last downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The last downlink control
signal/channel may be the reference downlink control
signal/channel. The base station 2410 may send/transmit a last
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel in the last
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2411 may monitor, for the last repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, the last downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The last repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel may be the last downlink control signal/channel.
[0427] With reference to FIG. 24, the last downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be the second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-2). The
reference/default CORESET may be the second CORESET (e.g., CORESET
2420-2). The reference/default CORESET may be the second CORESET,
for example, based on the second CORESET being associated with the
last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0428] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a last/ending/latest symbol. The last/ending/latest
symbol of the reference/default CORESET may occur/be latest among
last/ending/latest symbols of the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the reference/default CORESET being
associated with (or comprising) the last/ending/latest symbol. The
wireless device 2411 may determine a CORESET that is associated
with (or comprising) the last/ending/latest symbol as being the
reference/default CORESET.
[0429] A last/ending/latest symbol of the second CORESET may occur
later in time (or after) than a last/ending/latest symbol of the
first CORESET. The second CORESET may be determined to be the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
last/ending/latest symbol of the second CORESET occurring later in
time (or after) than the last/ending/latest symbol of the first
CORESET.
[0430] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or
comprise) the earliest (or a first or a starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion among the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the reference/default CORESET in the earliest (or
the first or the starting) downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being associated with (or comprising) the
earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may
determine a CORESET that is associated with (or comprising) the
earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion as being the reference/default
CORESET.
[0431] The earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may have the earliest starting
time among starting times of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first time unit may
start earlier in time than the second time unit. A first/starting
symbol of the first time unit may occur before (or earlier) in time
than a first/starting symbol of the second time unit. The first
CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET based on the first
time unit starting earlier than the second time unit.
[0432] The earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may have the earliest ending
time among ending times of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first time unit may end
earlier in time than the second time unit. A last symbol of the
first time unit may occur before (or earlier) in time than a last
symbol of the second time unit. The first CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET based on the first time unit ending
earlier than the second time unit.
[0433] The earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be associated with a
first/starting downlink control signal/channel among the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The base station 2410 may
send/transmit the first/starting downlink control signal/channel
in/via the earliest downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for the
first/starting downlink control signal/channel, in/via the earliest
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
first/starting downlink control signal/channel may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel. The base station 2410 may
send/transmit a first/starting repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel in the earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2411 may monitor, for
the first/starting repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, in the earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The first/starting repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel may be the first/starting downlink
control signal/channel.
[0434] With reference to FIG. 24, the earliest (or the first or the
starting) downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may
be the first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2432-1).
The reference/default CORESET may be the first CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2420-1). The reference/default CORESET may be the first
CORESET, for example, based on the first CORESET being associated
with earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0435] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a first/starting/earliest symbol. The
first/starting/earliest symbol of the reference/default CORESET may
occur/be earliest among first/starting/earliest symbols of the
plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being associated with (or comprising) the
first/starting/earliest symbol.
[0436] A first/starting/earliest of the first CORESET may occur
earlier in time (or before) than a first/starting/earliest symbol
of the second CORESET. The first CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
first/starting/earliest symbol of the first CORESET occurring
earlier in time (or before) than the first/starting/earliest symbol
of the second CORESET.
[0437] The reference/default CORESET may be identified/indicated by
a CORESET index of the plurality of CORESET indexes. The CORESET
index may be lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET
indexes. The reference/default CORESET may be identified/indicated
by a CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality
of CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2411 may determine/select
the reference/default CORESET with a CORESET index that is lowest
(or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the
plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being identified/indicated by the CORESET
index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET
indexes of the plurality of CORESETs.
[0438] The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on the reference/default CORESET being
associated with a reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2411 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the
reference/default CORESET in the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., last/ending/latest or
first/starting/earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions).
[0439] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a reference downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2410 may send/transmit the
reference downlink control signal/channel in/via the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2410 may monitor, for the reference downlink control
signal/channel, the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2410 may monitor, for
the reference downlink control signal/channel, the CORESET in the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion.
[0440] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with a
search space set of the plurality of search space sets. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the
reference/default CORESET for the search space set. The wireless
device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET, for
example, based on the reference/default CORESET being associated
with the search space set.
[0441] The search space set may be identified/indicated by a search
space set indicator/index of the search space set
indicators/indexes. The search space set index may be lowest (or
highest) among the search space set indexes of the plurality of
search space sets. The search space set may be identified/indicated
by a search space set index that is lowest (or highest) among the
search space set indexes. The first search space set index of the
first search space set of the first CORESET may be lower (or
higher) than the second search space set index of the second search
space set of the second CORESET. The first CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the first search
space set index of the first search space set of the first CORESET
being lower (or higher) than the second search space set index of
the second search space set of the second CORESET. The second
CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on
the second search space set index of the second search space set of
the second CORESET being lower (or higher) than the first search
space set index of the first search space set of the first
CORESET.
[0442] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with a PDCCH
candidate of the plurality of PDCCH candidates. The one or more
configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the reference/default
CORESET for the PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being associated with the PDCCH
candidate.
[0443] The PDCCH candidate may be identified/indicated by a PDCCH
candidate indicator/index of PDCCH candidate indicators/indexes of
the PDCCH candidates. The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate, for the PDCCH candidates, the PDCCH candidate
indexes. In an example, the PDCCH candidate index may be lowest (or
highest) among the PDCCH candidate indexes of the PDCCH candidates.
The PDCCH candidate may be identified/indicated by a PDCCH
candidate index that is lowest (or highest) among the PDCCH
candidate indexes. The first PDCCH candidate index of the first
PDCCH candidate associated with the first CORESET may be lower (or
higher) than the second PDCCH candidate index of the second PDCCH
candidate associated with the second CORESET. The first CORESET may
be the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the first
PDCCH candidate index of the first PDCCH candidate being lower (or
higher) than the second PDCCH candidate index of the second PDCCH
candidate. The second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the second PDCCH candidate index of the
second PDCCH candidate being lower (or higher) than the first PDCCH
candidate index of the first PDCCH candidate of the first
CORESET.
[0444] A CCE starting indicator/index of the PDCCH candidate may be
lowest (or highest) among CCE starting indicators/indexes of the
PDCCH candidates. The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may
indicate, for the PDCCH candidates, the CCE starting indexes. The
first CCE starting index of the first PDCCH candidate associated
with the first CORESET may be lower (or higher) than the second CCE
starting index of the second PDCCH candidate associated with the
second CORESET. The first CORESET may be the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on the first CCE starting index of the
first PDCCH candidate being lower (or higher) than the second CCE
starting index of the second PDCCH candidate. The second CORESET
may be the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
second CCE starting index of the second PDCCH candidate being lower
(or higher) than the first CCE starting index of the first PDCCH
candidate of the first CORESET.
[0445] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a starting PRB. The starting PRB of the reference/default
CORESET may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency among
starting PRBs of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device
2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET, for example,
based on the starting PRB of the reference/default CORESET
occurring/being lowest (or highest) among the starting PRBs.
[0446] A starting PRB of the second CORESET may occur/be lower (or
higher) in frequency than a starting PRB of the first CORESET. The
second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET, for example,
based on the starting PRB of the second CORESET occurring/being
lower (or higher) than the starting PRB of the first CORESET. A
starting PRB of the first CORESET may occur/be lower (or higher) in
frequency than a starting PRB of the second CORESET. The first
CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET based on the starting
PRB of the first CORESET occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
starting PRB of the second CORESET.
[0447] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) an ending PRB. The ending PRB of the reference/default
CORESET may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency among ending
PRBs of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
ending PRB of the reference/default CORESET occurring/being lowest
(or highest) among the ending PRBs.
[0448] An ending PRB of the second CORESET may occur/be lower (or
higher) in frequency than an ending PRB of the first CORESET. The
second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET, for example,
based on the ending PRB of the second CORESET occurring/being lower
(or higher) than the ending PRB of the first CORESET. An ending PRB
of the first CORESET may occur/be lower (or higher) in frequency
than an ending PRB of the second CORESET. The first CORESET may be
the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the ending PRB
of the first CORESET occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
ending PRB of the second CORESET.
[0449] The wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default
CORESET based on receiving, via the at least one CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs, the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The
wireless device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET
based on the repetition scheme being a first repetition scheme. The
first repetition scheme, for example, may be a frequency domain
repetition scheme (e.g., 1-DM), a time domain repetition scheme
(e.g., TDM), or a spatial/code domain repetition domain repetition
scheme (e.g., single-frequency network (SFN), SDM). The wireless
device 2411 may determine the reference/default CORESET based on
the repetition scheme not being a second repetition scheme. The
second repetition scheme, for example, may be a spatial/code domain
repetition domain repetition scheme (e.g., SFN, SDM), a time domain
repetition scheme (e.g., TDM), or a frequency domain repetition
scheme (e.g., FDM).
[0450] The downlink control signal/channel may be correspond to a
DCI format. The DCI format may be a non-fallback DCI format, a DCI
format 1-1, a DCI format 0-1, or a DCI format 1-2. The DCI format
may be a DCI format 1-x, where x=1, 2, 3, . . . . The DCI format
may be a DCI format 0-x, where x=1, 2, 3, . . . .
[0451] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may indicate a CORESET pool index.
Each downlink control signal/channel of the at least one downlink
control signal/channel may indicate the CORESET pool index. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel indicating the CORESET
pool index may comprise the downlink control signal/channel
indicating the CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET
based on the indicated CORESET pool index.
[0452] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field (or a TCI
codepoint field) indicating the CORESET pool index. Each downlink
control signal/channel of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel may comprise the TCI field indicating the CORESET
pool index.
[0453] A value of the TCI field may indicate the CORESET pool
index. The CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field may be
(equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0),
for example, based on the value of the TCI field being equal to a
first value (e.g., 0). The first value of the TCI field may
indicate the first CORESET pool index. The first value may be equal
to the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index indicated
by the TCI field may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool index
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the value of the TCI
field is equal to a second value (e.g., 1). The second value of the
TCI field may indicate the second CORESET pool index. The second
value may be equal to the second CORESET pool index.
[0454] A value of the TCI field may indicate the CORESET pool
index. The CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field may be
(equal to) the first value (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example,
if the value of the TCI field is equal to a first value (e.g., 0).
The CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field may be (equal to)
the second value (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the
value of the TCI field is equal to a second value (e.g., 1).
[0455] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the value of the TCI
field. The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the value of the TCI
field. The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET, the value of the TCI field.
[0456] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET, the value indicated by the TCI field. The
wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET being equal to the value of the TCI field.
[0457] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index
indicated by the TCI field. The wireless device 2411 may determine
the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example,
based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating,
for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index as may be indicated by the
TCI field. The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of
the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the one
or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET, the CORESET pool index indicated by the
TCI field. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to)
the first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for
example, if the CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field is
equal to 0 (or any other first value). The CORESET pool index of
the CORESET may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the CORESET pool index
indicated by the TCI field is equal to 1 (or any other second value
different from the first value).
[0458] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field. The wireless device
2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET pool index of the
CORESET, the CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field. The
wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index
indicated by the TCI field.
[0459] The downlink control signal/channel may comprise one or more
fields indicating the CORESET pool index. Each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
may comprise the one or more fields indicating the CORESET pool
index.
[0460] The one or more fields may be set to one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. Each field of the one or
more fields may be set to a respective
predefined/preconfigured/default value of the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The one or more fields of
the downlink control signal/channel may indicate the CORESET pool
index, for example, based on the one or more fields being set to
the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default values. The base
station 2410 may, for example, set the one or more
predefined/preconfigured values for the one or more fields. The one
or more fields may comprise one or more of a TCI field, a time
domain resource allocation (TDRA) field, a frequency domain
resource allocation (FDRA) field, a resource allocation field, a
redundancy version (RV) field, a HARQ process field, a PUCCH
resource indicator field, etc.
[0461] The CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more fields
may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal (or is set) to one
or more first predefined/preconfigured/default values. The one or
more first predefined/preconfigured/default values may indicate the
first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index indicated by the
one or more fields may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool index
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal (or is set) to one
or more second predefined/preconfigured/default values. The one or
more second predefined/preconfigured/default values may indicate
the second CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2411 may
determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state,
for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being
indicated by the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default
values.
[0462] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the
CORESET pool index of the CORESET being indicated by the one or
more predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device
2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET
being equal to the CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2411
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET
being equal to the CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2411
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating/configuring, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2411
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating/configuring, as the CORESET pool index
of the CORESET, the CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The CORESET pool index of
the CORESET may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the CORESET pool index
indicated by the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default
values is equal to a first value (e.g., 0). The CORESET pool index
of the CORESET may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool index
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the CORESET pool index
indicated by the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default
values is equal to a second value (e.g., 1).
[0463] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2411
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET pool index of the
CORESET, the (same) CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2411
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the
CORESET, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the
CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index indicated by the one
or more predefined/preconfigured/default values.
[0464] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may
determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state,
for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being
equal to the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI
state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for
the CORESET, the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI
state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for
the CORESET pool index of the CORESET, the CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel). The CORESET pool index of the
CORESET may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel) is equal to a first value
(e.g., 0). The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to)
the second CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for
example, if the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) is equal to a second value (e.g., 1).
[0465] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may
determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state,
for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being
equal to the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI
state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for
the CORESET, the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2415 may determine the TCI
state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, as the
CORESET pool index of the CORESET, the (same) CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel). The CORESET pool index of the
CORESET may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel) is equal to a first value
(e.g., 0). The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to)
the second CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for
example, if the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) is equal to a second value (e.g., 1).
[0466] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The
wireless device 2415 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or more
configuration parameters 2415 indicating, as the CORESET pool index
of the CORESET, the CORESET pool index indicated by the at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2415 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example,
based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being equal to the
CORESET pool index indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel).
[0467] The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2415 indicating, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index that is same as the CORESET pool index indicated
by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel). The wireless device 2411 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET,
for example, based on the one or more configuration parameters 2415
indicating, as the CORESET pool index of the CORESET, the CORESET
pool index indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The
wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index of the CORESET being equal to the CORESET pool index
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel).
[0468] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may not
indicate a control channel repetition. The wireless device 2411 may
receive/detect, in/via a reception CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs, DCI scheduling/triggering reception of a downlink signal
2435 (e.g., transport block, PDSCH, CSI-RS, aperiodic CSI-RS, and
the like). The wireless device 2411 may receive, in a downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., PDCCH
monitoring occasion) of the reception CORESET, the DCI.
[0469] A time offset between the downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the downlink signal 2435 may be less than
a threshold (e.g., timeDurationForQCL). A time offset between the
reception CORESET and the downlink signal 2435 may be less than a
threshold (e.g., timeDurationForQCL). A time offset between the DCI
and the downlink signal 2435 may be less than a threshold (e.g.,
timeDurationForQCL).
[0470] The wireless device 2411 may determine a default TCI state
(or a default antenna port quasi co-location property/assumption).
The wireless device 2411 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal, the default TCI state. The wireless device 2411
may determine the default TCI state, for example, based on the time
offset being less than the threshold.
[0471] The wireless device 2411 may receive the downlink signal
2435 based on the default TCI state. The receiving the downlink
signal 2435 based on the default TCI state (or the antenna port
quasi co-location property/assumption) may comprise at least one
DM-RS antenna port of the downlink signal 2435 being quasi
co-located (QCL-ed) with a reference signal indicated by (or in)
the default TCI state. The receiving the downlink signal 2435 based
on the default TCI state may comprise applying the default TCI
state (or the antenna port quasi co-location property/assumption)
for a reception (or to receive) the downlink signal 2435. The
receiving the downlink signal 2435 based on the default TCI state
may comprise measuring/assessing/determining a radio link quality
(e.g., L1-RSRP, L-RSRP, SINR, SNR, BLER) of a reference signal
indicated by (or in) the default TCI state.
[0472] The wireless device 2411 may determine the default TCI state
based on a TCI state (or an antenna port quasi co-location
property/assumption) of a CORESET. The default TCI state may be
same as the TCI state of the CORESET. The default TCI state may be
the TCI state of the CORESET.
[0473] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate,
for the CORESET, the TCI state. The wireless device 2411 may
receive an activation command (e.g., MAC-CE, DCI)
indicating/activating/updating the TCI state for the CORESET. The
wireless device 2411 may monitor, for DCI, PDCCH in the CORESET
based on the TCI state.
[0474] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET index.
The plurality of CORESET indexes may comprise the CORESET index.
The CORESET index may be lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes. The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a
CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the
CORESET with the CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among
the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as
the default TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of
the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the
CORESET being identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is
lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the
plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2411 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET among the
plurality of CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET being
identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of
CORESETs
[0475] The one or more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate a
first CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, 1, or any other value) for the
reception CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2415
may indicate a second CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, 1, or any other
value) for the CORESET. The first CORESET pool index of the
reception CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of the CORESET
may be the same (or equal). The first CORESET pool index of the
reception CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of the CORESET
may be different.
[0476] The wireless device 2411 may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the first
CORESET pool index of the reception CORESET and the second CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being the same (or equal). The wireless
device 2411 may determine, for reception of the downlink signal
2435, the CORESET, for example, based on the first CORESET pool
index of the reception CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of
the CORESET being the same (or equal). The wireless device 2411 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2435, the CORESET
based on the first CORESET pool index of the reception CORESET via
which the wireless device 2411 receives the DCI, for example, based
on (e.g., in response to) the one or more configuration parameters
2415 not indicating the control channel repetition.
[0477] FIG. 25A shows an example method of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception. The example method 2500 of FIG. 25A
relates to control channel repetition for reception of control
information (e.g., DCI) from a base station (e.g., the base station
2410). The example method 2500 may be performed at a wireless
device (e.g., the wireless device 2411). At step 2504, the wireless
device may receive configuration parameters. The configuration
parameters may indicate a first CORESET pool index/indicator for a
first CORESET and a second CORESET pool index/indicator for a
second CORESET. The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be
linked for repetition. The configuration parameters may indicate
control channel repetition for transmission of DCI via the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index may be same or may be different.
[0478] At step 2508, the wireless device may receive, via the first
CORESET and/or the second CORESET, DCI. The DCI may be sent by a
base station and may be repeated in the first CORESET and the
second CORESET. The repetitions may be sent, by the base station,
via different TRPs. The DCI may schedule a downlink signal (e.g., a
transport block, a PDSCH transmission). A time offset between the
DCI and the downlink signal may be less than or equal to a
threshold value.
[0479] At step 2512, the wireless device may receive the downlink
signal based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET
index and the first/second CORESET pool index, for example, if the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index are the
same (e.g., equal). At step 2516, the wireless device may receive
the downlink signal based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest
CORESET index and a default CORESET pool index, for example, if the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index are
different. The default CORESET pool index may be indicated in DCI
(e.g., in a TCI field of the DCI). The default CORESET pool index
may be preconfigured (e.g., via/indicated in the configuration
parameters). The default CORESET pool index may correspond to a
CORESET pool index of a reference/default CORESET.
[0480] FIG. 25B shows an example method of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception. The example method 2550 relates to
control channel transmission for transmission of control
information (e.g., DCI) from a base station (e.g., the base station
2410). At step 2555, the base station may send configuration
parameters. The configuration parameters may indicate a first
CORESET pool index/indicator for a first CORESET and a second
CORESET pool index/indicator for a second CORESET. The first
CORESET and the second CORESET may be linked for repetition. The
configuration parameters may indicate control channel repetition
for transmission of DCI via the first CORESET and the second
CORESET. The first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index may be same or may be different.
[0481] At step 2560, the base station may send, via the first
CORESET and the second CORESET, DCI. The DCI may be repeated in the
first CORESET and the second CORESET. The DCI may schedule a
downlink signal (e.g., a TB, a PDSCH transmission). A time offset
between the DCI and the downlink signal may be less than or equal
to a threshold value.
[0482] At step 2565, the base station may send the downlink signal
based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET index and
the first/second CORESET pool index, for example, if the first
CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index are the same
(e.g., equal). At step 2570, the base station may send the downlink
signal based on a TCI state of a CORESET with a lowest CORESET
index and a CORESET pool index, for example, if the first CORESET
pool index and the second CORESET pool index are different. The
default CORESET pool index may be indicated in DCI (e.g., in a TCI
field of the DCI). The default CORESET pool index may be
preconfigured (e.g., via/indicated in the configuration
parameters). The default CORESET pool index may correspond to a
CORESET pool index of reference/default CORESET.
[0483] A wireless device may receive (e.g., from a base station)
one or more messages comprising one or more configuration
parameters for/of a cell. The one or more configuration parameters
may indicate a first CORESET. The one or more configuration
parameters may indicate a second CORESET. The first CORESET and the
second CORESET may be mapped/linked/associated for control channel
repetition (e.g., PDCCH repetition, DCI repetition, PDCCH/DCI
aggregation, and the like). The one or more configuration
parameters may indicate, for the control channel repetition, a
mapping/linkage/association between the first CORESET and the
second CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters may
indicate, for the first CORESET, a first CORESET pool index. The
one or more configuration parameters may indicate, for the second
CORESET, a second CORESET pool index.
[0484] The first CORESET and the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition may
comprise a first search space set of the first CORESET and a second
search space set of the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition. The
first CORESET and the second CORESET being mapped/linked/associated
for the control channel repetition may comprise at least one first
search space set of the first CORESET and at least one second
search space set of the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition. The
first CORESET and the second CORESET being mapped/linked/associated
for the control channel repetition may comprise a first PDCCH
candidate of (or associated with) the first CORESET and a second
PDCCH candidate of (or associated with) the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition.
[0485] The wireless device may monitor, for a plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (e.g., repetition of a downlink
control signal/channel), the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
Each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be same as the downlink control
signal/channel Each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be same as the
downlink control signal/channel, for example, based on the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions being transmitted by
the base station for repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel Each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be same as the
downlink control signal/channel, for example, based on monitoring,
for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, the first
CORESET and the second CORESET for repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel. The wireless device may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (e.g., the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel), the first CORESET and the
second CORESET in a plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions.
[0486] The wireless device may receive/detect at least one downlink
control signal/channel among/of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The receiving/detecting the at least one downlink
control signal/channel among/of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may comprise/be receiving/detecting the downlink
control signal/channel. The wireless device may receive, via at
least one of the first CORESET and the second CORESET, the at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). For example, the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel) may
indicate schedule/trigger a reception of a downlink signal (e.g.,
PDSCH, CSI-RS, TB).
[0487] A time offset between a reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions and the downlink
signal may be less than a threshold (e.g., timeDurationForQCL). The
wireless device may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, based on one or
more criteria as described with respect to FIG. 24.
[0488] The wireless device may determine a default TCI state (or a
default antenna port quasi co-location property/assumption). The
wireless device may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal, the default TCI state. The wireless device may determine
the default TCI state based on the time offset being less than the
threshold.
[0489] The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on
the default TCI state. The wireless device may determine the
default TCI state based on a TCI state (or an antenna port quasi
co-location property/assumption) of a CORESET. The default TCI
state may be same as the TCI state of the CORESET. The default TCI
state may be the TCI state of the CORESET. The wireless device may
monitor, for DCI, PDCCH in the CORESET based on the TCI state.
[0490] A plurality of CORESETs in an active downlink BWP of the
cell may comprise the CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may
comprise the CORESET.
[0491] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET index.
A plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of CORESETs may,
for example, comprise the CORESET index. The CORESET index may be
lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes. The
CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET index that is
lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes. The
wireless device may determine/select the CORESET with the CORESET
index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET
indexes of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device may
determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state,
for example, based on the CORESET being identified/indicated by the
CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal, the CORESET
among the plurality of CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET
being identified/indicated by the CORESET index that is lowest (or
highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the plurality of
CORESETs.
[0492] The one or more configuration parameters may indicate, for
the CORESET, a CORESET pool index. The first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index may be the same. The first CORESET
pool index may be equal to zero and the second CORESET pool index
may be equal to zero. The first CORESET pool index may be equal to
one and the second CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index may be
equal to a value. The one or more configuration parameters may
indicate, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index that is equal to
the value. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to
the value. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to
the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET
may be equal to the second CORESET pool index. The wireless device
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index that
is equal to the value. The wireless device may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal, the CORESET among the plurality
of CORESETs, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index that
is equal to the value.
[0493] The first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index may be different. The first CORESET pool index may be equal
to zero and the second CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The
first CORESET pool index may be equal to one and the second CORESET
pool index may be equal to zero. The wireless device may determine
the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example,
based on a CORESET pool.
[0494] The wireless device may determine the TCI state of the
CORESET as the default TCI state, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters indicating, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index that is equal to a value. The wireless device
may determine the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI
state, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the CORESET
being equal to a value. The wireless device may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal, the CORESET among the plurality
of CORESETs, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index that
is equal to a value. The wireless device may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal, the CORESET among the plurality
of CORESETs, for example, based on the CORESET pool index of the
CORESET being equal to a value. The wireless device may determine
the TCI state of the CORESET as the default TCI state, for example,
based on the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index being different. The wireless device may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal, the CORESET among the plurality
of CORESETs, for example, based on the first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index being different.
[0495] The value may be fixed/predefined/preconfigured/default. The
value may be equal to zero (or any other value). The value may be
indicated by the one or more configuration parameters.
[0496] The value may be equal to a lowest CORESET pool index among
the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The
first CORESET pool index may be equal to zero. The second CORESET
pool index may be equal to one. The value (or the lowest CORESET
pool index) may be equal to the first CORESET pool index that is
equal to zero. The first CORESET pool index may be equal to one.
The second CORESET pool index may be equal to zero. The value (or
the lowest CORESET pool index) may be equal to the second CORESET
pool index that is equal to zero.
[0497] The value may be equal to a highest CORESET pool index among
the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The
first CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The second CORESET
pool index may be equal to zero. The value (or the highest CORESET
pool index) may be equal to the first CORESET pool index that is
equal to one. The first CORESET pool index may be equal to zero.
The second CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The value (or
the highest CORESET pool index) may be equal to the second CORESET
pool index that is equal to one.
[0498] The wireless device may determine a reference/default
CORESET among the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index being
different. The wireless device may determine the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on one or more criteria discussed in
FIG. 24. The one or more configuration parameters may indicate a
CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, 1) for reference/default CORESET. The
CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET may be equal to
the value. The CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET
may be equal to the value of the CORESET pool index of the CORESET.
The CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET may be
equal to the CORESET pool index of the CORESET.
[0499] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may indicate the value. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may indicate the value of the CORESET pool index of
the CORESET. The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field
indicating the value. A value of the TCI field may be equal to the
value. The value of the TCI field may indicate (or be equal to) the
CORESET pool index of the CORESET. A first value (e.g., 0) of the
TCI field may indicate (or be equal to) the first CORESET pool
index. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to the
first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may
be equal to the first CORESET pool index, for example, based on the
first value indicating (or being equal to) the first CORESET pool
index. A second value (e.g., 1) of the TCI field may indicate (or
be equal to) the second CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index
of the CORESET may be equal to the second CORESET pool index. The
CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to the second
CORESET pool index, for example, based on the second value
indicating (or being equal to) second first CORESET pool index. The
first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second
CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may comprise the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET.
[0500] A wireless device may receive (e.g., from a base station)
one or more messages. The one or more messages may
comprise/indicate one or more configuration parameters. The one or
more configuration parameters may indicate one or more resources
(e.g., CORESETs) for a cell. The one or more configuration
parameters may indicate one or more CORESET pool indicators/indexes
for the one or more CORESETs. Each CORESET of the one or more
CORESETs may be indicated/identified by a respective CORESET pool
index of the one or more CORESET indexes.
[0501] The wireless device may receive a first activation command
(e.g., MAC-CE). The first activation command may indicate/activate
one or more first TCI states. The first activation command may
indicate a first CORESET pool index. The wireless device may
receive a second activation command (e.g., MAC-CE). The second
activation command may indicate/activate one or more second TCI
states. The second activation command may indicate a second CORESET
pool index.
[0502] The wireless device may receive, via a first CORESET of the
one or more CORESETs, DCI. The DCI may schedule a downlink signal
(e.g., a transport block, a PDSCH transmission). The one or more
configuration parameters may indicate a CORESET pool
indicator/index (e.g., 0, 1) for the first CORESET. The wireless
device may receive the downlink signal based on a TCI state (e.g.,
a receiving beam) among one or more TCI states. The one or more TCI
states may correspond to TCI states indicated/activated by an
activation command that indicates the CORESET pool index of the
first CORESET. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the first
CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the
first CORESET pool index, for example, based on the first CORESET
(e.g., via which the DCI is received) being indicated by the first
CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the downlink
signal based on a TCI state in/among the one or more first TCI
states indicated/activated by the first activation command, for
example, based on the CORESET pool index being equal to the first
CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the
second CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to
the second CORESET pool index, for example, based on the first
CORESET (e.g., via which the DCI is received) being indicated by
the second CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal based on a TCI state in/among the one or more
second TCI states indicated/activated by the second activation
command, for example, based on the CORESET pool index being equal
to the second CORESET pool index.
[0503] Control information, sent to a wireless device, may be
repeated (e.g., for improved transmission reliability) across
multiple resources. For example, control information may be
repeated and sent via multiple TRPs (e.g., using PDCCH multi-TRP
repetition for DCI). The control information repetition may be in
time-domain, frequency-domain, and/or spatial/code domain. The
wireless device, to receive the repeated control information, may
monitor two (or more) linked resources (e.g., CORESETs) in a
plurality of monitoring/repetition/transmission occasions. For
example, the wireless device may monitor a first repetition of
control information (e.g., DCI sent by a first TRP via a first
CORESET) in a first monitoring occasion, and may monitors a second
repetition of the control information (e.g., the repeated DCI sent
by the second TRP via a second CORESET) in a second monitoring
occasion.
[0504] While the above examples relate to repetition for
transmission and/or reception of downlink control information
(e.g., DCI via PDCCH), similar techniques may be applied for
repetitions of any other type of information (e.g., data, transport
blocks, etc.). For example, data may be repeated, for example, in
one or more PDSCH repetitions and/or in one or more PUSCH
repetitions (e.g., which may be scheduled by one or more messages
via PDCCH, such as DCI). Control information from a wireless device
may be repeated, for example, in one or more PUCCH repetitions.
[0505] The wireless device may be served by (e.g., communicate
with, or transmit signals to/receive signals from) a plurality of
TRPs. The plurality of TRPs may comprise the first TRP and the
second TRP. The one or more configuration parameters may indicate a
linkage (e.g., an association or a mapping) between a first CORESET
of the one or more CORESETs and a second CORESET of the one or more
CORESETs. The wireless device may monitor the first CORESET and the
second CORESET for repetition of DCI. The first TRP may transmit
the DCI via the first CORESET and the second TRP may transmit the
(same) DCI via the second CORESET. Repeated transmission of the DCI
may increase the reliability of transmission of the DCI. For
example, the wireless device may receive the DCI transmitted from
the second TRP, for example, even if transmission from the first
TRP are blocked (e.g., by trees, buildings, other structures,
etc.).
[0506] The first CORESET may correspond to a first CORESET pool.
The second CORESET may correspond to a second CORESET pool. The one
or more configuration parameters may indicate a first CORESET pool
indicator/index for the first CORESET. The one or more
configuration parameters may indicate a second CORESET pool
indicator/index for the second CORESET. The first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index may be different or may be
same. The first CORESET pool index may correspond to a first
CORESET pool comprising a first plurality of CORESETs (e.g.,
including the first CORESET). The second CORESET pool index may
correspond to a second CORESET pool comprising a second plurality
of CORESETs (e.g., including the second CORESET).
[0507] Repetition of control information (e.g., DCI) via multiple
CORESETs, corresponding to different CORESETs pools, may lead to
many issues. The wireless device may receive, via the first CORESET
with a first CORESET pool index, a first repetition of DCI
scheduling a downlink signal. The wireless device may receive, via
the second CORESET with a second CORESET pool index, a second
repetition of the DCI scheduling the downlink signal. Both
repetitions of the DCI may comprise a TCI field (e.g., indicating a
same value). The wireless device may be unable to determine which
CORESET pool index, among the first CORESET pool index and the
second CORESET pool index, to consider for determining a TCI state
for downlink signal reception. The wireless device may be unable to
determine whether to receive the downlink signal based on a TCI
state among TCI state(s) activated for the first CORESET pool index
or among TCI state(s) activated for the second CORESET pool
index.
[0508] The wireless device may receive, via at least one of the
first CORESET (e.g., with the first CORESET pool index) and the
second CORESET (e.g., with the second CORESET pool index, DCI. The
DCI may schedule a downlink signal (e.g., a transport block, a
PDSCH transmission). The wireless device may receive the DCI in/via
the first CORESET and receive the DCI in/via the second CORESET.
The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on a
first TCI state among the one or more first TCI states
indicated/activated by the first activation command that indicates
the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET, for example,
based on receiving the DCI via the first CORESET. The wireless
device may receive the downlink signal based on a second TCI state
among the one or more second TCI states indicated/activated by the
second activation command that indicates the second CORESET pool
index of the second CORESET, for example, based on receiving the
DCI via the second CORESET. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal via multiple multiple TCI states (e.g., the first
TCI state and the second TCI state), for example, if the second
CORESET pool index is different from the first CORESET pool index.
The receiving the transport block based on multiple TCI states may
increase the complexity at the wireless device and/or power
consumption.
[0509] The wireless device may be unable to receive all repetitions
of DCI. For example, the wireless device may receive, via the first
CORESET with the first CORESET pool index, a first repetition of
DCI scheduling a downlink signal. The wireless device may or may
not receive, via the second CORESET with the second CORESET pool
index, a second repetition of the DCI. The base station may not be
aware which of the repetition(s) of the DCI have been successfully
received/detected by the wireless device. The base station may be
unable to determine which TCI state (e.g., among the first TCI
state and the second TCI state) the wireless device may use for
receiving the downlink signal. The base station being unable to
determine which TCI state the wireless device may use for receiving
the downlink signal may result in a misalignment (e.g., beam
misalignment) between the wireless device and the base station for
transmission/reception of the downlink signal. The misalignment may
lead to increased error rates and/or retransmission of the downlink
signal.
[0510] For example, the wireless device may receive the DCI in/via
the first CORESET and may not receive the DCI in/via the second
CORESET. The wireless device may receive the downlink signal (e.g.,
a transport block) based on a first TCI state among the one or more
first TCI states indicated/activated by the first activation
command (e.g., that indicates the first CORESET pool index of the
first CORESET). The base station may not have information on
CORESET(s) via which the wireless device has successfully received
the DCI. The base station may send the downlink signal based on
both a first TCI state among the one or more first TCI states
indicated/activated by the first activation command, and a second
TCI state among the one or more second TCI states
indicated/activated by the second activation command, thereby
increasing power consumption and reducing wireless resource
availability for other transmissions.
[0511] The wireless device may receive/attempt to receive the
downlink signal, for example, based on a first TCI state among the
one or more first TCI states indicated/activated by the first
activation command that indicates the first CORESET pool index. The
wireless device may attempt to receive the downlink signal based on
a first TCI state among the one or more first TCI states, for
example, based on receiving the DCI in/via the first CORESET with
the first CORESET pool index. The base station may send/transmit
the transport block based on an assumption that the wireless device
will receive/attempt to receive the downlink signal based on a
second TCI state among the one or more second TCI states
indicated/activated by the second activation command that indicates
the second CORESET pool index. Use of different TCI states at the
wireless device and the base station may result in misaligned beams
at the wireless device and the base station. For example, the
wireless device may use a first beam direction (e.g., corresponding
to the first TCI state) that is directed to the first TRP and the
base station may send the downlink signal using a second beam
direction (e.g., corresponding to the second TCI state) via the
second TRP. Misaligned beams may result in unsuccessful
reception/decoding of the transport block. Unsuccessful
reception/decoding of the transport block may result in increased
retransmission(s) of the transport block, increased latency of a
successful communication, and/or increased power consumption at the
base station and/or the wireless device.
[0512] Examples herein may enhance/improve beam alignment between a
wireless device and a base station. Various examples herein enable
improved beam alignment via enhanced TCI state determination for
downlink signal reception. The enhanced TCI state determination may
be used in scenarios where the wireless device monitors multiple
(e.g., two or more) CORESETs (e.g., corresponding to different
CORESET pools, and/or with different CORESET pool
indicators/indexes) for control information (e.g., DCI) repetition.
The wireless device may determine a default CORESET pool index,
among the different CORESET pool indexes, for determining a TCI
state for downlink signal reception. A CORESET pool corresponding
to the default CORESET pool index may comprise/be activated with
one or more TCI states. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal based on a TCI state among one or more TCI states.
The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on a TCI
state among one or more TCI states indicated/activated by an
activation command that indicates the default CORESET pool index.
The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on a
first TCI state among the one or more first TCI states, for
example, if the default CORESET pool index is the first CORESET
pool index. The one or more first TCI states may be
indicated/activated by the first activation command that indicates
the first CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal based on a second TCI state among the one or more
second TCI states, for example, if the default CORESET pool index
is the second CORESET pool index. The one or more second TCI states
may be indicated/activated by the second activation command that
indicates the second CORESET pool index.
[0513] The default CORESET pool index may be a lowest CORESET pool
index among a plurality of CORESET pool indexes (e.g., the first
CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index). The
plurality of CORESET pool indexes may correspond to a plurality of
CORESET pools (e.g., the first CORESET pool comprising the first
CORESET, and the second CORESET pool comprising the second CORESET)
that the wireless device monitors for DCI.
[0514] The default CORESET pool index may be equal to a
predetermined/preset/preconfigured value (e.g., 0, 1, or any other
value). The one or more configuration parameters may indicate the
default CORESET pool index.
[0515] The default CORESET pool index may correspond to a CORESET
pool index of a default CORESET (e.g., among the first CORESET and
the second CORESET that are monitored for repetition of the DCI).
The default CORESET may have lowest/highest CORESET index among a
first CORESET index of the first CORESET and a second CORESET index
of the second CORESET. The default CORESET may correspond to a
CORESET that the wireless device, monitors in a first (e.g.,
starting/earliest) or a last (e.g., ending/latest) repetition of
the DCI. The second TRP may not send the transport block, for
example, if the default CORESET pool index is equal to the first
CORESET pool index.
[0516] The DCI may indicate the default CORESET pool index. The DCI
may comprise a field (e.g., a HARQ-ACK field, an RV field, a PRI
field, a TDRA field, an FDRA field, TCI fields, or any other
field). The field may indicate the default CORESET pool index. The
wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on a TCI
state among the one or more first TCI states indicated/activated by
the first activation command (e.g, that indicates the first CORESET
pool index), for example, if the field indicates the first CORESET
pool index. The wireless device may receive the transport block
based on a TCI state among the one or more second TCI states
indicated/activated by the second activation command (e.g., that
indicates the second CORESET pool index), for example, if the field
indicates the second CORESET pool index.
[0517] The quantity of the one or more first TCI states may be
equal to quantity of the one or more second TCI states. The base
station may configure (e.g., via the first activation command and
the second activation command) equal quantities of the one or more
first TCI and the one or more second TCI states.
[0518] Examples described herein may reduce misaligned beams at the
wireless device and the base station. Reduced misaligned beams may
result in improved data reception/decoding performance at a
receiving device. The improved reception/decoding performance may
result in reduced retransmission(s), reduced latency of a
successful communication, and/or reduced power consumption at the
base station and/or the wireless device.
[0519] FIG. 26 shows an example of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception. The channel repetition may
correspond to control channel repetition. The control channel
repetition may be used for sending, by a base station 2610,
repetitions of control information (e.g., DCI). The control
information may schedule a transmission (e.g., a downlink
transmission) to the wireless device 2611. The base station 2610
and/or the wireless device 2611 may determine a beam (e.g., TCI
state) to be used for the transmission based on TCI state(s) that
are indicated/activated by an activation command that indicates a
default CORESET pool index. While FIG. 26 relates to the specific
example of downlink control channel repetition (e.g., for
transmission of DCI), the base station 2610 and/or the wireless
device 2611 may similarly transmit (and/or receive) repetitions of
any message (e.g., control messages and/or data, for example, via
PUCCH, PUCCH, PDSCH) via channel repetition, and in accordance with
the procedures described herein.
[0520] The wireless device 2611 may receive one or more messages.
The wireless device 2611 may receive the one or more messages from
the base station 2611. The one or more messages may comprise one or
more configuration parameters 2615. The one or more configuration
parameters 2615 may be RRC configuration parameter(s) and/or RRC
reconfiguration parameter(s).
[0521] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may be for a
cell. At least one configuration parameter of the one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may be for a cell. The cell may be a
primary cell (PCell). The cell may be a secondary cell (SCell). The
cell may be a secondary cell configured with PUCCH (e.g., PUCCH
SCell). The cell may be an unlicensed cell (e.g., operating in an
unlicensed band). The cell may be a licensed cell (e.g., operating
in a licensed band). The cell may operate in a first frequency
range (e.g., FR1). The FR1 may, for example, comprise frequency
bands below 6 GHz. The cell may operate in a second frequency range
(e.g., FR2). The FR2 may, for example, comprise frequency bands
from 24 GHz to 52.6 GHz. The cell may operate in any frequency
range (e.g., comprising any frequency band(s)).
[0522] The wireless device 2611 may perform uplink transmissions
(e.g., PUSCH, PUCCH, SRS) via the cell in/during a first time
period and in/using a first frequency. The wireless device 2611 may
perform downlink receptions (e.g., PDCCH, PDSCH) via the cell
in/during a second time period and in/using a second frequency. The
cell may operate in a time-division duplex (TDD) mode. The first
frequency and the second frequency may be the same, for example, in
the TDD mode. The first time and the second time may be different,
for example, in the TDD mode. The cell may operate in a
frequency-division duplex (FDD) mode. The first frequency and the
second frequency may be different, for example, in the FDD mode.
The first time and the second time may be the same, for example, in
the FDD mode.
[0523] The wireless device 2611 may be in an RRC connected mode, an
RRC idle mode, and/or an RRC inactive mode. The cell may comprise a
plurality of BWPs. The plurality of BWPs may comprise one or more
uplink BWPs comprising an uplink BWP of the cell. The plurality of
BWPs may comprise one or more downlink BWPs comprising a downlink
BWP of the cell.
[0524] A BWP of the plurality of BWPs may be in one of an active
state and an inactive state. The wireless device 2611 may monitor a
downlink channel/signal (e.g., PDCCH, DCI, CSI-RS, PDSCH)
on/for/via the downlink BWP, for example, in the active state of a
downlink BWP of the one or more downlink BWPs. The wireless device
2611 may receive a PDSCH transmission on/via/for the downlink BWP,
for example, in the active state of a downlink BWP of the one or
more downlink BWPs. The wireless device 2611 may not monitor a
downlink channel/signal (e.g., PDCCH, DCI, CSI-RS, PDSCH)
on/via/for the downlink BWP, for example, in the inactive state of
a downlink BWP of the one or more downlink BWPs. The wireless
device 2611 may stop monitoring (or receiving) a downlink
channel/signal (e.g., PDCCH, DCI, CSI-RS, PDSCH) on/via/for the
downlink BWP, for example, in the inactive state of a downlink BWP
of the one or more downlink BWPs. The wireless device 2611 may not
receive a PDSCH transmission on/via/for the downlink BWP, for
example, in the inactive state of a downlink BWP of the one or more
downlink BWPs. The wireless device 2611 may stop receiving a PDSCH
transmission on/via/for the downlink BWP, for example, in the
inactive state of a downlink BWP of the one or more downlink
BWPs.
[0525] The wireless device 2611 may send/transmit an uplink
signal/channel (e.g., PUCCH, preamble, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS, etc.)
on/via the uplink BWP, for example, in the active state of an
uplink BWP of the one or more uplink BWPs. The wireless device 2611
may not send/transmit an uplink signal/channel (e.g., PUCCH,
preamble, PUSCH, PRACH, SRS, etc.) on/via the uplink BWP, for
example, in the inactive state of an uplink BWP of the one or more
uplink BWPs.
[0526] The wireless device 2611 may activate the downlink BWP of
the one or more downlink BWPs of the cell. The activating the
downlink BWP may comprise that the wireless device 2611 sets (or
switches to) the downlink BWP as an active downlink BWP of the
cell. The activating the downlink BWP may comprise that the
wireless device sets the downlink BWP in the active state. The
activating the downlink BWP may comprise switching the downlink BWP
from the inactive state to the active state.
[0527] The wireless device 2611 may activate the uplink BWP of the
one or more uplink BWPs of the cell. The activating the uplink BWP
may comprise that the wireless device sets (or switches to) the
uplink BWP as an active uplink BWP of the cell. The activating the
uplink BWP may comprise that the wireless device 2611 sets the
uplink BWP in the active state. The activating the uplink BWP may
comprise switching the uplink BWP from the inactive state to the
active state.
[0528] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may be for the
(active) downlink BWP of the cell. At least one configuration
parameter of the one or more configuration parameters 2615 may be
for the downlink BWP of the cell. The one or more configuration
parameters 2615 may be for the (active) uplink BWP of the cell. At
least one configuration parameter of the one or more configuration
parameters 2615 may be for the uplink BWP of the cell.
[0529] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
plurality of CORESETs (e.g., CORESET 2620-1 and CORESET 2620-2).
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the
plurality of CORESETs for the (active) downlink BWP of the cell.
The (active) downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the plurality of
CORESETs. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise a first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The plurality of CORESETs may comprise a
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-2).
[0530] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
plurality of CORESET indicators/indexes (e.g., provided by a higher
layer parameter ControlResourceSetId) for the plurality of
CORESETs. Each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs may be
identified/indicated by a respective CORESET indicator/index of the
plurality of CORESET indicators/indexes. The first CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs may be identified by a first CORESET index of
the plurality of CORESET indexes. The second CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs may be identified/indicated by a second
CORESET index of the plurality of CORESET indexes. A CORESET index
may be a CORESET identifier/indicator.
[0531] The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be the same.
The first CORESET index and the second CORESET index may be the
same. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise one or more CORESETs.
The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be different. The
first CORESET index and the second CORESET index may be
different.
[0532] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
plurality of search space sets, e.g., for the downlink BWP of the
cell (e.g., by a higher layer parameter SearchSpace). The one or
more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a plurality of
search space sets, e.g., for the cell (e.g., by a higher layer
parameter SearchSpace).
[0533] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
search space set indexes/identifiers (e.g., provided by a higher
layer parameter searchSpaceId) for the plurality of search space
sets. Each search space set of the plurality of search space sets
may be identified/indicated by a respective search space set index
of the search space set indexes. A first search space set of the
plurality of search space sets may be identified/indicated by a
first search space set index of the search space set indexes. A
second search space set of the plurality of search space sets may
be identified/indicated by a second search space set index of the
search space set indexes.
[0534] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
PDCCH monitoring periodicities (e.g., parameter
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset) for the plurality of search
space sets. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate a respective PDCCH monitoring periodicity of the PDCCH
monitoring periodicities (e.g., monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset)
for each search space set of the plurality of search space sets.
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a first
PDCCH monitoring periodicity (e.g., 2 slots, or any other first
quantity of slots) of the PDCCH monitoring periodicities for a
first search space set of the plurality of search space sets. The
one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a second
PDCCH monitoring periodicity (e.g., 10 slots, or any other second
quantity of slots) of the PDCCH monitoring periodicities for a
second search space set of the plurality of search space sets.
[0535] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
PDCCH candidates (e.g., parameter nrofCandidates) for the plurality
of search space sets. The one or more configuration parameters 2615
may indicate respective PDCCH candidate(s) of the PDCCH candidates
for each search space set of the plurality of search space sets.
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate first
PDCCH candidate(s) (e.g., AL=1, AL=4, or any other AL) of the PDCCH
candidates for a first search space set of the plurality of search
space sets. The one or more configuration parameters may indicate
second PDCCH candidate(s) (e.g., AL=8. AL=16, or any other AL) of
the PDCCH candidates for a second search space set of the plurality
of search space sets.
[0536] A search space set of the plurality of search space sets may
be associated with (or linked to) a CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate the CORESET (or a CORESET index of the CORESET) for the
search space set (e.g., provided by a higher layer parameter
controlResourceSetId in the higher layer parameter SearchSpace).
The association (or the linkage) may be one-to-one. The association
being one-to-one may comprise the search space set associated with
(or linked to) the CORESET not being associated (or linked to) a
second CORESET that is different from the CORESET. The plurality of
CORESETs may comprise the second CORESET.
[0537] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for a downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI, PDCCH, RS, GC-PDCCH, DMRS, etc.), PDCCH
in the CORESET. The monitoring, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the PDCCH in the CORESET may comprise monitoring,
for the downlink control signal, PDCCH candidate(s) in PDCCH
monitoring occasion(s) for/of the search space set associated with
(or linked to) the CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor,
for DCI, PDCCH candidate(s) in PDCCH monitoring occasion(s) for/of
the search space set in the CORESET associated with (or linked to)
the search space set, for example, based on the search space set
being associated with (or linked to) the CORESET. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for DCI, PDCCH for the search space set in
the CORESET associated with (or linked to) the search space set,
for example, based on the search space set being associated with
(or linked to) the CORESET.
[0538] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for DCI, downlink
control channels in the CORESET. The monitoring, for the DCI, the
downlink control channels in the CORESET may comprise monitoring,
for the DCI, one or more PDCCH candidates in one or more PDCCH
monitoring occasions for/of one or more search space sets
associated with the CORESET. The plurality of search space sets may
comprise the one or more search space sets. The plurality of PDCCH
candidates may comprise the one or more PDCCH candidates. The one
or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the one or
more search space sets, the one or more PDCCH candidates. The
wireless device 2611 may determine the one or more PDCCH monitoring
occasions of the one or more search space sets based on one or more
search space set configuration parameters (e.g., IE SearchSpace) of
the one or more configuration parameters 2615. The one or more
search space set configuration parameters may indicate one or more
PDCCH monitoring periodicities (e.g.,
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset) for the one or more search
space sets. The one or more search space set configuration
parameters may indicate a respective PDCCH monitoring periodicity
of the one or more PDCCH monitoring periodicities for each search
space set of the one or more search space sets. The wireless device
2611 may determine the one or more PDCCH monitoring occasions, for
example, based on the one or more PDCCH monitoring periodicities.
The one or more search space set configuration parameters may
indicate PDCCH monitoring symbols (e.g.,
monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot) for the one or more search space sets.
The one or more search space set configuration parameters may
indicate respective PDCCH monitoring symbol(s) of the PDCCH
monitoring symbols (e.g., monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot) for each
search space set of the one or more search space sets. The wireless
device 2611 may determine the one or more PDCCH monitoring
occasions, for example, based on the PDCCH monitoring symbols.
[0539] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the plurality of CORESET indexes for the plurality of search space
sets (e.g., provided by a higher layer parameter
controlResourceSetId in the higher layer parameter SearchSpace).
Each search space set of the plurality of search space sets may be
associated with (or linked to) a respective CORESET, of the
plurality of CORESETs, identified by a respective CORESET index of
the plurality of CORESET indexes. The one or more configuration
parameters 2615 may indicate the first CORESET index of the first
CORESET for the first search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the first CORESET index
of the first CORESET in a first CORESET index field (e.g., provided
by a higher layer parameter controlResourceSetId in the higher
layer parameter SearchSpace) of the first search space set. The
first search space set may be associated with (or linked to) the
first CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters 2615 indicating the first CORESET index of the first
CORESET for the first search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the first CORESET index
of the first CORESET for the second search space set. The one or
more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the first CORESET
index of the first CORESET in a second CORESET index field (e.g.,
provided by a higher layer parameter controlResourceSetId in the
higher layer parameter SearchSpace) of the second search space set.
The second search space set may be associated with (or linked to)
the first CORESET, for example, based on the one or more
configuration parameters indicating the first CORESET index of the
first CORESET for the second search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the second CORESET index
of the second CORESET for the first search space set. The first
search space set may be associated with (or linked to) the second
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating the second CORESET index of the second
CORESET for the first search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the second CORESET index
of the second CORESET for the second search space set. The second
search space set may be associated with (or linked to) the second
CORESET, for example, based on the one or more configuration
parameters indicating the second CORESET index of the second
CORESET for the second search space set.
[0540] One or more first search space sets, of the plurality of
search space sets, may be associated with (or linked to) the first
CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the first CORESET (or the first CORESET index of the first CORESET)
for the one or more first search space sets. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the first CORESET,
the one or more first search space sets. One or more second search
space sets of the plurality of search space sets may be associated
with (or linked to) the second CORESET. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the second CORESET (or
the second CORESET index of the second CORESET) for the one or more
second search space sets. The one or more configuration parameters
2615 may indicate, for the second CORESET, the one or more second
search space sets.
[0541] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for DCI, the PDCCH
candidates in the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611
may monitor, for the DCI, the PDCCH candidates in PDCCH monitoring
occasions for/of the plurality of search space sets associated with
the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may monitor,
for DCI, one or more first PDCCH candidates in the first CORESET.
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the DCI, the one or more
first PDCCH candidates in one or more first PDCCH monitoring
occasions. The one or more first PDCCH monitoring occasions may be
for/of the one or more first search space sets associated with the
first CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the one or more first search space sets, the one or
more first PDCCH candidates. The PDCCH candidates may comprise the
one or more first PDCCH candidates. The wireless device may
monitor, for DCI, one or more second PDCCH candidates in the second
CORESET. The wireless device may monitor, for the DCI, the one or
more second PDCCH candidates in one or more second PDCCH monitoring
occasions. The one or more second PDCCH monitoring occasions may be
for/of the one or more second search space sets associated with the
second CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the one or more second search space sets, the one or
more second PDCCH candidates. The PDCCH candidates may comprise the
one or more second PDCCH candidates.
[0542] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
control channel repetition (e.g., PDCCH repetition/aggregation).
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may comprise a
control channel repetition enabling parameter that enables (or
activates, indicates, configures) the control channel repetition.
The control channel repetition may comprise a repetition of a
downlink control signal/channel (e.g., PDCCH, DCI).
[0543] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
number/quantity of repetitions for the control channel repetition.
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the
quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for the
plurality of CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters
2615 may indicate the quantity of repetitions of the control
channel repetition for each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs.
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the
control channel repetition, a respective quantity of repetitions
for each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs.
[0544] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for
the plurality of search space sets of the plurality of CORESETs.
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the
quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for
respective search space set(s) of each CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate the quantity of repetitions of the control channel
repetition for at least one search space set of the plurality of
search space sets. The one or more configuration parameters 2615
may indicate, for the control channel repetition, a respective
quantity of repetitions for each search space set of the plurality
of search space sets.
[0545] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the quantity of repetitions of the control channel repetition for
the PDCCH candidates. The one or more configuration parameters 2615
may indicate the quantity of repetitions of the control channel
repetition for respective PDCCH candidate(s) of each search space
set of the plurality of search space sets. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the quantity of
repetitions of the control channel repetition for at least one
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the control channel
repetition, a respective quantity of repetitions for each PDCCH
candidate of the PDCCH candidates.
[0546] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the plurality of CORESETs for the control channel repetition. The
one or more configuration parameters 2615 may link/map/associate
the plurality of CORESETs for the control channel repetition. The
one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the
control channel repetition, the first CORESET and the second
CORESET. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
link/map/associate, for the control channel repetition, the first
CORESET and the second CORESET (e.g., linkage 2625). The first
CORESET may be mapped/linked to (or associated with) the second
CORESET for the control channel repetition. The wireless device
2611 may monitor, for the control channel repetition (e.g., DCI
repetition), PDCCH in the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
[0547] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the plurality of search space sets for the control channel
repetition. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
link/map/associate the plurality of search space sets for the
control channel repetition. A first search space set of the
plurality of search space sets (or of the first CORESET) may be
mapped/linked to (or associated with) a second search space set of
the plurality of search space sets (or of the second CORESET) for
the control channel repetition. The one or more first search space
sets of (or associated with, or linked to) the first CORESET may
comprise the first search space set. The one or more second search
space sets of (or associated with or linked to) the second CORESET
may comprise the second search space set. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the control channel
repetition, the first search space set and the second search space
set. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
link/map/associate, for the control channel repetition, the first
search space set and the second search space set. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the control channel repetition (e.g.,
DCI repetition), PDCCH in the first search space set and the second
search space set. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
control channel repetition (e.g., DCI repetition), PDCCH candidates
in/of/for the first search space set and in/of/for the second
search space set.
[0548] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
the PDCCH candidates for the control channel repetition. The one or
more configuration parameters 2615 may link/map/associate the PDCCH
candidates for the control channel repetition. A first PDCCH
candidate of the PDCCH candidates may be mapped/linked to (or
associated with), for the control channel repetition, a second
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The one or more first
PDCCH candidates of the first CORESET (or of/associated with the
one or more first search space sets of the first CORESET) may
comprise the first PDCCH candidate. A first search space set of the
one or more first search space sets of the first CORESET may be
associated with the first PDCCH candidate. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the first search
space set, the first PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for DCI, the first PDCCH candidate of/for the first search
space set in the first CORESET. First PDCCH candidate(s) of the
first search space set may comprise the first PDCCH candidate. The
one or more first PDCCH candidates may comprise the first PDCCH
candidate(s) of the first search space set. The one or more second
PDCCH candidates of the second CORESET (or of/associated with the
one or more second search space sets of the second CORESET) may
comprise the second PDCCH candidate. A second search space set of
the one or more second search space sets of the second CORESET may
be associated with the second PDCCH candidate. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the second search
space set, the second PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for DCI, the second PDCCH candidate of/for the second
search space set in the second CORESET. Second PDCCH candidate(s)
of the second search space set may comprise the second PDCCH
candidate. The one or more second PDCCH candidates may comprise the
second PDCCH candidate(s) of the second search space set. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the control channel
repetition (e.g., DCI repetition), the first PDCCH candidate and
the second PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2611 may monitor
the first PDCCH candidate in at least one first PDCCH monitoring
occasion. The one or more first PDCCH monitoring occasions may
comprise the at least one first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor the second PDCCH candidate in at
least one second PDCCH monitoring occasion. The one or more second
PDCCH monitoring occasions may comprise the at least one second
PDCCH monitoring occasion.
[0549] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate,
for the control channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and
the second PDCCH candidate. The one or more configuration
parameters 2615 may link/map/associate, for the control channel
repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH
candidate.
[0550] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for the control
channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH
candidate. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for the control
channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and the second PDCCH
candidate, for example, based on a first PDCCH candidate
indicator/index of the first PDCCH candidate and a second PDCCH
candidate indicator/index of the second PDCCH candidate being the
same. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate,
for the first PDCCH candidate, the first PDCCH candidate
indicator/index. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the second PDCCH candidate, the second PDCCH
candidate indicator/index. The wireless device 2611 may determine,
for the control channel repetition, the first PDCCH candidate and
the second PDCCH candidate, for example, based on a first CCE
starting indicator/index of the first PDCCH candidate and a second
CCE starting indicator/index of the second PDCCH candidate being
the same. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the first PDCCH candidate, the first CCE starting
indicator/index. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the second PDCCH candidate, the second CCE starting
indicator/index.
[0551] The wireless device 2611 may receive a message indicating a
quantity/number of repetitions for the control channel repetition.
For example, the wireless device 2611 may receive DCI indicating a
quantity of repetitions for the control channel repetition. The DCI
may comprise a field (e.g., DCI subframe/slot repetition number
field) indicating the quantity of repetitions.
[0552] The base station 2610 may send/transmit a plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (e.g., DCI 2630-1 and DCI 2630-2) for
the repetition of a downlink control signal/channel (e.g., a PDCCH
transmission, a DCI message via a PDCCH). The plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may comprise the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or
for the repetition of the downlink control signal/channel), the
PDCCH candidates in the plurality of CORESETs.
[0553] The quantity/number of repetitions may be a quantity/number
of repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel A
quantity/number of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may be equal to the quantity/number of repetitions.
The quantity/number of repetitions may be equal to 2 as shown in
FIG. 26. The quantity/number of repetitions may be equal to any
other value. The plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may
comprise a first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1)
and a second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2630-2).
[0554] The wireless device 2611 may be served by/communicate with
(e.g., receive signals from and/or transmit signals to) a plurality
of TRPs (e.g., TRP 1 and TRP 2). Each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be sent/transmitted by a respective TRP of the plurality of
TRPs. For example, in FIG. 26, a first TRP (e.g., TRP 1), of the
plurality of TRPs, may send/transmit the first downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1) and a second TRP (e.g., TRP 2) of
the plurality of TRPs may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2).
[0555] Each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be the same (or may have the same
content). For example, each downlink control signal/channel may
comprise the same DCI fields, the same DCI size, the same payload,
same value for the DCI fields, etc. Each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be same as the downlink control signal/channel Each downlink
control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may be a repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel. The plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel. The base
station 2610 may repeat transmission of the downlink control
signal/channel by transmitting the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. For example, in FIG. 26, DCI 2630-1 and DCI 2630-2
may be the same (or equal). The contents of the DCI 2630-1 and DCI
2630-2 may be the same. The payload of the DCI 2630-1 and DCI
2630-2 may be the same. The DCI fields (or the values of the DCI
fields) of the DCI 2630-1 and DCI 2630-2 may be the same.
[0556] The first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1)
and the second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2)
may be the same (e.g., may comprise same content, same DCI fields,
the same DCI size, the same payload, same value for the DCI fields,
etc.). The first downlink control signal/channel and the second
downlink control signal/channel may be the same as the downlink
control signal/channel. The first downlink control signal/channel
may be the downlink control signal/channel. The second downlink
control signal/channel may be the downlink control signal/channel.
The first downlink control signal/channel and the second downlink
control signal/channel may be repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel.
[0557] The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the plurality of CORESETs. The
base station 2610 may send/transmit each downlink control
signal/channel, of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, via a respective CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The transmitting, for the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions via/in the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
transmitting (repetition of) the downlink control signal/channel
via/in the plurality of CORESETs. The transmitting, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messagegs/PDCCH transmissions via/in the plurality of CORESETs
may comprise repeating transmission of the downlink control
signal/channel via/in the plurality of CORESETs.
[0558] The base station 2610 may send/transmit the first downlink
control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1) via the first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The base station 2610 may send/transmit the
second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2) via the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The base station 2610 may
send/transmit, for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The base station
2610 may send/transmit each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via a respective
CORESET of the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The
transmitting, for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in the first CORESET and the second CORESET may comprise
transmitting the downlink control signal/channel via/in the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The transmitting, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the first CORESET and the
second CORESET may comprise repeating transmission of the downlink
control signal/channel via/in the first CORESET and the second
CORESET.
[0559] The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the plurality of search space
sets associated with the plurality of CORESETs. The base station
2610 may send/transmit, for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in a respective
search space set of the plurality of search space sets. The base
station 2610 may transmit the first downlink control signal/channel
(e.g., DCI 2630-1) via the one or more first search space sets
associated with the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The base
station 2610 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2) via the one or more second search
space sets associated with the second CORESET (e.g., CORESET
2620-2). The base station 2610 may transmit the first downlink
control signal/channel via the first search space set associated
with the first CORESET. The base station may transmit the second
downlink control signal/channel via the second search space set
associated with the second CORESET.
[0560] The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in a respective search space set of the plurality of search
space sets. The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, for example, via/in the one or
more first search space sets associated with the first CORESET and
via/in the one or more second search space sets associated with the
second CORESET. The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, for example, via/in the first
search space set associated with the first CORESET and via/in the
second search space set associated with the second CORESET.
[0561] The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in the PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the plurality of search space sets. The base
station 2610 may send/transmit, for the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions via/in a respective
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The base station 2610 may
transmit the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2630-1) via/in the first PDCCH candidate(s) of the first search
space set associated with the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1).
The base station 2610 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2) via the second PDCCH candidate(s)
of the second search space set associated with the second CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2620-2). The base station 2610 may transmit the
first downlink control signal/channel via/in the one or more first
PDCCH candidates of (or associated with) the first CORESET. The
base station 2610 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel via the one or more second PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the second CORESET. The base station 2610 may
transmit the first downlink control signal/channel via/in the first
PDCCH candidate of (or associated with) the first search space set.
The base station 2610 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel via the second PDCCH candidate of (or associated
with) the second search space set.
[0562] The base station 2610 may send/transmit, for repetition of
the downlink control signal/channel, each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
via/in a respective PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates. The
base station 2610 may transmit, for the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, for example, via/in the first PDCCH candidate
associated with the first CORESET (or associated with the first
search space set of the first CORESET) and via/in the second PDCCH
candidate associated with the second CORESET (or associated with
the second search space set of the second CORESET).
[0563] The base station 2610 may send/transmit the first downlink
control signal/channel via the first CORESET. The base station may
transmit the first downlink control signal/channel via the one or
more first search space sets associated with the first CORESET. The
base station 2610 may transmit the first downlink control
signal/channel via the first search space set associated with the
first CORESET. The base station 2610 may transmit the first
downlink control signal/channel via the first PDCCH candidate
associated with the first CORESET. The base station 2610 may
transmit the second downlink control signal/channel via the second
CORESET. The base station 2610 may transmit the second downlink
control signal/channel via the one or more second search space sets
associated with the second CORESET. The base station 2610 may
transmit the second downlink control signal/channel via the second
search space set associated with the second CORESET. The base
station 2610 may transmit the second downlink control
signal/channel via the second PDCCH candidate associated with the
second CORESET.
[0564] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, a respective CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs.
The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs may comprise monitoring,
for (repetitions of) the downlink control signal/channel, the
plurality of CORESETs. The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink
control signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
monitoring, for repetition of the downlink control signal/channel,
the plurality of CORESETs.
[0565] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel, the first CORESET. The wireless device 2611
may monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the
second CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel), the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, a respective CORESET of the
first CORESET and the second CORESET. The monitoring, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel), the first
CORESET and the second CORESET may comprise monitoring, for the
downlink control signal/channel, the first CORESET and the second
CORESET. The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for the repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel), the first CORESET and the second CORESET may
comprise monitoring, for repetition (or repeated transmissions) of
the downlink control signal/channel, the first CORESET and the
second CORESET.
[0566] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the plurality of search space
sets associated with the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device
2611 may monitor, for each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, a respective search
space set of the plurality of search space sets for the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2611
may monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g.,
DCI 2630-1), the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the first downlink control
signal/channel, the one or more first search space sets associated
with the first CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2), the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-2). The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the one or
more second search space sets associated with the second CORESET.
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel, the first search space set associated with
the first CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
second downlink control signal/channel, the second search space set
associated with the second CORESET.
[0567] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for each downlink
control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), a respective search space set of the plurality of
search space sets. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the
repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel), the one or
more first search space sets associated with the first CORESET and
the one or more second search space sets associated with the second
CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the first search space set
associated with the first CORESET and the second search space set
associated with the second CORESET.
[0568] Monitoring for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may comprise/be monitoring for repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel. The monitoring for the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may comprise/be monitoring for
repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel, for example,
based on each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions being the same.
[0569] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the plurality of search space sets. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for each downlink control signal/channel
of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, a respective
PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates for the repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2630-1), the first PDCCH candidate(s) of the first search space set
associated with the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2), the second PDCCH candidate(s) of
the second search space set associated with the second CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2620-2). The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the first downlink control signal/channel, the one or more first
PDCCH candidates of (or associated with) the first CORESET. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the second downlink control
signal/channel, the one or more second PDCCH candidates of (or
associated with) the second CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel, the first
PDCCH candidate of (or associated with) the first search space set.
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the second downlink
control signal/channel, the second PDCCH candidate of (or
associated with) the second search space set.
[0570] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for each downlink
control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or for repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), a respective PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH
candidates. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or for the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel), the first PDCCH candidate
associated with the first CORESET (or associated with the first
search space set of the first CORESET) and the second PDCCH
candidate associated with the second CORESET (or associated with
the second search space set of the second CORESET).
[0571] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1), the first CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2620-1). The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
first downlink control signal/channel, the one or more first search
space sets associated with the first CORESET. The wireless device
2611 may monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel,
the first search space set associated with the first CORESET. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the first downlink control
signal/channel, the first PDCCH candidate associated with the first
CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the second
downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2), the second
CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-2). The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the one or
more second search space sets associated with the second CORESET.
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the second downlink
control signal/channel, the second search space set associated with
the second CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
second downlink control signal/channel, the second PDCCH candidate
associated with the second CORESET.
[0572] The wireless device 2611 may determine a plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasions) for the
control channel repetition. The wireless device 2611 may determine
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions for the repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel.
[0573] The base station 2610 may determine the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasions) for the
control channel repetition. The base station 2610 may determine the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions for the repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel.
[0574] The base station 2610 may send/transmit, via the plurality
of CORESETs, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or
the repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel or the
downlink control signal/channel) across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1 and
PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2). The base
station 2610 may transmit, via the plurality of CORESETs, the
downlink control signal/channel across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions.
The base station 2610 may transmit, via each CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs, the downlink control signal/channel
across/over/on/in respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base
station 2610 may transmit, via the first CORESET, the downlink
control signal/channel across/over/on/in one or more first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The base station 2610 may
transmit, via the second CORESET, the downlink control
signal/channel across/over/on/in one or more second downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The base station 2610 may repeat
transmission of the downlink control signal/channel
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1) and a second
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2).
The base station 2610 may transmit, via the first CORESET, the
first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel) in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The base station
2610 may transmit, via the second CORESET, the second downlink
control signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel) in the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more second downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0575] The base station may alternate between CORESETs, of the
plurality of CORESETs, for sending/transmitting the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions.
For example, the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise a first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (e.g.,
PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1), a second
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2),
and a third downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion (e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion
3, not shown in FIG. 26). The base station 2610 may transmit, via
the first CORESET, the first downlink control signal/channel (e.g.,
a repetition of the downlink control signal/channel) in the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
The base station 2610 may transmit, via the second CORESET, the
second downlink control signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel) in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The base station
2610 may transmit, via the first CORESET, a third downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., a repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel) in the third downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more first downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion and the third downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The one or more
second downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasions may comprise the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0576] The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise/be the at least one
first PDCCH monitoring occasion and the at least one second PDCCH
monitoring occasion. The sending/transmitting, via the plurality of
CORESETs, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the
repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel)
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise
sending/transmitting, via the plurality of search space sets
associated with the plurality of CORESETs, the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink
control signal/channel) across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base
station 2610 may send/transmit, via each search space set of the
plurality of search space sets, the downlink control signal/channel
across/over/on/in respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base
station 2610 may send/transmit, via the first search space set, the
first downlink control signal/channel in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The base station
2610 may send/transmit, via the second search space set, the second
downlink control signal/channel in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0577] The sending/transmitting, via the plurality of CORESETs, the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions
of the downlink control signal/channel) across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise
sending/transmitting, via the PDCCH candidates associated with the
plurality of CORESETs, the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel) across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The base station
2610 may transmit, via each PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH
candidates, the downlink control signal/channel across/over/on/in
respective downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The base station 2610 may
transmit, via the first PDCCH candidate, the first downlink control
signal/channel in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The base station 2610 may
transmit, via the second PDCCH candidate, the second downlink
control signal/channel in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0578] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs,
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1 and PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2). The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel,
the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions.
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs
across/over/on/in respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the first CORESET across/over/on/in the one or more
first downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasions of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the second
CORESET across/over/on/in the one or more second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions of the plurality
of downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasions. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for repetition of
the downlink control signal/channel, the plurality of CORESETs
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may
comprise a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1) and a second
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2).
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the first downlink
control signal/channel (or repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel), the first CORESET in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the second downlink control
signal/channel (or repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel), the second CORESET in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0579] The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise monitoring, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions
of the downlink control signal/channel), the plurality of search
space sets associated with the plurality of CORESETs,
across/over/on/in the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, each search space
set of the plurality of search space sets across/over/on/in
respective downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel, the first
search space set in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the second
search space set in the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0580] The monitoring, for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions (or the repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel), the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may comprise monitoring, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (or the repetitions
of the downlink control signal/channel), the PDCCH candidates
associated with the plurality of CORESETs across/over/on/in the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, each PDCCH
candidate of the PDCCH candidates across/over/on/in respective
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion(s)
of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the first downlink control signal/channel, the first
PDCCH candidate in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the second downlink control signal/channel, the second
PDCCH candidate in the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion.
[0581] The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may be (or be associated with) a
plurality of time slots. Each downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions may be a
respective time slot of the plurality of time slots. The plurality
of time slots may comprise the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. Each downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions may be/occur, for example, in a
respective time slot of the plurality of time slots. The first
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
may be (or be associated with) a first time slot (e.g., slot 1).
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., the first downlink control signal/channel),
the first CORESET in the first time slot. The first time slot may
comprise the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion. The second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion may be a second
time slot (e.g., slot 2). The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the downlink control signal/channel (e.g., the second downlink
control signal/channel), the second CORESET in the second time
slot. The second time slot may comprise the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The plurality of
time slots may comprise the first time slot and the second time
slot.
[0582] The plurality of downlink control channel
transmission/repetition occasions may be (or be associated with) a
plurality of PDCCH monitoring occasions. Each downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion of the plurality of
downlink control channel transmission/repetition occasions may be,
for example, a respective PDCCH monitoring occasion of the
plurality of PDCCH monitoring occasions. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion may be (or be
associated with) a first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel
(or the first downlink control signal/channel), the first CORESET
in the first PDCCH monitoring occasion. The second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion may be a second
PDCCH monitoring occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor,
for the downlink control signal/channel (or the second downlink
control signal/channel), the second CORESET in the second PDCCH
monitoring occasion. The plurality of PDCCH monitoring occasions
may comprise the first PDCCH monitoring occasion and the second
PDCCH monitoring occasion.
[0583] The repetition of the downlink control signal/channel (or
transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions)
may, for example, be/occur in time units (e.g. TDM-ed). The time
units, for example, may or may not be consecutive. A
number/quantity of the time units may be equal to the
number/quantity of repetitions. The time units, for example, may be
time slots. The time units may, for example, be mini-slots. The
time units may, for example, be time symbols (e.g., OFDM symbols).
The time units may, for example, be sub-frames. The time units, for
example, may be monitoring occasions (e.g., PDCCH monitoring
occasions) in time. A number/quantity of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may be equal to the
number of repetitions. The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may be/occur in the time
units. For example, a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may be/occur in a first time
unit of the time units. A second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may be/occur in a second time
unit of the time units, and so on.
[0584] The repetition of the downlink control signal/channel (or
transmission of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions)
may, for example, be/occur in frequency units (FDM-ed). A
number/quantity of the frequency units may be equal to the number
of repetitions. The frequency units, for example, may be frequency
bands. The frequency units, for example, may be physical resource
blocks (PRBs). The frequency units may, for example, be
resource-element groups (REGs). The frequency units may, for
example, be REG bundles. The frequency units may, for example, be
control elements (CEs). The frequency units may, for example, be
BWPs. The frequency units may, for example, be cells. A
number/quantity of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may be equal to the number of repetitions.
The plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions may be/occur in the frequency units. For example, a first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may be/occur in a first frequency unit of the frequency units. A
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may be/occur in a second frequency unit of the frequency units, and
so on.
[0585] The base station 2610 may send/transmit the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions across/over/in the time units. The
base station 2610 may send/transmit the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions across/over/in the frequency units.
The base station 2610 may repeat transmission of the downlink
control signal/channel across/over/in the plurality of uplink
signal/channel transmission occasions. The base station 2610 may
send/transmit the downlink control signal/channel with the
quantity/number of repetitions. The base station 2610 may
send/transmit the quantity of repetitions of the downlink control
signal/channel. The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may comprise a first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion (first TX occasion) and a
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(second TX occasion). The first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be/occur in a first time unit of the time
units (e.g., first time slot, first symbol, first subframe, first
PDCCH monitoring occasion). The second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be/occur in a second time
unit of the time units (e.g., second time slot, second symbol,
second subframe, second PDCCH monitoring occasion). The first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be/occur
in a first frequency unit of the frequency units (e.g., first PRB,
first cell, first frequency, first BWP, first subband, first REG
bundle, first CE). The second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be/occur in a second frequency unit of
the frequency units (e.g., second PRB, second cell, second
frequency, second BWP, second subband, second REG bundle, second
CE).
[0586] The one or more configuration parameters may indicate a
repetition scheme (e.g., by a higher layer parameter
RepetitionSchemeConfig, FDM-Scheme, TDM-Scheme, SDM-Scheme,
CDM-Scheme) for the control channel repetition. The repetition
scheme, for example, may be a time domain repetition scheme, a
frequency domain repetition scheme, or a spatial/code domain
repetition scheme. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, the plurality of
CORESETs across/over/in the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions based on the one or more
configuration parameters indicating the repetition scheme.
[0587] The repetition scheme may be a time domain repetition scheme
(e.g., TDM scheme, intra-slot repetition, inter-slot repetition,
TDMSchemeA, TDMSchemeB, etc.). The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions (e.g., first TX occasion and
second TX occasion) may not overlap in time, for example, in the
time domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may or may not overlap in
frequency, for example, in the time domain repetition scheme. A
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., each
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion) of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may have a non-overlapping time domain resource allocation with
respect to other signal/channel transmission occasion(s) of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. For example, a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may not overlap, in time,
with a second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. The first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be different. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion (first TX occasion) and the
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(second TX occasion) may not overlap in time, for example, in the
time domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may occur in different time
units. For example, the first time unit and the second time unit,
and the third time unit may not overlap in time. The first time
unit, the second time unit, and the third time unit may be
different. FIG. 26 is an example of a time domain repetition
scheme. The communication shown in FIG. 26 may be applied to any
other type of repetition (e.g., frequency domain repetition,
spatial/code domain repetition, etc.).
[0588] The repetition scheme may comprise a frequency domain
repetition scheme (e.g., FDM scheme, FDMSchemeA, FDMSchemeB, etc).
The plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions may or may not overlap in time, for example, in the
frequency domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may not overlap in
frequency, for example, in the frequency domain repetition scheme.
Each downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may have a non-overlapping frequency domain resource allocation
with respect to other signal/channel transmission occasion(s) of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. For example, a first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may not overlap, in
frequency, with a second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be different. The
first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (first
TX occasion) and the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (second TX occasion) may not overlap in
frequency, for example, in the frequency domain repetition scheme.
The first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(first TX occasion) and the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (second TX occasion) may overlap in time. The
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may occur in different frequency units (e.g., frequencies, REGs,
CEs, PRBs, frequency bands, bandwidth parts, cells). For example, a
first frequency unit of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and a second frequency unit of the second
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may not
overlap in frequency. The first frequency unit and the second
frequency unit may be different.
[0589] The repetition scheme may be a spatial/code domain
repetition scheme (e.g., SDM scheme, CDM scheme, SDMScheme,
CDMScheme, etc.). The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may overlap in time, for example, in the
spatial/code domain repetition scheme. The plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may overlap in
frequency, for example, in the spatial/code domain repetition
scheme. The plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may be a single downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, in the
spatial/code domain repetition scheme. Each downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may have an
overlapping frequency domain resource allocation with respect to
other downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion(s) of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. Each downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions may have an overlapping time domain resource
allocation with respect to other downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion(s) of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. Each downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may be the same. For
example, a first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (e.g., first TX occasion) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions may overlap, in time
and/or frequency, with a second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (e.g., second TX occasion) of the plurality
of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. The
first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and the
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be
same. For example, in the spatial/code domain repetition scheme,
the first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and
the second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
may overlap in frequency. The first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may overlap in time. The
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may occur in same frequency units (e.g., frequencies, PRBs,
frequency bands, bandwidth parts, subbands, cells, REGs, REG
bundles, CEs). For example, a first frequency unit of the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and a second
frequency unit of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may overlap in frequency. The first frequency
unit and the second frequency unit may be the same. The plurality
of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions may occur
in the same time units (e.g., symbols, mini-slots, slots,
sub-frames, PDCCH monitoring occasions etc). For example, a first
time unit of the first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and a second time unit of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may overlap in time. The first
time unit and the second time unit may be the same.
[0590] A downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions, may have non-overlapping time domain resource allocation
with respect to another downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, for example, in the time
domain repetition scheme. A downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions may have non-overlapping
frequency domain resource allocation with respect to another
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions, for example, in the frequency domain repetition scheme.
A downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions
may have overlapping time and frequency domain resource allocations
with respect to another downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, for example, in the
spatial/code domain repetition scheme.
[0591] The plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be
associated with (or linked to) the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. Each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions
may be associated with a respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The base station 2610 may
send/transmit each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions in/via a respective downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for each downlink control
signal/channel of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions, in/via a respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1) may be associated with the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1),
for example, based on the first downlink control signal/channel
being transmitted/sent by the base station 2610 or monitored by the
wireless device 2611 in/via the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion, as
shown in FIG. 26. The second downlink control signal/channel (e.g.,
DCI 2630-2) may be associated with the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2), for example,
based on the second downlink control signal/channel being
transmitted/sent by the base station 2610 or monitored by the
wireless device 2611 in/via the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion.
[0592] The wireless device 2611 may receive/detect at least one
downlink control signal/channel among the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissionss (or among the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel). The wireless device 2611 may
detect/receive DCI 2630-1. The wireless device 2611 may or may not
receive/detect DCI 2630-2. The at least one downlink control
signal/channel may comprise DCI 2630-1. The wireless device 2611
may receive DCI 2630-1 in the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of (or associated with) the first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The wireless device 2611 may or may not
receive/detect DCI 2630-2 in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of (or associated with) the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-2). The wireless device 2611 may
detect/receive DCI 2630-2. The wireless device may or may not
receive/detect DCI 2630-1. The at least one downlink control
signal/channel may comprise DCI 2630-2. The wireless device 2611
may or may not receive DCI 2630-1 in the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of (or associated with) the
first CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may receive/detect DCI
2630-2 in the second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion of (or associated with) the second CORESET. The wireless
device 2611 may detect/receive DCI 2630-1 and DCI 2630-2. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel may comprise both DCI 1
and DCI 2. The wireless device 2611 may receive DCI 2630-1 in the
first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion of (or
associated with) the first CORESET. The wireless device 2611 may
receive/detect DCI 2630-2 in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of (or associated with) the
second CORESET. Each downlink control signal/channel of the at
least one downlink control signal/channel and the downlink control
signal/channel may be the same.
[0593] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink control
signal/channel in at least one downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions. The
wireless device 2611 may receive each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
in a respective downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion of the at least one downlink
control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion may be the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. For example, the wireless device 2611 may
detect/receive DCI 2630-1 and not detect/receive DCI 2630-2. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition
occasion may be the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and/or the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. For example, the wireless
device 2611 may detect/receive DCI 2630-1 and detect/receive DCI
2630-2.
[0594] The wireless device 2611 may receive/detect the downlink
control signal/channel, for example, based on the
receiving/detecting the at least one downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The receiving/detecting the at least one downlink
control signal/channel may be/comprise receiving/detecting the
downlink control signal/channel, for example, based on each
downlink control signal/channel, of the at least one downlink
control signal/channel, and the downlink control signal/channel
being the same.
[0595] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may indicate the quantity/number
of repetitions. The at least one downlink control signal/channel
may comprise the DCI indicating the number of repetitions.
[0596] The wireless device 2611 may receive the at least one
downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) via at least one CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may receive each downlink
control signal/channel, of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel, via a respective CORESET of the at least one
CORESET. The at least one CORESET may be the first CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2620-1), for example, based on the detecting/receiving DCI
2630-1 and not detecting/receiving DCI 2630-2. The at least one
CORESET may be the first CORESET and the second CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2620-2), for example, based on the detecting/receiving DCI
2630-1 and detecting/receiving DCI 2620-2. The at least one CORESET
may be the second CORESET, for example, based on
detecting/receiving DCI 2630-2 and not detecting/receiving DCI
2630-1.
[0597] The wireless device 2611 may receive the at least one
downlink control signal/channel at the same time (or substantially
the same time). The wireless device 2611 may receive each downlink
control signal/channel of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel at the same time (or substantially the same time).
The wireless device 2611 may receive each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
at the same time (or substantially the same time), for example,
based on the repetitions of the downlink control signal/channel
being transmitted (e.g., by the base station 2610) using a
frequency domain repetition scheme or a spatial/code domain
repetition scheme.
[0598] The wireless device 2611 may receive the at least one
downlink control signal/channel at different times. The wireless
device 2611 may receive each downlink control signal/channel of the
at least one downlink control signal/channel at a respective time.
The wireless device 2611 may receive each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
at different times, for example, based on the repetitions of the
downlink control signal/channel being transmitted (e.g., by the
base station 2610) using a time domain repetition scheme.
[0599] The wireless device 2611 may determine a reference/default
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(or a reference time slot) of the plurality of downlink control
channel transmission/repetition occasions (of a plurality of time
slots). The wireless device 2611 may determine, for the control
channel repetition, the reference/default downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may determine the reference/default downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion, for example, based
on the one or more configuration parameters 2615 indicating a time
domain repetition. The wireless device 2611 may determine the
reference/default downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion, for example, based on the one or
more configuration parameters 2615 indicating a frequency domain
repetition. The determining the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (or the reference
time slot) may be based on one or more criteria. The reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(or the reference time slot) may be a last (or latest or ending)
downlink control signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion
(or time slot) among the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasions (or the plurality
of time slots). The reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasion (or the reference time slot) may
be a first (or earliest or starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission/repetition occasion (or time slot)
among the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission/repetition occasions (or the plurality of time slots).
The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(or the reference time slot) may be a last (or latest or ending)
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion among the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions.
[0600] The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (or the
reference time slot) based on the quantity/number of repetitions
and a starting downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or a starting time slot) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The at least one
downlink control signal/channel may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the
second downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for
example, if the starting downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion is the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the quantity of repetitions is equal to
two. The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be a third downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, for example, if the starting
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion is the first
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and the
quantity of repetitions is equal to three. The reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the third
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example,
if the starting downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion is the second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion and the quantity of repetitions is equal to two.
[0601] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, the first CORESET in the first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion at a first time unit
(e.g., first time slot, first time symbol, first subframe, etc.).
The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the second CORESET in the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion at a second time unit.
[0602] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion, for example, may have the latest starting time among
starting times of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The second time unit may start later in
time than the first time unit. A first/starting symbol of the
second time unit may occur after (or later) in time than a
first/starting symbol of the second time unit. The second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
second time unit starting later in time than the first time
unit.
[0603] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion, for example, may have the latest ending time among ending
times of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The second time unit may end later in time
than the first time unit. A last symbol of the second time unit may
occur after (or later) in time than a last symbol of the first time
unit. The second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion based on the second time unit ending later in
time than the first time unit.
[0604] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a last downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-2 in FIG. 26) among the plurality of
DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The base station 2610 may
send/transmit the last downlink control signal/channel in/via the
last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the last downlink control
signal/channel, in/via the last downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The last downlink control signal/channel may
be the reference downlink control signal/channel. The base station
2610 may send/transmit a last repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel in the last downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the last repetition of the downlink control signal/channel, in the
last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
last repetition of the downlink control signal/channel may be the
last downlink control signal/channel. For example, as shown in FIG.
26, the last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
may be the second downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be the second (or the last) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0605] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or the reference time slot) may be the earliest (or a
first, or a starting) downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion among the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The earliest (or the first, or the
starting) downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion,
for example, may have the earliest starting time among starting
times of the plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions. The first time unit may start earlier in
time than the second time unit. A first/starting symbol of the
first time unit may occur before (or earlier) in time than a
first/starting symbol of the second time unit. The first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
first time unit starting earlier than the second time unit.
[0606] The earliest (or the first, or the starting) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, may have
the earliest ending time among ending times of the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. For
example, the first time unit may end earlier in time than the
second time unit. A last symbol of the first time unit may occur
before (or earlier) in time than a last symbol of the second time
unit. The first downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion based on the first time unit ending earlier
than the second time unit.
[0607] The earliest (or the first, or the starting) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion may be associated with
a first/starting downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1)
among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The base
station 2610 may send/transmit the first/starting downlink control
signal/channel in/via the earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the first/starting downlink control signal/channel, in/via the
earliest downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
first/starting downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2630-1)
may be the reference downlink control signal/channel. The base
station 2610 may send/transmit a first/starting repetition (e.g.,
DCI 2630-1) of the downlink control signal/channel in the earliest
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device may monitor, for the first/starting repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel, in the earliest downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The first/starting repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel may be the first/starting
downlink control signal/channel. For example, as shown in FIG. 26,
the earliest (or the first, or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be the first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may be the
first (or the earliest/first/starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0608] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or the reference time slot) may be associated with a
CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the CORESET in
the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for DCI (or the
downlink control signal/channel), the CORESET in the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The one or
more configuration parameters may indicate the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion for the CORESET. The
wireless device 2611 may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion based on the receiving the one
or more configuration parameters 2615.
[0609] The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a CORESET
indicator/index of the plurality of CORESET indicators/indexes. The
CORESET index may be lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes. The CORESET may be identified/indicated by a
CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of
CORESET indexes of the one or more CORESETs.
[0610] The wireless device 2611 may
determine/select/detect/indicate the CORESET with a CORESET index
that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes
of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may monitor,
for DCI, the CORESET, for example, in a downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device
2611 may monitor, for DCI, the CORESET, for example, in one or more
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. A last/latest (or earliest/first/starting) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, of the one or more
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions, may be the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion.
The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
CORESET.
[0611] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a reference downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2610 may send/transmit the
reference downlink control signal/channel in/via the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the reference downlink control
signal/channel, in/via the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the reference downlink control signal/channel, the
CORESET in the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion.
[0612] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with (or may comprise) a starting PRB.
The starting PRB of the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency
among starting PRBs of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
determine the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, for example, based on the starting PRB of
the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
occurring/being lowest (or highest) among the starting PRBs.
[0613] A starting PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher) in frequency
than a starting PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be selected/determined by
the wireless device 2611 as) the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, based on the
starting PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
starting PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. A starting PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher)
in frequency than a starting PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be
selected/determined by the wireless device 2611 as) the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example,
based on the starting PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or
higher) than the starting PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0614] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with (or may comprise) an ending PRB.
The ending PRB of the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency
among ending PRBs of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
determine the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, for example, based on the ending PRB of the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
occurring/being lowest (or highest) among the ending PRBs.
[0615] An ending PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher) in frequency
than an ending PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be selected/determined by
the wireless device 2611 as) the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, based on the
ending PRB of the second downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
ending PRB of the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. An ending PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may occur/be lower (or higher)
in frequency than an ending PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be (e.g., may be
selected/determined by the wireless device 2611 as) the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example,
based on the ending PRB of the first downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion occurring/being lower (or
higher) than the ending PRB of the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0616] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, a search space set of the plurality of
search space sets in the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion (e.g., PDCCH monitoring occasion). The
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion (or
the reference time slot) may be associated with the search space
set. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for DCI (or the downlink
control signal/channel), the search space set in the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The one or
more configuration parameters may indicate the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion for the search space
set. The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the receiving
the one or more configuration parameters.
[0617] The search space set may be identified/indicated by a search
space set indicator/index of the search space set
indicators/indexes. The search space set index may be lowest (or
highest) among the search space set indexes. The search space set
may be identified/indicated by a search space set index that is
lowest (or highest) among the search space set indexes.
[0618] The wireless device 2611 may
determine/select/detect/indicate the search space set with a search
space set index that is lowest (or highest) among the search space
set indexes of the plurality of search space sets. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for DCI, the search space set, for
example, in a downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
may be the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The wireless device may monitor, for DCI, the search
space set, for example, in one or more downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. A last/latest (or
earliest/first/starting) downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, of the one or more downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion based on the search space
set.
[0619] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, a PDCCH candidate of the PDCCH candidates
in the reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (e.g., PDCCH monitoring occasion). The reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion (or the reference time
slot) may be associated with the PDCCH candidate. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for DCI (or the downlink control
signal/channel), the PDCCH candidate in the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the reference downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion for the PDCCH
candidate. The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion based on the
receiving the one or more configuration parameters 2615.
[0620] The PDCCH candidate may be identified/indicated by a PDCCH
candidate indicator/index of the PDCCH candidate
indicators/indexes. The PDCCH candidate index may be lowest (or
highest) among the PDCCH candidate indexes. The PDCCH candidate may
be identified/indicated by a PDCCH candidate index that is lowest
(or highest) among the PDCCH candidate indexes.
[0621] The wireless device 2611 may determine/select the PDCCH
candidate with a PDCCH candidate index that is lowest (or highest)
among the PDCCH candidate indexes of the PDCCH candidates. The
wireless device may monitor, for DCI (e.g., DCI 2630-1 or DCI
2630-2), the PDCCH candidate in a downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion may be the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for DCI, the PDCCH candidate in one or more downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. A last/latest (or
earliest/first/starting) downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion, of the one or more downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions, may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may determine the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion based on the PDCCH
candidate.
[0622] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a reference downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2610 may send/transmit the
reference downlink control signal/channel in/via the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the reference downlink control
signal/channel, in/via the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the reference downlink control signal/channel, the
search space in the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion.
[0623] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
one or more CORESET pool indictors/indexes (e.g., provided by a
higher layer parameter CoresetPoolIndex) for the plurality of
CORESETs. Each CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
(or be configured/indicated by the one or more configuration
parameters 2615) by a respective CORESET pool indicator/index of
the one or more CORESET pool indicators/indexes (e.g., 0, 1). The
one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for each
CORESET of the plurality of CORESETs, a respective CORESET pool
index of the one or more CORESET pool indexes. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the first CORESET
(e.g., CORESET 2620-1), a first CORESET pool indicator/index. The
one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the
second CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-2), a second CORESET pool
indicator/index. The one or more CORESET pool indexes may comprise
the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index.
[0624] A first CORESET pool may comprise one or more first
CORESETs. The one or more first CORESETs may each have a CORESET
pool index that is equal to the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0). The one or more first CORESETs may comprise
the first CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the one
or more first CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters
2615 may indicate the first CORESET pool index for each CORESET of
the one or more first CORESETs in the first CORESET pool.
[0625] A second CORESET pool may comprise one or more second
CORESETs. The one or more second CORESETs may each have a CORESET
pool index that is equal to the second CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=1). The one or more second CORESETs may comprise
the second CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the one
or more second CORESETs. The one or more configuration parameters
2615 may indicate the second CORESET pool index for each CORESET of
the one or more second CORESETs in the second CORESET pool.
[0626] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may or may not
indicate a CORESET pool index for a CORESET of the plurality of
CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may determine a default value
for the CORESET pool index of the CORESET, for example, based on
the one or more configuration parameters 2615 not indicating the
CORESET pool index for the CORESET. The default value may be equal
to zero (CoresetPoolIndex=0), or any other value. The default value
may be equal to the first CORESET pool index (e.g., zero). The
first CORESET pool may comprise the CORESET based on the default
value for the CORESET pool index of the CORESET being equal to the
first CORESET pool index. In an example, the default value may be
equal to one (CoresetPoolIndex=1). The second CORESET pool may
comprise the CORESET based on the default value for the CORESET
pool index of the CORESET being equal to the second CORESET pool
index.
[0627] The first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may be the same.
The wireless device 2611 may group the first CORESET and the second
CORESET in a same CORESET pool (e.g., corresponding to
CoresetPoolIndex=0 or CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, based on
the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second
CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being the same. The first
CORESET pool comprising the first CORESET and the second CORESET
pool comprising the second CORESET may be the same, for example,
based on the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being the same.
[0628] The first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may be different.
The wireless device 2611 may group the first CORESET and the second
CORESET in different CORESET pools, for example, based on the first
CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second CORESET pool
index of the second CORESET being different. The wireless device
2611 may group the first CORESET in a first CORESET pool (e.g.,
corresponding to CoresetPoolIndex=0). The wireless device 2611 may
group the second CORESET in a second CORESET pool (e.g.,
corresponding to CoresetPoolIndex=1), that is different from the
first CORESET pool, for example, based on the first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index being different. The first
CORESET pool and the second CORESET pool may be different, for
example, based on the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET
and the second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being
different.
[0629] A plurality of TRPs may serve (e.g., communicate with,
transmit signals to and/or receive signals from) the wireless
device 2611. The plurality of TRPs may comprise a first TRP and a
second TRP. The first TRP may send/transmit a downlink
signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI,
SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a first CORESET. The first CORESET may
have a first CORESET pool indicator/index that is equal to a first
value (e.g., zero, or any other value). A first CORESET pool may
comprise the first CORESET. The first TRP may not transmit a
downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH transmission, PDCCH
transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a second CORESET with
a second CORESET pool index (e.g., one) that is different from the
first value (e.g., zero). A second CORESET pool, different from the
first CORESET pool, may comprise the second CORESET. The second TRP
may send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH
transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a
second CORESET with a second CORESET pool index that is equal to a
second value (e.g., one, or any other value different from the
first value). A second CORESET pool may comprise the second
CORESET. The second TRP may not transmit a downlink signal/channel
(e.g., PDSCH transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block,
CSI-RS) via a first CORESET with a first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
zero) that is different from the second value (e.g., one). A first
CORESET pool, different from the second CORESET pool, may comprise
the first CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The one or more CORESET pool
indexes may comprise the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index.
[0630] A plurality of TRPs may serve (e.g., communicate with,
transmit to or receive from) the wireless device 2611. The
plurality of TRPs may comprise a first TRP and a second TRP. The
first TRP may send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH
transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a
first CORESET in a first CORESET pool. The first TRP may not
send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH, PDCCH, DCI,
SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a second CORESET in a second CORESET
pool that is different from the first CORESET pool. The second TRP
may send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH
transmission, PDCCH transmission, DCI, SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a
second CORESET in a second CORESET pool. The second TRP may not
send/transmit a downlink signal/channel (e.g., PDSCH, PDCCH, DCI,
SS/PBCH block, CSI-RS) via a first CORESET in a first CORESET pool
that is different from the second CORESET pool. The plurality of
CORESETs may comprise the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
[0631] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate
at least two CORESET pool indicators/indexes (e.g., 0 and 1) for a
higher layer parameter (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex). The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may comprise/indicate the higher
layer parameter CoresetPoolIndex with (or set to) the at least two
CORESET pool indexes. The at least two CORESET pool indexes may
comprise a first CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, or any other first
value), for one or more first CORESETs of the plurality of
CORESETs. The at least two CORESET pool indexes may comprise a
second CORESET pool index (e.g., 1, or any other second value),
different from the first CORESET pool index, for one or more second
CORESETs of the plurality of CORESETs. The one or more first
CORESETs may comprise/indicate one or more third CORESETs, of the
plurality of CORESETs, without a value for a higher layer parameter
CoresetPoolIndex. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
not comprise/indicate the higher layer parameter CoresetPoolIndex
for the one or more third CORESETs.
[0632] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
plurality of TCI states (e.g., provided by a higher layer parameter
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList). The plurality of TCI states may be for
(decoding) PDSCH transmission(s) of/for the cell (or for the active
downlink BWP of the cell). The one or more configuration parameters
2615 may indicate the plurality of TCI states for decoding PDSCH
transmission(s) of/for the downlink BWP of the cell.
[0633] The plurality of TCI states may be for transmission of an
uplink signal (e.g., UCI, PUSCH transmission, transport block, SR,
CSI, HARQ-ACK) of/for/on/via an uplink resource (e.g., PUSCH
resource, PUCCH resource, SRS resource) of the cell. The one or
more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the plurality of
TCI states for transmission of the uplink signal of/for/on/via the
uplink resource of the (active) uplink BWP of the cell.
[0634] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a
plurality of TCI state indicators/indexes (e.g., provided by a
higher layer parameter TCI-StateId) for the plurality of TCI
states. Each TCI state of the plurality of TCI states may be
identified/indicated by a respective TCI state indicator/index of
the plurality of TCI state indicators/indexes. A first TCI state of
the plurality of TCI states may be identified by a first TCI state
index of the plurality of TCI state indexes. A second TCI state of
the plurality of TCI states may be identified by a second TCI state
index of the plurality of TCI state indexes. A TCI state index may
be a TCI state identifier.
[0635] The wireless device 2611 may receive one or more activation
commands 2618 (e.g., MAC-CEs, DCI messages). The one or more
activation commands 2618 may comprise a first activation command
(e.g., MAC-CE, DCI message, TCI states activation/deactivation for
wireless device-specific PDSCH MAC CE, TCI states
activation/deactivation for wireless device-specific PUSCH MAC CE,
etc.). The first activation command may activate (e.g., select,
indicate, or update) at least one first TCI state of the plurality
of TCI states. For example, the at least one first TCI state may
TCI state 6, TCI state 17, TCI state 21, and TCI state 39 as shown
in FIG. 26.
[0636] The first activation command may comprise one or more
fields. The one or more fields may indicate/comprise at least one
first TCI state index of/indicating/identifying the at least one
first TCI state. The plurality of TCI state indexes may comprise
the at least one first TCI state index. Each TCI state of the at
least one first TCI state may be identified/indicated by a
respective TCI state index of the at least one first TCI state
index. The one or more fields may be set to a value (e.g., 1, or
any other value) indicating activation of the at least one first
TCI state. The wireless device 2611 may activate the at least one
first TCI state, for example, based on the one or more fields that
indicate the at least one first TCI state being set to the value.
The wireless device 2611 may activate the at least one first TCI
state, for example, based on the receiving the first activation
command activating (or selecting, indicating, updating) the at
least one first TCI state.
[0637] The wireless device 2611 may map the at least one first TCI
state to one or more first TCI codepoints (e.g., 000, 001, 010, and
011 as shown in FIG. 26). The mapping the at least one first TCI
state to the one or more first TCI codepoints may comprise grouping
the at least one first TCI state into/in the one or more first TCI
codepoints. Each TCI codepoint of the one or more first TCI
codepoints may comprise/indicate a respective TCI state of the at
least one first TCI state. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, TCI
state 6 may be mapped to TCI codepoint 000, TCI state 17 may be
mapped to TCI codepoint 001, TCI state 21 may be mapped to TCI
codepoint 010, and TCI state 39 may be mapped to the TCI codepoint
011. Each TCI codepoint of the one or more first TCI codepoints may
be equal to a value of a TCI field in DCI. The DCI may schedule a
transport block (e.g., PDSCH transmission, PUSCH transmission). The
TCI field in the DCI may indicate (or be equal to) a TCI codepoint
of the one or more first TCI codepoints. The TCI codepoint (e.g.,
TCI codepoint 001) may comprise/indicate a TCI state (e.g., TCI
state 17) of the at least one first TCI state. The wireless device
2611 may receive/transmit the transport block based on the TCI
state.
[0638] The first activation command may comprise a field (e.g.,
CORESET pool index) indicating a first CORESET pool indicator/index
(e.g., 0, or any other first value). A value of the field may be
equal to the first CORESET pool index.
[0639] The at least one first TCI state may be associated with the
first CORESET pool index, for example, based on the first
activation command indicating the first CORESET pool index. The at
least one first TCI state activated/updated/indicated by the first
activation command may be associated with the first CORESET pool
index, for example, based on the first activation command
indicating the first CORESET pool index.
[0640] The at least one first TCI state being associated with the
first CORESET pool index may comprise, for example, each TCI state
of the at least one first TCI state being associated with the first
CORESET pool index. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, TCI state 6,
TCI state 17, TCI state 21, and TCI state 39 may be associated with
the first CORESET pool index.
[0641] The wireless device 2611 may receive, via a CORESET with a
CORESET pool index, DCI scheduling a downlink signal 2635 (e.g.,
transport block, PDSCH transmission). The one or more configuration
parameters may indicate, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index.
The DCI may comprise a TCI field. The wireless device may receive
the downlink signal based on a first TCI state among the at least
one first TCI state. The TCI field may indicate the first TCI
state. A value of the TCI field may indicate (or be equal to) a
first TCI codepoint of the one or more first TCI codepoints. The
first TCI codepoint may indicate/comprise the first TCI state. The
CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to the first CORESET
pool index indicated by the first activation command.
[0642] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the first TCI state among the at least one first TCI
state. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the first TCI state among the at least one first TCI
state, for example, based on (e.g., in response to) the downlink
signal 2635 being scheduled by the DCI received via/in the CORESET
with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the first CORESET pool
index. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the first TCI state among the at least one first TCI
state, for example, based on (e.g., in response to) receiving,
via/in the CORESET with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the
first CORESET pool index, the DCI scheduling the downlink signal
2635. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635
based on the first TCI state among the at least one first TCI
state, for example, based on (e.g., in response to) the at least
one first TCI state being associated with the first CORESET pool
index. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the first TCI state among the at least one first TCI
state, for example, based on (e.g., in response to) the at least
one first TCI state being associated with the first CORESET pool
index that is equal to the CORESET pool index of the CORESET. The
first activation command activating the at least one first TCI
state may indicate the first CORESET pool index. The active
downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the CORESET. An active
downlink BWP of a second cell different from the cell may comprise
the CORESET.
[0643] The at least one first TCI state being associated with the
first CORESET pool index may comprise receiving a downlink signal
(e.g., a transport block, a PDSCH transmission) based on a first
TCI state among the at least one first TCI state. The at least one
first TCI state being associated with the first CORESET pool index
may comprise receiving DCI scheduling the downlink signal 2635 via
a CORESET with a CORESET pool index that is equal to the first
CORESET pool index. The at least one first TCI state being
associated with the first CORESET pool index may comprise receiving
the downlink signal 2635 (e.g., scheduled by DCI that is received
via/in a CORESET with a CORESET pool index that is equal to the
first CORESET pool index), for example, based on a first TCI state
among the at least one first TCI state. The DCI may indicate the
first TCI state. The DCI may comprise a TCI field indicating a
first TCI codepoint. The first TCI codepoint may comprise/indicate
the first TCI state. A value of the TCI field may be equal to the
first TCI codepoint. The one or more first TCI codepoints may
comprise the first TCI codepoint. The one or more configuration
parameters 2615 may indicate, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool
index. The active downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the
CORESET. An active downlink BWP of a second cell different from the
cell may comprise the CORESET.
[0644] The one or more activation commands 2618 may comprise a
second activation command (e.g., MAC-CE, DCI, TCI states
activation/deactivation for wireless device-specific PDSCH MAC CE,
TCI states activation/deactivation for wireless device-specific
PUSCH MAC CE, etc.). The second activation command may activate (or
select, indicate, update) at least one second TCI state of the
plurality of TCI states. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, the at
least one second TCI state may comprise TCI state 4, TCI state 13,
TCI state 26, TCI state 33, and TCI state 49.
[0645] The second activation command may comprise one or more
fields. The one or more fields may indicate/comprise at least one
second TCI state indicator/index of/indicating/identifying the at
least one second TCI state. The plurality of TCI state indexes may
comprise the at least one second TCI state index. Each TCI state of
the at least one second TCI state may be identified/indicated by a
respective TCI state index of the at least one second TCI state
index. The one or more fields may be set to a value (e.g., 1, or
any other value) indicating activation of the at least one second
TCI state. The wireless device 2611 may activate the at least one
second TCI state, for example, based on the one or more fields that
indicate the at least one second TCI state being set to the value.
The wireless device 2611 may activate the at least one second TCI
state, for example, based on the receiving the second activation
command activating (or selecting, indicating, updating) the at
least one second TCI state.
[0646] The wireless device 2611 may map the at least one second TCI
state to one or more second TCI codepoints (e.g., 000, 001, 010,
011, and 100 as shown in FIG. 26). The mapping the at least one
second TCI state to the one or more second TCI codepoints may
comprise grouping the at least one second TCI state into/in the one
or more second TCI codepoints. Each TCI codepoint of the one or
more second TCI codepoints may comprise/indicate a respective TCI
state of the at least one second TCI state. For example, TCI state
4 may be mapped to TCI codepoint 000, TCI state 13 may be mapped to
TCI codepoint 001, TCI state 26 may be mapped to TCI codepoint 010,
TCI state 33 may be mapped to the TCI codepoint 011, and TCI state
49 may be mapped to the TCI codepoint 100. Each TCI codepoint of
the one or more second TCI codepoints may be equal to a value of a
TCI field in DCI. The DCI may schedule a transport block (e.g., a
PDSCH transmission, a PUSCH transmission). The TCI field in the DCI
may indicate (or be equal to) a TCI codepoint of the one or more
second TCI codepoints. The TCI codepoint (e.g., TCI codepoint 001)
may comprise/indicate a TCI state (e.g., TCI state 13) of the at
least one second TCI state. The wireless device 2611 may
receive/transmit the transport block based on the TCI state.
[0647] The second activation command may comprise a field (e.g.,
CORESET pool index) indicating a second CORESET pool
indicator/index (e.g., 1, or any other second value). A value of
the field may be equal to the second CORESET pool
indicator/index.
[0648] The at least one second TCI state may be associated with the
second CORESET pool index, for example, based on the second
activation command indicating the second CORESET pool index. The at
least one second TCI state activated (or updated, indicated) by the
second activation command may be associated with the second CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the second activation command
indicating the second CORESET pool index.
[0649] The at least one second TCI state being associated with the
second CORESET pool index may comprise, for example, each TCI state
of the at least one second TCI state being associated with the
second CORESET pool index. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, TCI
state 4, TCI state 13, TCI state 26, TCI state 33, and TCI state 49
may be associated with the second CORESET pool index.
[0650] The wireless device 2611 may receive, via a CORESET with a
CORESET pool index, DCI scheduling a downlink signal 2635 (e.g., a
transport block, a PDSCH transmission). The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the CORESET, the
CORESET pool index. The DCI may comprise a TCI field. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on a second
TCI state among the at least one second TCI state. The TCI field
may indicate the second TCI state. A value of the TCI field may
indicate (or be equal to) a second TCI codepoint of the one or more
second TCI codepoints. The second TCI codepoint may
indicate/comprise the second TCI state. The CORESET pool index of
the CORESET may be equal to the second CORESET pool index indicated
by the second activation command.
[0651] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the second TCI state among the at least one second
TCI state. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the second TCI state among the at least one second
TCI state, for example, based on (e.g., in response to) the
downlink signal 2635 being scheduled by the DCI received via/in the
CORESET with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the second
CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may receive the
downlink signal 2635 based on the second TCI state among the at
least one second TCI state, for example, based on (e.g., in
response to) receiving, via/in the CORESET with the CORESET pool
index that is equal to the second CORESET pool index, the DCI
scheduling the downlink signal 2635. The wireless device 2611 may
receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the second TCI state
among the at least one second TCI state, for example, based on
(e.g., in response to) the at least one second TCI state being
associated with the second CORESET pool index. The wireless device
2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the second TCI
state among the at least one second TCI state, for example, based
on (e.g., in response to) the at least one second TCI state being
associated with the second CORESET pool index that is equal to the
CORESET pool index of the CORESET. The second activation command
activating the at least one second TCI state may indicate the
second CORESET pool index. The active downlink BWP of the cell may
comprise the CORESET. An active downlink BWP of a second cell
different from the cell may comprise the CORESET.
[0652] The at least one second TCI state being associated with the
second CORESET pool index may comprise, for example, receiving a
downlink signal (e.g., a transport block, a PDSCH transmission)
based on a second TCI state among the at least one second TCI
state. The at least one second TCI state being associated with the
second CORESET pool index may comprise receiving DCI scheduling the
downlink signal 2635 via a CORESET with a CORESET pool index that
is equal to the second CORESET pool index. The at least one second
TCI state being associated with the second CORESET pool index may
comprise, for example, receiving the downlink signal 2635 (e.g.,
scheduled by DCI that is received via/in a CORESET with a CORESET
pool index that is equal to the second CORESET pool index), for
example, based on a second TCI state among the at least one second
TCI state. The DCI may indicate the second TCI state. The DCI may
comprise a TCI field indicating a second TCI codepoint. The second
TCI codepoint may comprise/indicate the second TCI state. A value
of the TCI field may be equal to the second TCI codepoint. The one
or more second TCI codepoints may comprise the second TCI
codepoint. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the CORESET, the CORESET pool index. The active
downlink BWP of the cell may comprise the CORESET. An active
downlink BWP of a second cell different from the cell may comprise
the CORESET.
[0653] The wireless device 2611 may receive a downlink signal
(e.g., a transport block, a PDSCH transmission, CSI-RS) based on a
TCI state (or an antenna port quasi co-location
property/assumption). The TCI state may indicate a reference signal
(e.g., CSI-RS, SS/PBCH block, DM-RS, TRS, etc.). The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, the reference signal,
for the TCI state. The TCI state may comprise a reference signal
indicator/index (e.g., provided by a higher layer parameter
referenceSignal, ssb-index, csi-RS-Index, NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId)
identifying (or indicating or of) the reference signal. The one or
more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the reference
signal indicator/index for the reference signal. The TCI state may
indicate a quasi co-location type (e.g., QCL TypeA, QCL TypeB, QCL
TypeC, QCL TypeD, etc.). The one or more configuration parameters
2615 may indicate, the quasi co-location type, for the TCI
state.
[0654] The receiving the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI
state may comprise at least one DM-RS antenna port of the downlink
signal 2635 being quasi co-located (QCL-ed) with the reference
signal indicated by (or in) the TCI state. The at least one DM-RS
antenna port of the downlink signal 2635 may be QCL-ed with the
reference signal with respect to at least one of: Doppler shift,
Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and spatial receiving
(RX) parameters. The at least one DM-RS antenna port of the
downlink signal 2635 may be QCL-ed with the reference signal with
respect to at least one of: Doppler shift, Doppler spread, average
delay, delay spread, spatial RX parameters when applicable. The at
least one DM-RS antenna port of the downlink signal 2635 may be
QCL-ed with the reference signal with respect to Doppler shift,
Doppler spread, average delay, delay spread, and spatial RX
parameters when applicable. The at least one DM-RS antenna port of
the downlink signal 2635 may be QCL-ed with the reference signal
with respect to the quasi co-location type indicated by (or in) the
TCI state. The least one DM-RS antenna port of the downlink signal
2635 being QCL-ed with the reference signal indicated by (or in)
the TCI state may comprise that the wireless device 2611 may use a
same beam, for receiving the downlink signal 2635, as used for
transmitting or receiving the reference signal.
[0655] The receiving the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI
state may comprise applying the TCI state (or the antenna port
quasi co-location property/assumption) for a reception (or to
receive) the downlink signal 2635. The wireless device 2611 may
measure the downlink signal 2635 (e.g., aperiodic CSI-RS) based on
the TCI state. The wireless device 2611 may measure/determine a
radio link quality (e.g., L1-RSRP, L-RSRP, SINR, SNR, BLER) of the
downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI state. The wireless device
2611 may measure a radio link quality (e.g., L1-RSRP, L-RSRP, SINR,
SNR, BLER) of the reference signal to determine the radio link
quality of the downlink signal 2635. The wireless device 2611 may
send/transmit an uplink report indicating the radio link quality of
the downlink signal 2635. The uplink report may be a CSI report.
The uplink report may be an aperiodic CSI report.
[0656] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) (e.g., DCI 2630-1 and/or 2630-2)
may schedule/trigger reception of a downlink signal (or schedule a
downlink signal). Each downlink control signal/channel of the at
least one downlink control signal/channel may schedule/trigger
reception of the downlink signal (e.g., downlink signal 2635). The
at least one downlink control signal/channel scheduling/triggering
the reception of the downlink signal 2635 may comprise the downlink
control signal/channel scheduling/triggering the reception of the
downlink signal 2635.
[0657] The downlink signal 2635 may be a transport block. The
downlink signal 2635 may be via a PDSCH. The downlink signal 2635
may be a PDSCH transmission. The downlink signal may be a CSI-RS.
The CSI-RS may be at least one of an aperiodic CSI-RS, a
semi-persistent CSI-RS, and/or a periodic CSI-RS.
[0658] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field (e.g.,
TCI field in DCI 2630-1 and DCI 2630-2 as shown in FIG. 26). Each
downlink control signal/channel of the at least one downlink
control signal/channel may comprise the TCI field. The at least one
downlink control signal/channel comprising the TCI field may
comprise the downlink control signal/channel comprising the TCI
field.
[0659] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on a TCI state. At least one TCI state may comprise the
TCI state. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among at least one TCI state. The
plurality of TCI states may comprise the at least one TCI state.
The at least one TCI state may be associated with a CORESET pool
index (e.g., 0, 1, or any other value). The at least one TCI state
being associated with the CORESET pool index may comprise, for
example, each TCI state of the at least one TCI state being
associated with the CORESET pool index. The one or more CORESET
pool indexes may comprise the CORESET pool index. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI
state of/among the at least one TCI state that is associated with
the CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may receive an
activation command (e.g., MAC-CE, DCI, TCI states
activation/deactivation for wireless device-specific PDSCH MAC CE)
activating (or selecting, indicating, updating) the at least one
TCI state. The activation command may comprise a field (e.g.,
CORESET pool index) indicating the CORESET pool index. The at least
one TCI state may be associated with the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the activation command (e.g., that activates (or
updates, indicates) the at least one TCI state) indicating the
CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may map the at least
one TCI state to one or more TCI codepoints, for example, based on
the receiving the activation command. The TCI field in the at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may indicate the TCI state. The TCI field in the at
least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may indicate a TCI codepoint of the one or more TCI
codepoints. A value of the TCI field may be equal to the TCI
codepoint. The TCI codepoint may indicate/comprise the TCI
state.
[0660] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index. The wireless device
2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI state
of/among the at least one TCI state that is associated with the
CORESET pool index, for example, based on (e.g., in response to)
the first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second
CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being different. The
wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index,
for example, based on the first CORESET pool index of the first
CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET
being different. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index being different. The wireless device 2611 may
receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the CORESET pool index.
The receiving the downlink signal 2635 based on the CORESET pool
index may comprise receiving the downlink signal based on the TCI
state associated with the CORESET pool index.
[0661] The at least one TCI state may be one of the at least one
first TCI state and the at least one second TCI state. For example,
the at least one TCI state may be the at least one first TCI state,
or may be the at least one second TCI state. The TCI state may be
one of: a first TCI state of/among the at least one first TCI state
and a second TCI state of/among the at least one second TCI state.
The CORESET pool index may be one of: the first CORESET pool index
and the second CORESET pool index. The activation command may be
one of: the first activation command and the second activation
command. The one or more TCI codepoints may be one of: the one or
more first TCI codepoints and the one or more second TCI
codepoints.
[0662] The at least one TCI state may be among the at least one
first TCI state and the at least one second TCI state. The TCI
state may be among a first TCI state of/among the at least one
first TCI state and a second TCI state of/among the at least one
second TCI state. The CORESET pool index may be among the first
CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The
activation command may be among the first activation command and
the second activation command. The one or more TCI codepoints may
be among the one or more first TCI codepoints and the one or more
second TCI codepoints.
[0663] The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) the first CORESET
pool index (e.g., 0, or any other first value). The at least one
TCI state (associated with the CORESET pool index) may be the at
least one first TCI state (associated with the first CORESET pool
index), for example, based on the CORESET pool index being (equal
to) the first CORESET pool index. The activation command
activating/updating/indicating the at least one TCI state may be
the first activation command activating/updating/indicating the at
least one first TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index being (equal to) the first CORESET pool index. The one or
more TCI codepoints (mapped to the at least one TCI state) may be
the one or more first TCI codepoints (mapped to the at least one
first TCI state), for example, based on the CORESET pool index
being (equal to) the first CORESET pool index. The TCI state used
to receive the downlink signal 2635 may be a first TCI state
of/among the at least one first TCI state, for example, based on
the CORESET pool index being (equal to) the first CORESET pool
index. The TCI codepoint indicated by the TCI field in the at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may be a first TCI codepoint of/among the one or
more first TCI codepoints, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index being (equal to) the first CORESET pool index. The at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field indicating the first TCI
codepoint. The first TCI codepoint may comprise/indicate the first
TCI state. For example, the first TCI state may be TCI state 6 if
the first TCI codepoint is 000; the first TCI state may be TCI
state 17 if the first TCI codepoint is 001; the first TCI state is
TCI state 21 if the first TCI codepoint is 010; and the first TCI
state may be TCI state 39 if the first TCI codepoint is 011. The
wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on
the first TCI state of/among the at least one first TCI state that
is associated with the first CORESET pool index. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the first
TCI state (e.g., of/among the at least one first TCI state that is
associated with the first CORESET pool index), for example, based
on (e.g., in response to) the first CORESET pool index of the first
CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET
being different. The wireless device 2611 may or may not receive,
via the first CORESET, the downlink control signal/channel
scheduling the downlink signal 2635.
[0664] The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) the second CORESET
pool index (e.g., 1, or any other second value). The at least one
TCI state (associated with the CORESET pool index) may be the at
least one second TCI state (associated with the second CORESET pool
index), for example, based on the CORESET pool index being (equal
to) the second CORESET pool index. The activation command
activating/updating/indicating the at least one TCI state may be
the second activation command activating/updating/indicating the at
least one second TCI state, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index being (equal to) the second CORESET pool index. The one or
more TCI codepoints (mapped to the at least one TCI state) may be
the one or more second TCI codepoints (mapped to the at least one
second TCI state), for example, based on the CORESET pool index
being (equal to) the second CORESET pool index. The TCI state used
to receive the downlink signal 2635 may be a second TCI state
of/among the at least one second TCI state, for example, based on
the CORESET pool index being (equal to) the second CORESET pool
index. The TCI codepoint indicated by the TCI field in the at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may be a second TCI codepoint of/among the one or
more second TCI codepoints, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index being (equal to) the second CORESET pool index. The at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field indicating the second TCI
codepoint. The second TCI codepoint may comprise/indicate the
second TCI state. For example, the second TCI state may be TCI
state 4 if the second TCI codepoint is 000; the second TCI state
may be TCI state 13 if the second TCI codepoint is 001; the second
TCI state may be TCI state 26 if the second TCI codepoint is 010;
the second TCI state is TCI state 33 if the second TCI codepoint is
011; and the second TCI state may be TCI state 49 if the second TCI
codepoint is 100. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink
signal 2635 based on the second TCI state of/among the at least one
second TCI state that is associated with the second CORESET pool
index. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the second TCI state of/among the at least one second
TCI state that is associated with the second CORESET pool index,
for example, based on (e.g., in response to) the first CORESET pool
index of the first CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of the
second CORESET being different. The wireless device 2611 may or may
not receive, via the second CORESET, the downlink control
signal/channel scheduling the downlink signal 2635.
[0665] The CORESET pool index may be equal to a value. The value
may be a default value. The value may be
fixed/preconfigured/predefined/default. The value may be equal to 0
(or any other value). The one or more configuration parameters 2615
may, for example, indicate the value. The CORESET pool index may be
(equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0),
for example, for example, when the value is equal to a first value
(e.g., 0). The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) the second
CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the
value is equal to a second value (e.g., 1). The CORESET pool index
may be (equal to) 0 (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the
value is equal to 0. The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) 1
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the value is equal to
1.
[0666] The CORESET pool index may be equal to a default CORESET
pool index (e.g., 0, or any other value). The default CORESET pool
index may be fixed (e.g., preconfigured, predefined, default). The
default CORESET pool index may be equal to 0 (or any other value).
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the
default CORESET pool index.
[0667] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index equal to the value.
The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based
on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state that is
associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
(e.g., in response to) the at least one TCI state being associated
with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the value. The
wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on
the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index being equal to the value.
[0668] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is equal to the value. The wireless device 2611 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the TCI state
associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the
TCI state being associated with the CORESET pool index that is
equal to the value. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the CORESET pool index being equal to the
value.
[0669] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index equal to the default
CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may receive the
downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least
one TCI state that is associated with the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on (e.g., in response to) the at least one TCI state
being associated with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the
default CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may receive
the downlink signal 2635 based on the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the CORESET pool index being equal to the default
CORESET pool index.
[0670] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is equal to the default CORESET pool index. The
wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal, the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the TCI state being associated with the CORESET
pool index that is equal to the default CORESET pool index. The
wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the
CORESET pool index being equal to the default CORESET pool
index.
[0671] The wireless device 2611 may determine/select a CORESET pool
index among the one or more CORESET pool indexes. The wireless
device 2611 may determine/select the CORESET pool index, for
example, among the one or more CORESET pool indexes of the
plurality of CORESETs.
[0672] The wireless device 2611 may determine/select the CORESET
pool index among the one or more CORESET pool indexes, for example,
based on the one or more configuration parameters 2615 indicating
the control channel repetition. The wireless device 2611 may
determine/select the CORESET pool index among the one or more
CORESET pool indexes, for example, based on the repetition scheme
being the time domain repetition scheme (e.g., TDM). The wireless
device 2611 may determine/select the CORESET pool index among the
one or more CORESET pool indexes, for example, based on the
repetition scheme being the frequency domain repetition scheme
(e.g., FDM). The wireless device 2611 may determine/select the
CORESET pool index among the one or more CORESET pool indexes, for
example, based on the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index being different. The one or more CORESET pool
indexes may comprise the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index.
[0673] The wireless device may determine/select the CORESET pool
index that is equal to a value. The value may be equal to 0, 1, or
any other preconfigured/predefined/preset/default value. The one or
more configuration parameters 2415 may indicate the value. The
first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET may be equal to the
value (e.g., 0). The second CORESET pool index of the second
CORESET may be equal to a second value (e.g., 1) that is different
from the value (e.g., 0). The wireless device 2411 may
determine/select the first CORESET pool index as the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index based on the first CORESET
pool index of the first CORESET being equal to the value. The first
CORESET pool index of the first CORESET may be equal to a first
value (e.g., 0) that is different from the value (e.g., 1). The
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may be equal to the
value (e.g., 1). The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the
second CORESET pool index as the (determined/selected) CORESET pool
index based on the second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET
being equal to the value.
[0674] The wireless device 2411 may determine/select the CORESET
pool index that is lowest/highest among the one or more CORESET
pool indexes. The first CORESET pool index may be lower/higher than
the second CORESET pool index. The (determined/selected) CORESET
pool index may be the first CORESET pool index, for example, based
on the first CORESET pool index being lower/higher than the second
CORESET pool index. The second CORESET pool index may be
lower/higher than the first CORESET pool index. The
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index may be the second CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the second CORESET pool index
being lower/higher than the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET
pool index may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the (determined/selected)
CORESET pool index is equal to a first value (e.g., 0). The CORESET
pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool
index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index is equal to a second value
(e.g., 1). The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) 0, for example,
if the (determined/selected) CORESET pool index is equal to zero.
The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) 1, for example, if the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index is equal to one.
[0675] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index equal to the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611
may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI state
of/among the at least one TCI state that is associated with the
CORESET pool index, for example, based on (e.g., in response to)
the at least one TCI state being associated with the CORESET pool
index that is equal to the (determined/selected) CORESET pool
index. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the
CORESET pool index being equal to the (determined/selected) CORESET
pool index.
[0676] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is equal to the (determined/selected) CORESET pool
index. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the TCI state being associated
with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the
(determined/selected) CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the
CORESET pool index, for example, based on the CORESET pool index
being equal to the (determined/selected) CORESET pool index.
[0677] The wireless device 2611 may determine a reference/default
CORESET among the plurality of CORESETs. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate a reference CORESET pool
index (e.g., 0, 1) for the reference/default CORESET. The one or
more CORESET pool indexes of the plurality of CORESETs may comprise
the reference CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may be
(equal to) the reference CORESET pool index of the
reference/default CORESET.
[0678] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index equal to (or same
as) the reference CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may
receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI state of/among
the at least one TCI state that is associated with the CORESET pool
index, for example, based on (e.g., in response to) the at least
one TCI state being associated with the CORESET pool index that is
equal to (or same as) the reference CORESET pool index. The
wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on
the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the CORESET pool
index being equal to (or same as) the reference CORESET pool
index.
[0679] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is equal to (or same as) the reference CORESET pool
index. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the TCI state being associated
with the CORESET pool index that is equal to (or same as) the
reference CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the CORESET pool index being
equal to (or same as) the reference CORESET pool index.
[0680] The wireless device 2611 may determine/select the
reference/default CORESET among the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the receiving/detecting the at least one
downlink control signal/channel. The wireless device 2611 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
receiving/detecting the downlink control signal/channel. The
wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the one or more configuration parameters 2615
indicating the control channel repetition. The wireless device 2611
may determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on
the one or more configuration parameters 2615 indicating the
control channel repetition. The wireless device 2611 may determine
the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the repetition
scheme being the time domain repetition scheme (e.g., TDM). The
wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the repetition scheme being the frequency
domain repetition scheme (e.g., 1-DM). The wireless device 2611 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index being
different.
[0681] The wireless device 2611 may receive/detect the at least one
downlink control signal/channel during/in/via the at least one
CORESET of the plurality CORESETs. The at least one CORESET may or
may not comprise the reference/default CORESET. The wireless device
2611 may or may not receive the downlink control signal/channel
in/via the reference/default CORESET. The at least one CORESET may
be the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1). The reference/default
CORESET may be, for example, the second CORESET (e.g., CORESET
2620-2). For example, the at least one CORESET may be the second
CORESET. The reference/default CORESET may be, for example, the
first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1).
[0682] The determining the reference/default CORESET, among the
plurality of CORESETs, may comprise determining a reference
downlink control signal/channel among the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions. The determining the reference
downlink control signal/channel among the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be based on the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions being associated with the plurality of
CORESETs. 26 The first downlink control signal/channel (e.g., DCI
2620-1) may be the reference downlink control signal/channel, for
example, if the first CORESET (e.g., CORESET 2620-1) is the
reference/default CORESET. The second downlink control
signal/channel (e.g., DCI 2620-2) may be the reference downlink
control signal/channel, for example, if the second CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2620-2) is the reference/default CORESET.
[0683] The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on the quantity/number of repetitions
and a starting downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion (or a starting time slot) of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The at least one
downlink control signal/channel may indicate the starting downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The reference/default
CORESET may be the second CORESET comprising the second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, for example, if the
starting downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion is
the first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion and
the quantity of repetitions is equal to two. The reference/default
CORESET may be the first CORESET comprising a third downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion, of the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions, for
example, if the starting downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion is the first downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion and the quantity of repetitions is equal to
three. The reference/default CORESET may be the first CORESET
comprising the third downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion, for example, if the starting downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion is the second downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion and the quantity of
repetitions is equal to two.
[0684] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a last (or latest or ending) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device
2611 may monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the
reference/default CORESET in the last (or latest or ending)
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET, for
example, based on the reference/default CORESET being associated
with (or comprising) the last (or latest or ending) downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device
2611 may determine a CORESET that is associated with (or
comprising) the last (or latest or ending) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion as being the reference/default
CORESET.
[0685] The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink
control signal/channel, the first CORESET in the first downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion at/during/in a first
time unit (e.g., first time slot, first time symbol, first
subframe, etc.). The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
downlink control signal/channel, the second CORESET in the second
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion at/during/in
a second time unit (e.g., second time slot, second time symbol,
second subframe, etc.).
[0686] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may have the latest starting time among starting times of
the plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. The second time unit may start later in time than the
first time unit. A first/starting symbol of the second time unit
may occur after (or later) in time than a first/starting symbol of
the second time unit. The second CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET based on the second time unit starting
later in time than the first time unit.
[0687] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may have the latest ending time among ending times of the
plurality of downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasions. The second time unit may end later in time than the
first time unit. A last symbol of the second time unit may occur
after (or later) in time than a last symbol of the first time unit.
The second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET based on
the second time unit ending later in time than the first time
unit.
[0688] The last downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a last downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2610 may send/transmit the last
downlink control signal/channel in/via the last downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the last downlink control signal/channel, the
reference/default CORESET in the last downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The last downlink control
signal/channel may be the reference downlink control
signal/channel. The base station 2610 may send/transmit a last
repetition of the downlink control signal/channel in the last
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the last repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel, the last downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The last repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel may be the last downlink control signal/channel.
[0689] With reference to FIG. 26, the last downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be the second downlink
control signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., PDCCH
transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-2). The
reference/default CORESET may be the second CORESET (e.g., CORESET
2620-2). The reference/default CORESET may be the second CORESET,
for example, based on the second CORESET being associated with the
last downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0690] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a last/ending/latest symbol. The last/ending/latest
symbol of the reference/default CORESET may occur/be latest among
last/ending/latest symbols of the plurality of CORESETs. The
wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the reference/default CORESET being
associated with (or comprising) the last/ending/latest symbol. The
wireless device 2611 may determine a CORESET that is associated
with (or comprising) the last/ending/latest symbol as being the
reference/default CORESET.
[0691] A last/ending/latest symbol of the second CORESET may occur
later in time (or after) than a last/ending/latest symbol of the
first CORESET. The second CORESET may be determined to be the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
last/ending/latest symbol of the second CORESET occurring later in
time (or after) than the last/ending/latest symbol of the first
CORESET.
[0692] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or
comprise) the earliest (or a first or a starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion among the plurality of
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasions. The
wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the downlink control
signal/channel, the reference/default CORESET in the earliest (or
the first or the starting) downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being associated with (or comprising) the
earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may
determine a CORESET that is associated with (or comprising) the
earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion as being the reference/default
CORESET.
[0693] The earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may have the earliest starting
time among starting times of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first time unit may
start earlier in time than the second time unit. A first/starting
symbol of the first time unit may occur before (or earlier) in time
than a first/starting symbol of the second time unit. The first
CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET based on the first
time unit starting earlier than the second time unit.
[0694] The earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may have the earliest ending
time among ending times of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The first time unit may end
earlier in time than the second time unit. A last symbol of the
first time unit may occur before (or earlier) in time than a last
symbol of the second time unit. The first CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET based on the first time unit ending
earlier than the second time unit.
[0695] The earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion may be associated with a
first/starting downlink control signal/channel among the plurality
of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions. The base station 2610 may
send/transmit the first/starting downlink control signal/channel
in/via the earliest downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for the
first/starting downlink control signal/channel, in/via the earliest
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The
first/starting downlink control signal/channel may be the reference
downlink control signal/channel. The base station 2610 may
send/transmit a first/starting repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel in the earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the first/starting repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel, in the earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The first/starting repetition of the
downlink control signal/channel may be the first/starting downlink
control signal/channel.
[0696] With reference to FIG. 26, the earliest (or the first or the
starting) downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion may
be the first downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion
(e.g., PDCCH transmission/repetition/monitoring occasion 2632-1).
The reference/default CORESET may be the first CORESET (e.g.,
CORESET 2620-1). The reference/default CORESET may be the first
CORESET, for example, based on the first CORESET being associated
with earliest (or the first or the starting) downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion.
[0697] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a first/starting/earliest symbol. The
first/starting/earliest symbol of the reference/default CORESET may
occur/be earliest among first/starting/earliest symbols of the
plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being associated with (or comprising) the
first/starting/earliest symbol.
[0698] A first/starting/earliest of the first CORESET may occur
earlier in time (or before) than a first/starting/earliest symbol
of the second CORESET. The first CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
first/starting/earliest symbol of the first CORESET occurring
earlier in time (or before) than the first/starting/earliest symbol
of the second CORESET.
[0699] The reference/default CORESET may be identified/indicated by
a CORESET index of the plurality of CORESET indexes. The CORESET
index may be lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET
indexes. The reference/default CORESET may be identified/indicated
by a CORESET index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality
of CORESET indexes. The wireless device 2611 may determine/select
the reference/default CORESET with a CORESET index that is lowest
(or highest) among the plurality of CORESET indexes of the
plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being identified/indicated by the CORESET
index that is lowest (or highest) among the plurality of CORESET
indexes of the plurality of CORESETs.
[0700] The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on the reference/default CORESET being
associated with a reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions. The wireless device 2611 may
monitor, for the downlink control signal/channel, the
reference/default CORESET in the reference downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasion (e.g., last/ending/latest or
first/starting/earliest downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion of the plurality of downlink control
signal/channel transmission occasions).
[0701] The reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion may be associated with a reference downlink control
signal/channel among the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The base station 2610 may send/transmit the
reference downlink control signal/channel in/via the reference
downlink control signal/channel transmission occasion. The wireless
device 2611 may monitor, for the reference downlink control
signal/channel, the reference downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasion. The wireless device 2611 may monitor, for
the reference downlink control signal/channel, the CORESET in the
reference downlink control signal/channel transmission
occasion.
[0702] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with a
search space set of the plurality of search space sets. The one or
more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the
reference/default CORESET for the search space set. The wireless
device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET, for
example, based on the reference/default CORESET being associated
with the search space set.
[0703] The search space set may be identified/indicated by a search
space set indicator/index of the search space set
indicators/indexes. The search space set index may be lowest (or
highest) among the search space set indexes of the plurality of
search space sets. The search space set may be identified/indicated
by a search space set index that is lowest (or highest) among the
search space set indexes. The first search space set index of the
first search space set of the first CORESET may be lower (or
higher) than the second search space set index of the second search
space set of the second CORESET. The first CORESET may be the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the first search
space set index of the first search space set of the first CORESET
being lower (or higher) than the second search space set index of
the second search space set of the second CORESET. The second
CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on
the second search space set index of the second search space set of
the second CORESET being lower (or higher) than the first search
space set index of the first search space set of the first
CORESET.
[0704] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with a PDCCH
candidate of the plurality of PDCCH candidates. The one or more
configuration parameters 2615 may indicate the reference/default
CORESET for the PDCCH candidate. The wireless device 2611 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
reference/default CORESET being associated with the PDCCH
candidate.
[0705] The PDCCH candidate may be identified/indicated by a PDCCH
candidate indicator/index of PDCCH candidate indicators/indexes of
the PDCCH candidates. The one or more configuration parameters 2615
may indicate, for the PDCCH candidates, the PDCCH candidate
indexes. In an example, the PDCCH candidate index may be lowest (or
highest) among the PDCCH candidate indexes of the PDCCH candidates.
The PDCCH candidate may be identified/indicated by a PDCCH
candidate index that is lowest (or highest) among the PDCCH
candidate indexes. The first PDCCH candidate index of the first
PDCCH candidate associated with the first CORESET may be lower (or
higher) than the second PDCCH candidate index of the second PDCCH
candidate associated with the second CORESET. The first CORESET may
be the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the first
PDCCH candidate index of the first PDCCH candidate being lower (or
higher) than the second PDCCH candidate index of the second PDCCH
candidate. The second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET,
for example, based on the second PDCCH candidate index of the
second PDCCH candidate being lower (or higher) than the first PDCCH
candidate index of the first PDCCH candidate of the first
CORESET.
[0706] A CCE starting indicator/index of the PDCCH candidate may be
lowest (or highest) among CCE starting indicators/indexes of the
PDCCH candidates. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may
indicate, for the PDCCH candidates, the CCE starting indexes. The
first CCE starting index of the first PDCCH candidate associated
with the first CORESET may be lower (or higher) than the second CCE
starting index of the second PDCCH candidate associated with the
second CORESET. The first CORESET may be the reference/default
CORESET, for example, based on the first CCE starting index of the
first PDCCH candidate being lower (or higher) than the second CCE
starting index of the second PDCCH candidate. The second CORESET
may be the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
second CCE starting index of the second PDCCH candidate being lower
(or higher) than the first CCE starting index of the first PDCCH
candidate of the first CORESET.
[0707] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) a starting PRB. The starting PRB of the reference/default
CORESET may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency among
starting PRBs of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device
2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET, for example,
based on the starting PRB of the reference/default CORESET
occurring/being lowest (or highest) among the starting PRBs.
[0708] A starting PRB of the second CORESET may occur/be lower (or
higher) in frequency than a starting PRB of the first CORESET. The
second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET, for example,
based on the starting PRB of the second CORESET occurring/being
lower (or higher) than the starting PRB of the first CORESET. A
starting PRB of the first CORESET may occur/be lower (or higher) in
frequency than a starting PRB of the second CORESET. The first
CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET based on the starting
PRB of the first CORESET occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
starting PRB of the second CORESET.
[0709] The reference/default CORESET may be associated with (or may
comprise) an ending PRB. The ending PRB of the reference/default
CORESET may occur/be lowest (or highest) in frequency among ending
PRBs of the plurality of CORESETs. The wireless device 2611 may
determine the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the
ending PRB of the reference/default CORESET occurring/being lowest
(or highest) among the ending PRBs.
[0710] An ending PRB of the second CORESET may occur/be lower (or
higher) in frequency than an ending PRB of the first CORESET. The
second CORESET may be the reference/default CORESET, for example,
based on the ending PRB of the second CORESET occurring/being lower
(or higher) than the ending PRB of the first CORESET. An ending PRB
of the first CORESET may occur/be lower (or higher) in frequency
than an ending PRB of the second CORESET. The first CORESET may be
the reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the ending PRB
of the first CORESET occurring/being lower (or higher) than the
ending PRB of the second CORESET.
[0711] The wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default
CORESET based on receiving, via the at least one CORESET of the
plurality of CORESETs, the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The
wireless device 2611 may determine the reference/default CORESET
based on the repetition scheme being a first repetition scheme. The
first repetition scheme, for example, may be a frequency domain
repetition scheme (e.g., FDM), a time domain repetition scheme
(e.g., TDM), or a spatial/code domain repetition domain repetition
scheme (e.g., SFN, SDM). The wireless device 2611 may determine the
reference/default CORESET based on the repetition scheme not being
a second repetition scheme. The second repetition scheme, for
example, may be a spatial/code domain repetition domain repetition
scheme (e.g., SFN, SDM) a time domain repetition scheme (e.g.,
TDM), or a frequency domain repetition scheme (e.g., FDM).
[0712] The downlink control signal/channel may be correspond to a
DCI format. The DCI format may be a DCI format 1-1, a DCI format
0-1, or a DCI format 1-2. The DCI format may be a DCI format 1-x,
where x=0, 1, 2, 3, . . . . The DCI format may be a DCI format 0-x,
where x=0, 1, 2, 3, . . . .
[0713] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may indicate the CORESET pool
index. Each downlink control signal/channel of the at least one
downlink control signal/channel may indicate the CORESET pool
index. The at least one downlink control signal/channel indicating
the CORESET pool index may comprise the downlink control
signal/channel indicating the CORESET pool index. The wireless
device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink signal
2635, the CORESET based on the indicated CORESET pool index.
[0714] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field (or a TCI
codepoint field) indicating the CORESET pool index. Each downlink
control signal/channel of the at least one downlink control
signal/channel may comprise the TCI field indicating the CORESET
pool index. The at least one downlink control signal/channel
comprising the TCI field may comprise the downlink control
signal/channel comprising the TCI field.
[0715] A value of the TCI field may indicate (or be equal to) the
CORESET pool index. The value of the TCI field indicating the
CORESET pool index may comprise the value of one or more bits in/of
the TCI field indicating the coreset pool index. The one or more
bits may be, for example, one or more first bits (e.g., starting,
earliest, or least significant bit(s) LSB(s)) or one or more last
bits (e.g., ending, latest, most significant bit(s) (MSB(s)) of the
TCI field. The CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI field may be
(equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0),
for example, based on the value of the TCI field being equal to a
first value (e.g., 0). The first value of the TCI field may
indicate the first CORESET pool index. The first value may be equal
to the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index indicated
by the TCI field may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool index
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the value of the TCI
field is equal to a second value (e.g., 1). The second value of the
TCI field may indicate the second CORESET pool index. The second
value may be equal to the second CORESET pool index.
[0716] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index equal to the value
of the TCI field. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink
signal 2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI
state that is associated with the CORESET pool index, for example,
based on (e.g., in response to) the at least one TCI state being
associated with the CORESET pool index that is equal to the value
of the TCI field. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink
signal 2635 based on the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
the CORESET pool index being equal to the value of the TCI
field.
[0717] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is equal to the value of the TCI field. The
wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index,
for example, based on the TCI state being associated with the
CORESET pool index that is equal to the value of the TCI field. The
wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the
CORESET pool index being equal to the value of the TCI field.
[0718] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index indicated by the TCI
field. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based
on (e.g., in response to) the at least one TCI state being
associated with the CORESET pool index that is indicated by the TCI
field. The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the TCI
field indicating the CORESET pool index.
[0719] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is indicated by the TCI field. The wireless device
2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the
TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index, for example,
based on the TCI state being associated with the CORESET pool index
that is indicated by the TCI field. The wireless device 2611 may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the TCI field indicating the
CORESET pool index.
[0720] The downlink control signal/channel may comprise one or more
fields indicating the CORESET pool index. Each downlink control
signal/channel of the at least one downlink control signal/channel
may comprise the one or more fields indicating the CORESET pool
index.
[0721] The one or more fields may be set to one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. Each field of the one or
more fields may be set to a respective
predefined/preconfigured/default value of the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The one or more fields of
the downlink control signal/channel may indicate the CORESET pool
index, for example, based on the one or more fields being set to
the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default values. The base
station 2410 may, for example, set the one or more
predefined/preconfigured values for the one or more fields. The one
or more fields may comprise one or more of a TCI field, a time
domain resource allocation (TDRA) field, a frequency domain
resource allocation (FDRA) field, a resource allocation field, a
redundancy version (RV) field, a HARQ process field, a PUCCH
resource indicator field, etc.
[0722] The CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more fields
may be (equal to) the first CORESET pool index (e.g.,
CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example, if the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal (or is set) to one
or more first predefined/preconfigured/default values. The one or
more first predefined/preconfigured/default values may indicate the
first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index indicated by the
one or more fields may be (equal to) the second CORESET pool index
(e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for example, if the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal (or is set) to one
or more second predefined/preconfigured/default values. The one or
more second predefined/preconfigured/default values may indicate
the second CORESET pool index.
[0723] The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to) the
first CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=0), for example,
if the CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal to a first value
(e.g., 0). The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be (equal to)
the second CORESET pool index (e.g., CoresetPoolIndex=1), for
example, if the CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal to a second value
(e.g., 1).
[0724] The CORESET pool index may be (equal to) 0, for example, if
the CORESET pool index indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values is equal to 0. The CORESET
pool index may be (equal to) 1, for example, if the CORESET pool
index indicated by the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default
values is equal to one.
[0725] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index indicated by the one
or more predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the TCI
state of/among the at least one TCI state that is associated with
the CORESET pool index, for example, based on (e.g., in response
to) the at least one TCI state being associated with the CORESET
pool index that is indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2611
may receive the downlink signal 2635 based on the CORESET pool
index, for example, based on the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values indicating the CORESET pool
index.
[0726] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is indicated by the one or more
predefined/preconfigured/default values. The wireless device 2611
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the TCI
state associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
the TCI state being associated with the CORESET pool index that is
indicated by the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default
values. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of
the downlink signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for example,
based on the one or more predefined/preconfigured/default values
indicating the CORESET pool index.
[0727] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index indicated by the at
least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink
signal 2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI
state that is associated with the CORESET pool index, for example,
based on (e.g., in response to) the at least one TCI state being
associated with the CORESET pool index that is indicated by the at
least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink
signal 2635 based on the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink
control signal/channel) indicating the CORESET pool index.
[0728] The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET
pool index that is indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The
wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the downlink
signal 2635, the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index,
for example, based on the TCI state being associated with the
CORESET pool index that is indicated by the at least one downlink
control signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel).
The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink
control signal/channel) indicating the CORESET pool index.
[0729] The one or more first TCI codepoints may comprise the TCI
codepoint indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The one or
more second TCI codepoints may comprise the TCI codepoint indicated
by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel). For example, with respect to FIG.
26, the TCI codepoint may be TCI codepoint 000. The one or more
first TCI states may comprise the TCI codepoint 000. The one or
more second TCI states may comprise the TCI codepoint 000. The TCI
codepoint may be TCI codepoint 001. The one or more first TCI
states may comprise the TCI codepoint 001. The one or more second
TCI states may comprise the TCI codepoint 001. The TCI codepoint
may be TCI codepoint 010. The one or more first TCI states may
comprise the TCI codepoint 010. The one or more second TCI states
may comprise the TCI codepoint 010. The TCI codepoint may be TCI
codepoint 011. The one or more first TCI states may comprise the
TCI codepoint 011. The one or more second TCI states may comprise
the TCI codepoint 011. The TCI codepoint may not be TCI codepoint
100. The one or more first TCI states may not comprise the TCI
codepoint 100. The one or more second TCI states may comprise the
TCI codepoint 100.
[0730] The wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal
2635 based on the TCI state of/among the at least one TCI state
that is associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based
on (e.g., in response to) the one or more first TCI codepoints
comprising the TCI codepoint and the one or more second TCI
codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint. The wireless device 2611
may determine, for reception of the downlink signal 2635, the TCI
state associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
the one or more first TCI codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint
and the one or more second TCI codepoints comprising the TCI
codepoint. The wireless device 2611 may determine, for reception of
the downlink signal 2635, the CORESET pool index, for example,
based on the one or more first TCI codepoints comprising the TCI
codepoint and the one or more second TCI codepoints comprising the
TCI codepoint.
[0731] The one or more first TCI codepoints may not comprise the
TCI codepoint indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The one or
more second TCI codepoints may comprise the TCI codepoint indicated
by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel). For example, with respect to FIG.
26, the TCI codepoint may be TCI codepoint 100. The one or more
first TCI states may not comprise the TCI codepoint 100. The one or
more second TCI states may comprise the TCI codepoint 100. The at
least one TCI state may be the at least one second TCI state, for
example, based on the one or more first TCI codepoints not
comprising the TCI codepoint and the one or more second TCI
codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint. The at least one second
TCI state may comprise the TCI state used to receive the downlink
signal. The at least one second TCI state may comprise the TCI
state (e.g., TCI state 49 indicated by the TCI codepoint 100) used
to receive the downlink signal, for example, based the one or more
first TCI codepoints not comprising the TCI codepoint and the one
or more second TCI codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint. The
CORESET pool index associated with the TCI state may be the second
CORESET pool index, for example, based on the one or more first TCI
codepoints not comprising the TCI codepoint and the one or more
second TCI codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint.
[0732] The one or more first TCI codepoints may comprise the TCI
codepoint indicated by the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel). The one or
more second TCI codepoints may not comprise the TCI codepoint
indicated by the at least one downlink control signal/channel (or
the downlink control signal/channel). The at least one TCI state
may be the at least one first TCI state, for example, based on the
one or more first TCI codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint and
the one or more second TCI codepoints not comprising the TCI
codepoint. The at least one first TCI state may comprise the TCI
state used to receive the downlink signal 2635. The at least one
first TCI state may comprise the TCI state used to receive the
downlink signal 2635, for example, based the one or more first TCI
codepoints comprising the TCI codepoint and the one or more second
TCI codepoints not comprising the TCI codepoint. The CORESET pool
index associated with the TCI state may be the first CORESET pool
index, for example, based on the one or more first TCI codepoints
comprising the TCI codepoint and the one or more second TCI
codepoints not comprising the TCI codepoint.
[0733] The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may not
indicate a control channel repetition. The wireless device 2611 may
receive/detect, in/via a CORESET, DCI scheduling/triggering
reception of a downlink signal (e.g., the downlink signal 2635, a
transport block, a PDSCH transmission, a CSI-RS, an aperiodic
CSI-RS, etc.). The plurality of CORESETs may comprise the CORESET.
The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may indicate, for the
CORESET, a CORESET pool index (e.g., 0,1, or any other value). The
one or more CORESET pool indexes may comprise the CORESET pool
index. The one or more configuration parameters 2615 may not
indicate, for the CORESET, a control channel repetition.
[0734] The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to the
first CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, or any other first value). The
wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal based on a
first TCI state among/of the one or more first TCI states. The
first activation command may activate/indicate/update the one or
more first TCI states. The first activation command may indicate
the first CORESET pool index. The one or more first TCI states may
be associated with the first CORESET pool index. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal based on the first TCI
state among/of the one or more first TCI states, for example, based
on (e.g., in response to) the receiving the DCI scheduling the
downlink signal via the CORESET with the CORESET pool index that is
equal to the first CORESET pool index. The wireless device 2611 may
receive the downlink signal based on the first TCI state among/of
the one or more first TCI states, for example, in response to the
one or more first TCI states being associated with the first
CORESET pool index that is same as the CORESET pool index of the
CORESET that the wireless device receives the DCI scheduling the
downlink signal 2635. The wireless device 2611 may receive the
downlink signal based on the first TCI state among/of the one or
more first TCI states, for example, based on (e.g., in response to)
the one or more configuration parameters 2615 not indicating the
control channel repetition. The wireless device 2611 may receive
the downlink signal based on the first TCI state among/of the one
or more first TCI states, for example, based on (e.g., in response)
to the one or more configuration parameters 2615 not indicating the
control channel repetition for the CORESET. The DCI may comprise a
TCI field indicating the first TCI state. A value of the TCI field
may be equal to a first TCI codepoint comprising/indicating the
first TCI state. The one or more first TCI codepoints may comprise
the first TCI codepoint.
[0735] The CORESET pool index of the CORESET may be equal to the
second CORESET pool index (e.g., 1, or any other second value). The
wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal based on a
second TCI state among/of the one or more second TCI states. The
second activation command may activate/indicate/update the one or
more second TCI states. The second activation command may indicate
the second CORESET pool index. The one or more second TCI states
may be associated with the second CORESET pool index. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal based on the second TCI
state among/of the one or more second TCI states, for example,
based on (e.g., in response to) the receiving the DCI scheduling
the downlink signal via the CORESET with the CORESET pool index
that is equal to the second CORESET pool index. The wireless device
2611 may receive the downlink signal based on the second TCI state
among/of the one or more second TCI states, for example, based on
(e.g., in response to) the one or more second TCI states being
associated with the second CORESET pool index that is same as the
CORESET pool index of the CORESET that the wireless device 2611
receives the DCI scheduling the downlink signal. The wireless
device 2611 may receive the downlink signal based on the second TCI
state among/of the one or more second TCI states, for example,
based on (e.g., in response to) the one or more configuration
parameters 2615 not indicating the control channel repetition. The
wireless device 2611 may receive the downlink signal based on the
second TCI state among/of the one or more second TCI states, for
example, based on (e.g., in response to) the one or more
configuration parameters 2615 not indicating the control channel
repetition for the CORESET. The DCI may comprise a TCI field
indicating the second TCI state. A value of the TCI field may be
equal to a second TCI codepoint comprising/indicating the second
TCI state. The one or more second TCI codepoints may comprise the
second TCI codepoint.
[0736] FIG. 27A shows an example method of channel repetition for
transmission and/or reception. The example method 2700 of FIG. 27A
relates to control channel repetition for reception of control
information (e.g., DCI) from a base station (e.g., the base station
2610). The example method 2700 may be performed at a wireless
device (e.g., the wireless device 2611). At step 2704, the wireless
device may receive configuration parameters. The configuration
parameters may indicate a first CORESET pool index/indicator for a
first CORESET and a second CORESET pool index/indicator for a
second CORESET. The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be
linked for repetition. The configuration parameters may indicate
control channel repetition for transmission of DCI via the first
CORESET and the second CORESET. The first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index may be same or may be different.
[0737] At step 2708, the wireless device may receive, via the first
CORESET and/or the second CORESET, DCI. The DCI may be sent by a
base station and may be repeated in the first CORESET and the
second CORESET. The repetitions may be sent, by the base station,
via different TRPs. The DCI may schedule a downlink signal (e.g., a
transport block, a PDSCH transmission).
[0738] At step 2712, the wireless device may receive the downlink
signal based on a TCI state among activated TCI state(s) associated
with the first CORESET pool index (or the second CORESET pool
index), for example, if the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index are the same (e.g., equal). At step 2716, the
wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on a CORESET
pool index, among the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index, for example, if the first CORESET pool index
and the second CORESET pool index are different. The wireless
device may receive the downlink signal based on a TCI state among
activated TCI state(s) associated with the CORESET pool index. The
CORESET pool index may be preconfigured (e.g., via/indicated in the
configuration parameters). The CORESET pool index may correspond to
a CORESET pool index of a reference/default CORESET. The TCI state
may be indicated in the DCI.
[0739] FIG. 27B shows an example method of channel repetition. The
example method 2750 relates to control channel transmission for
transmission of control information (e.g., DCI) from a base station
(e.g., the base station 2610). At step 2755, the base station may
send configuration parameters. The configuration parameters may
indicate a first CORESET pool index/indicator for a first CORESET
and a second CORESET pool index/indicator for a second CORESET. The
first CORESET and the second CORESET may be linked for repetition.
The configuration parameters may indicate control channel
repetition for transmission of DCI via the first CORESET and the
second CORESET. The first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET
pool index may be same or may be different.
[0740] At step 2760, the base station may send, via the first
CORESET and the second CORESET, DCI. The DCI may be repeated in the
first CORESET and the second CORESET. The DCI may schedule a
downlink signal (e.g., a transport block, a PDSCH
transmission).
[0741] At step 2765, the base station may send the downlink signal
based on a TCI state among activated TCI state(s) associated with
the first CORESET pool index (or the second CORESET pool index),
for example, if the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET
pool index are the same (e.g., equal). At step 2770, the base
station may send the downlink signal based on a CORESET pool index,
among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index, for example, if the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index are different. The base station may send the
downlink signal based on a TCI state among activated TCI state(s)
associated with the CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may
be preconfigured (e.g., via/indicated in the configuration
parameters). The CORESET pool index may correspond to a CORESET
pool index of a reference/default CORESET. The TCI state may be
indicated in the DCI.
[0742] A wireless device may receive (e.g., from a base station)
one or more messages comprising one or more configuration
parameters for/of a cell. The one or more configuration parameters
may indicate a plurality of CORESETs. The plurality of CORESETs may
comprise a first CORESET. The plurality of CORESETs may comprise a
second CORESET. The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be
mapped/linked/associated for control channel repetition (e.g.,
PDCCH repetition, DCI repetition, PDCCH/DCI aggregation, and the
like). The one or more configuration parameters may indicate, for
the control channel repetition, a mapping/linkage/association
between the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The one or more
configuration parameters may indicate, for the first CORESET, a
first CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, or any other first value). The
one or more configuration parameters may indicate, for the second
CORESET, a second CORESET pool index (e.g., 1, or any other second
value).
[0743] The wireless device may receive a first activation command
(e.g., DCI message, MAC-CE) activating/updating/indicating one or
more first TCI states. The first activation command may
activate/update/indicate, for PDSCH receptions/decoding, the one or
more first TCI states. The first activation command may comprise a
field (e.g., CORESET Pool ID) indicating the first CORESET pool
index (e.g., 0). The one or more first TCI states may be associated
with the first CORESET pool index. Each TCI state of the one or
more first TCI states may be associated with the first CORESET pool
index.
[0744] The wireless device may receive a second activation command
(e.g., DCI, MAC-CE) activating/updating/indicating one or more
second TCI states. The second activation command may
activate/update/indicate, for PDSCH receptions/decoding, the one or
more second TCI states. The second activation command may comprise
a field (e.g., CORESET Pool ID) indicating the second CORESET pool
index (e.g., 1). The one or more second TCI states may be
associated with the second CORESET pool index. Each TCI state of
the one or more second TCI states may be associated with the second
CORESET pool index.
[0745] The first CORESET and the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition may
comprise a first search space set of the first CORESET and a second
search space set of the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition. The
first CORESET and the second CORESET being mapped/linked/associated
for the control channel repetition may comprise at least one first
search space set of the first CORESET and at least one second
search space set of the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition. The
first CORESET and the second CORESET being mapped/linked/associated
for the control channel repetition may comprise a first PDCCH
candidate of (or associated with) the first CORESET and a second
PDCCH candidate of (or associated with) the second CORESET being
mapped/linked/associated for the control channel repetition.
[0746] The wireless device may monitor, for a plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions (e.g., repetition of a downlink
control signal/channel), the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
Each downlink control signal/channel of the plurality of DCI
messages/PDCCH transmissions may be same as the downlink control
signal/channel Each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be same as the
downlink control signal/channel, for example, based on the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions being transmitted by
the base station for repetition of the downlink control
signal/channel Each downlink control signal/channel of the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions may be same as the
downlink control signal/channel, for example, based on monitoring,
for the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions, the first
CORESET and the second CORESET for repetition of the downlink
control signal/channel. The wireless device may monitor, for the
plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH transmissions (e.g., the repetition
of the downlink control signal/channel), the first CORESET and the
second CORESET in a plurality of downlink control signal/channel
transmission occasions.
[0747] The wireless device may receive/detect at least one downlink
control signal/channel among/of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions. The receiving/detecting the at least one downlink
control signal/channel among/of the plurality of DCI messages/PDCCH
transmissions may comprise/be receiving/detecting the downlink
control signal/channel. The wireless device may receive, via at
least one of the first CORESET and the second CORESET, the at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel). For example, the at least one downlink control
signal/channel (or the downlink control signal/channel) may
indicate schedule/trigger a reception of a downlink signal (e.g.,
PDSCH, CSI-RS, TB).
[0748] The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on
a TCI state. The TCI state may be associated with a CORESET pool
index. The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on
the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index. The at least
one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may indicate the TCI state.
[0749] The first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index may comprise the CORESET pool index. The first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index may be the same (or equal).
The first CORESET pool index may be equal to 0 and the second
CORESET pool index may be equal to 0. The first CORESET pool index
may be equal to 1 and the second CORESET pool index may be equal to
1. The first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index
may be equal to a value. The CORESET pool index that may be equal
to the value. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the first
CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the
second CORESET pool index. The one or more first TCI states
activated by the first activation command and the one or more
second TCI states activated by the second activation command may be
the same, for example, based on the first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index being the same (or equal). The one or
more first TCI states (or the one or more second TCI states) may
comprise the TCI state used to receive the downlink signal. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field indicating the TCI
state.
[0750] The first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index may be different. The first CORESET pool index may be equal
to 0 and the second CORESET pool index may be equal to 1. The first
CORESET pool index may be equal to 1 and the second CORESET pool
index may be equal to 0.
[0751] The wireless device may determine/select the CORESET pool
index among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET
pool index. The wireless device may determine/select the CORESET
pool index among the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index, for example, based on the first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index being different. The
wireless device may determine the CORESET pool index that is equal
to a value.
[0752] The value may be equal to 0. The CORESET pool index may be
the first CORESET pool index, for example, based on the value being
equal to 0. The TCI state may be associated with the first CORESET
pool index. The one or more first TCI states activated by the first
activation command may comprise the TCI state. The first activation
command may indicate the CORESET pool index, for example, based on
the first CORESET pool index and the CORESET pool index being the
same.
[0753] The value may be equal to 1. The CORESET pool index may be
the second CORESET pool index, for example, based on the value
being equal to 1. The TCI state may be associated with the second
CORESET pool index. The one or more second TCI states activated by
the second activation command may comprise the TCI state. The
second activation command may indicate the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the second CORESET pool index and the CORESET
pool index being the same.
[0754] The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on
the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index equal to the
value. The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on
the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index, for example,
based on (e.g., in response to) the TCI state being associated with
the CORESET pool index that is equal to the value. The wireless
device may receive the downlink signal based on the CORESET pool
index, for example, based on the CORESET pool index being equal to
the value. The wireless device may receive the downlink signal
based on the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on (e.g., in response to) the first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index being different.
[0755] The wireless device may determine, for reception of the
downlink signal, the TCI state associated with the CORESET pool
index that is equal to the value. The wireless device may
determine, for reception of the downlink signal, the TCI state
associated with the CORESET pool index, for example, based on the
TCI state being associated with the CORESET pool index that is
equal to the value. The wireless device may determine, for
reception of the downlink signal, the CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the CORESET pool index being equal to the
value.
[0756] The wireless device may receive the downlink signal based on
the TCI state among the one or more first TCI states associated
with the first CORESET pool index, for example, if the CORESET pool
index is the first CORESET pool index. The wireless device may
receive the downlink signal based on the TCI state among the one or
more second TCI states associated with the second CORESET pool
index, for example, if the CORESET pool index is the second CORESET
pool index.
[0757] The value may be fixed/predefined/preconfigured/default. The
value may be equal to zero (or any other value). The value may be
indicated by the one or more configuration parameters.
[0758] The value may be equal to a lowest CORESET pool index among
the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The
first CORESET pool index may be equal to zero. The second CORESET
pool index may be equal to one. The value (or the lowest CORESET
pool index) may be equal to the first CORESET pool index that is
equal to zero. The CORESET pool index may be the first coreset pool
index. The first CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The second
CORESET pool index may be equal to zero. The value (or the lowest
CORESET pool index) may be equal to the second CORESET pool index
that is equal to zero. The CORESET pool index may be the second
CORESET pool index.
[0759] The value may be equal to a highest CORESET pool index among
the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The
first CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The second CORESET
pool index may be equal to zero. The value (or the highest CORESET
pool index) may be equal to the first CORESET pool index that is
equal to one. The CORESET pool index may be the first CORESET pool
index. The first CORESET pool index may be equal to zero. The
second CORESET pool index may be equal to one. The value (or the
highest CORESET pool index) may be equal to the second CORESET pool
index that is equal to one. The CORESET pool index may be the
second CORESET pool index.
[0760] The wireless device may determine a reference/default
CORESET among the plurality of CORESETs (or among the first CORESET
and the second CORESET). The wireless device may determine the
reference/default CORESET, for example, based on the first CORESET
pool index and the second CORESET pool index being different. The
wireless device may determine the reference/default CORESET, for
example, based on one or more criteria discussed in FIG. 26. The
one or more configuration parameters may indicate a reference
CORESET pool index (e.g., 0, 1) for reference/default CORESET. The
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index may
comprise the reference CORESET pool index. The reference CORESET
pool index of the reference/default CORESET may be equal to the
value. The reference CORESET pool index of the reference/default
CORESET may be equal to the value of the CORESET pool index. The
reference CORESET pool index of the reference/default CORESET may
be equal to the CORESET pool index.
[0761] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may indicate the value. The at
least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink control
signal/channel) may indicate the value of the CORESET pool index.
The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the downlink
control signal/channel) may comprise a TCI field indicating the
value. A value of the TCI field may be equal to the value. The
value of the TCI field may indicate (or be equal to) the CORESET
pool index. A first value (e.g., 0) of the TCI field may indicate
(or be equal to) the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool
index may be equal to the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET
pool index may be equal to the first CORESET pool index, for
example, based on the first value indicating (or being equal to)
the first CORESET pool index. A second value (e.g., 1) of the TCI
field may indicate (or be equal to) the second CORESET pool index.
The CORESET pool index may be equal to the second CORESET pool
index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the second CORESET
pool index, for example, based on the second value indicating (or
being equal to) second first CORESET pool index.
[0762] The at least one downlink control signal/channel (or the
downlink control signal/channel) may comprise one or more fields
(e.g., RV, TCI, HARQ-ACK, TRP index, CORESET pool index, antenna
panel index, etc.) indicating the value. A value of the one or more
fields may be equal to (or indicate) the value. The value of the
one or more fields may indicate (or be equal to) the CORESET pool
index. A first value (e.g., 0) of the one or more fields may
indicate (or be equal to) the first CORESET pool index. The CORESET
pool index may be equal to the first CORESET pool index. The
CORESET pool index may be equal to the first CORESET pool index,
for example, based on the first value indicating (or being equal
to) the first CORESET pool index. A second value (e.g., 1) of the
one or more fields may indicate (or be equal to) the second CORESET
pool index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the second
CORESET pool index. The CORESET pool index may be equal to the
second CORESET pool index, for example, based on the second value
indicating (or being equal to) second first CORESET pool index. The
first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and the second
CORESET pool index of the second CORESET may comprise the CORESET
pool index.
[0763] A number/quantity of the at least one first TCI state
indicated/activated/updated by the first activation command may be
equal to a first value. A number/quantity of the at least one
second TCI state indicated/activated/updated by the second
activation command may be equal to a second value.
[0764] A number/quantity of the one or more first TCI codepoints
may be equal to a first value. A number/quantity of the one or more
second TCI codepoints may be equal to a second value. The first
value and the second value may be the same (or equal). The first
value and the second value may be the same (or equal), for example,
based on the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index being different. The first value and the second value may be
the same (or equal), for example, based on the one or more
configuration parameters indicating the control channel repetition.
The first value and the second value may be the same (or equal),
for example, based on the one or more configuration parameters
indicating, for the control channel repetition, the
mapping/linkage/association between the first CORESET and the
second CORESET. The first value and the second value may be the
same (or equal), for example, based on the first CORESET pool index
of the first CORESET and the second CORESET pool index of the
second CORESET mapped/linked to (or associated with) the first
CORESET for the control channel repetition being different.
[0765] A wireless device may perform a method comprising multiple
operations. The wireless device may receive, via at least one of a
first control resource set (CORESET) or a second CORESET,
repetitions of downlink control information (DCI) scheduling a
downlink signal. A time offset between the DCI and the downlink
signal may be less than a threshold. Based on a first CORESET pool
index of the first CORESET and a second CORESET pool index of the
second CORESET being different, the wireless device may determine a
default CORESET pool index among the first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal using a CORESET associated with a lowest CORESET
index among one or more CORESETs. Each of the one or more CORESETs
may be associated with the default CORESET pool index. The wireless
device may also perform one or more additional operations. The
receiving the downlink signal using the CORESET associated with the
lowest CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs may comprise
receiving the downlink signal based on a transmission configuration
indicator (TCI) state of the CORESET associated with the lowest
CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs. The receiving the
downlink signal using the CORESET associated with the lowest
CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs may comprise receiving
the downlink signal based on at least one demodulation reference
signal (DMRS) port of the downlink signal being quasi co-located
with a reference signal of the CORESET associated with the lowest
CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs. The determining the
default CORESET pool index may comprise one of: determining a
lowest CORESET pool index among the first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index; or determining a highest CORESET
pool index among the first CORESET pool index and the second
CORESET pool index. The determining the default CORESET pool index
may comprise determining a CORESET pool index, among the first
CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index, that is equal
to a preconfigured value. The determining the default CORESET pool
index may comprise determining the default CORESET pool index based
on an indicator in the DCI. The determining the default CORESET
pool index may comprise determining a CORESET pool index of a
CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second CORESET, via which
a last repetition of the DCI is received. The time offset between
the DCI and the downlink signal being less than the threshold may
comprise a time offset between a last repetition of the DCI and the
downlink signal being less than the threshold. The wireless device
may receive one or more configuration parameters indicating: the
first CORESET pool index for the first CORESET; and the second
CORESET pool index for the second CORESET, wherein the second
CORESET may be linked to the first CORESET for the repetitions of
the DCI. The one or more configuration parameters may indicate, for
each CORESET of the one or more CORESET, the default CORESET pool
index. The downlink signal may comprise at least one of: a
transport block; a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)
transmission; or a channel state information (CSI) reference signal
(RS). An active downlink bandwidth part (BWP) of a cell may
comprise the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The receiving
the downlink signal using the CORESET may be based on the time
offset between the DCI and the downlink signal being less than the
threshold. The DCI may comprise a transmission configuration
indicator (TCI) field indicating the default CORESET pool index,
wherein: the default CORESET pool index may be the first CORESET
pool index based on the TCI field indicating a first value; or the
default CORESET pool index may be the second CORESET pool index
based on the TCI field indicating a second value. The DCI may
comprise one or more fields indicating the default CORESET pool
index, wherein: the default CORESET pool index is the first CORESET
pool index based on the one or more fields indicating one or more
first predefined values; or the default CORESET pool index is the
second CORESET pool index based on the one or more fields
indicating one or more second predefined values. The first CORESET
and the second CORESET may be linked for downlink control channel
repetition. The first CORESET and the second CORESET being linked
for downlink control channel repetition may comprise a first search
space set associated with the first CORESET being linked to a
second search space set associated with the second CORESET. The one
or more configuration parameters may indicate a linkage between the
first search space set and the second search space set. The
wireless device may monitor the first search space set of the first
CORESET in a first monitoring occasion. The wireless device may
monitor the second search space set of the second CORESET in a
second monitoring occasion. The wireless device may determine a
selected CORESET among the first CORESET and the second CORESET.
The default CORESET pool index may correspond to the selected
CORESET. The wireless device may monitor, for the repetition of the
DCI, downlink control channels in the selected CORESET in a last
monitoring occasion among the first monitoring occasion and the
second monitoring occasion. The selected CORESET may be the first
CORESET based on the first monitoring occasion being later than the
second monitoring occasion. The selected CORESET may be the second
CORESET based on the second monitoring occasion being later than
the first monitoring occasion. The selected CORESET may have a
lowest CORESET index among a first CORESET index of the first
CORESET and a second CORESET index of the second CORESET. The
default CORESET pool index may be: the first CORESET pool index
based on the selected CORESET being the first CORESET; or the
second CORESET pool index based on the selected CORESET being the
second CORESET. The CORESET may be the same as the first CORESET or
may be different from the first CORESET. The CORESET may be the
same as the second CORESET or may be different from the second
CORESET. The wireless device may receive one or more configuration
parameters indicating: a third CORESET pool index for a third
CORESET; and the third CORESET pool index for a fourth CORESET that
is linked to the third CORESET for downlink control channel
repetition. The wireless device may receive, via at least one of
the third CORESET and the fourth CORESET, repetitions of second DCI
scheduling a second downlink signal. A time offset between the
second DCI and the second downlink signal may be less than the
threshold. The wireless device may receive the second downlink
signal based on a second TCI state of a default CORESET associated
with a lowest CORESET index among one or more second CORESETs. Each
of the one or more second CORESETs may be associated with the third
CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive one or more
configuration parameters indicating a fourth CORESET pool index for
a fourth CORESET that is not linked to another CORESET for downlink
control channel repetition. The wireless device may receive, via
the fourth CORESET, third DCI scheduling a third downlink signal. A
time offset between the third DCI and the third downlink signal may
be less than the threshold. The wireless device may receive the
third downlink signal based on a third TCI state of a second
default CORESET associated with a lowest CORESET index among one or
more third CORESETs. Each of the one or more third CORESETs with
the fourth CORESET pool index. The wireless device may monitor one
or more CORESETs in a last time slot. The wireless device may
comprise one or more processors; and memory storing instructions
that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the
wireless device to perform the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements. A system may
comprise the wireless device configured to perform the described
method, additional operations and/or include the additional
elements; and a base station configured to send the DCI. A
computer-readable medium may store instructions that, when
executed, cause performance of the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements.
[0766] A wireless device may perform a method comprising multiple
operations. The wireless device may receive one or more
configuration parameters indicating: a first control resource set
(CORESET) pool index for a first CORESET; and a second CORESET pool
index for a second CORESET. The wireless device may receive, via at
least one of the first CORESET or the second CORESET, repetitions
of downlink control information (DCI) scheduling a downlink signal.
A time offset between the DCI and the downlink signal may be less
than a threshold. Based on the first CORESET pool index and the
second CORESET pool index being different, the wireless device may
receive the downlink signal using a CORESET associated with a
lowest CORESET index among one or more CORESETs. Each of the one or
more CORESETs may be associated with a default CORESET pool index
that may be selected from the first CORESET pool index and the
second CORESET pool index. The wireless device may also perform one
or more additional operations. The default CORESET pool index may
be equal to a preconfigured value. The DCI may indicate the default
CORESET pool index. The default CORESET pool index may be
associated with a CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second
CORESET, via which a last repetition of the DCI is received. The
receiving the downlink signal using the CORESET associated with the
lowest CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs may comprise
receiving the downlink signal based on a transmission configuration
indicator (TCI) state of the CORESET associated with the lowest
CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs. The receiving the
downlink signal using the CORESET associated with the lowest
CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs may comprise receiving
the downlink signal based on at least one demodulation reference
signal (DMRS) port of the downlink signal being quasi co-located
with a reference signal of the CORESET associated with the lowest
CORESET index among the one or more CORESETs. The downlink signal
may comprise at least one of: a transport block; a physical
downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state
information (CSI) reference signal (RS). The wireless device may
comprise one or more processors; and memory storing instructions
that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the
wireless device to perform the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements. A system may
comprise the wireless device configured to perform the described
method, additional operations and/or include the additional
elements; and a base station configured to send the DCI. A
computer-readable medium may store instructions that, when
executed, cause performance of the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements.
[0767] A base station may perform a method comprising multiple
operations. The base station may send, via a first control resource
set (CORESET) and a second CORESET, repetitions of downlink control
information (DCI) scheduling a downlink signal. A time offset
between the DCI and the downlink signal may be less than a
threshold. Based on a first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET
and a second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being
different, the base station may determine a default CORESET pool
index among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET
pool index. The base station may send the downlink signal using on
a CORESET associated with a lowest CORESET index among one or more
CORESETs. Each of the one or more CORESETs may be associated with
the default CORESET pool index. The base station may also perform
one or more additional operations. The determining the default
CORESET pool index may comprise determining a CORESET pool index,
among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool
index, that is equal to a preconfigured value. The determining the
default CORESET pool index may comprise determining a CORESET pool
index of a CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second CORESET,
via which a last repetition of the DCI is sent. The time offset
between the DCI and the downlink signal being less than the
threshold may comprise a time offset between a last repetition of
the DCI and the downlink signal being less than the threshold. The
base station may comprise one or more processors; and memory
storing instructions that, when executed by the one or more
processors, cause the base station to perform the described method,
additional operations and/or include the additional elements. A
system may comprise the base station configured to perform the
described method, additional operations and/or include the
additional elements; and a wireless device configured to receive
the downlink signal. A computer-readable medium may store
instructions that, when executed, cause performance of the
described method, additional operations and/or include the
additional elements.
[0768] A wireless device may perform a method comprising multiple
operations. The wireless device may receive, via at least one of a
first control resource set (CORESET) and a second CORESET,
repetitions of downlink control information (DCI) scheduling a
downlink signal and comprising a transmission configuration
indicator (TCI) field. The wireless device may, based on a first
CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and a second CORESET pool
index of the second CORESET being different, determine a default
CORESET pool index among the first CORESET pool index and the
second CORESET pool index. The wireless device may receive the
downlink signal based on a TCI state, among one or more TCI states
activated for the default CORESET pool index, indicated by the TCI
field. The wireless device may also perform one or more additional
operations. The determining the default CORESET pool index may
comprise one of: determining a lowest CORESET pool index among the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index; or
determining a highest CORESET pool index among the first CORESET
pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The determining the
default CORESET pool index may comprise determining a CORESET pool
index, among the first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET
pool index, that is equal to a preconfigured value. The determining
the default CORESET pool index may comprise determining the default
CORESET pool index based on an indicator in the DCI. The
determining the default CORESET pool index may comprise determining
a CORESET pool index of a CORESET, among the first CORESET and the
second CORESET, via which a last repetition of the DCI is received.
The wireless device may receive one or more configuration
parameters indicating: the first CORESET pool index for the first
CORESET; and the second CORESET pool index for the second CORESET.
The second CORESET may be linked to the first CORESET for the
repetitions of the DCI. The receiving the downlink signal based on
the TCI state may comprises receiving the downlink signal based on
at least one demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port of the
downlink signal being quasi co-located with a reference signal
associated with the TCI state. The downlink signal may comprise at
least one of: a transport block; a physical downlink shared channel
(PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state information (CSI)
reference signal (RS). An active downlink bandwidth part (BWP) of a
cell may comprise the first CORESET and the second CORESET. The
wireless device may receive a medium access control-control element
(MAC CE). The MAC CE may indicate: activation of the one or more
TCI states among a plurality of TCI states; and the default CORESET
pool index. The first CORESET and the second CORESET may be linked
for downlink control channel repetition. The first CORESET and the
second CORESET being linked for the downlink control channel
repetition may comprise a first search space set associated with
the first CORESET being linked to a second search space set
associated with the second CORESET. The one or more configuration
parameters may indicate a linkage between the first search space
set and the second search space set. The DCI may comprise one or
more fields indicating the default CORESET pool index. The
determining the default CORESET pool index may comprises
determining that the default CORESET pool index is the first
CORESET pool index based on the one or more fields indicating one
or more first predefined values. The determining the default
CORESET pool index may comprise determining that the default
CORESET pool index is the second CORESET pool index based on the
one or more fields indicating one or more second predefined values.
The DCI may comprise a transmission configuration indicator (TCI)
field indicating the default CORESET pool index. The default
CORESET pool index may be the first CORESET pool index based on the
TCI field indicating a first value. The default CORESET pool index
may be the second CORESET pool index based on the TCI field
indicating a second value. The wireless device may monitor a first
search space set of the first CORESET in a first monitoring
occasion. The wireless device may monitor a second search space set
of the second CORESET in a second monitoring occasion. The wireless
device may determine a selected CORESET among the first CORESET and
the second CORESET. The default CORESET pool index may correspond
to the selected CORESET. The wireless device may monitor, for the
repetition of the DCI, downlink control channels in the selected
CORESET in a last monitoring occasion among the first monitoring
occasion and the second monitoring occasion. The selected CORESET
may be the first CORESET based on the first monitoring occasion
being later than the second monitoring occasion. The selected
CORESET may be the second CORESET based on the second monitoring
occasion being later than the first monitoring occasion. The
selected CORESET may have a lowest CORESET index among a first
CORESET index of the first CORESET and a second CORESET index of
the second CORESET. The default CORESET pool index may be the first
CORESET pool index based on the selected CORESET being the first
CORESET. The default CORESET pool index may be the second CORESET
pool index based on the selected CORESET being the second CORESET.
The wireless device may receive one or more configuration
parameters indicating a plurality of TCI states. The wireless
device may receive a first medium access control-control element
(MAC CE) that indicates activation of one or more first TCI states,
among the plurality of TCI states, for the first CORESET pool
index. The wireless device may receive a second MAC CE that
indicates activation of one or more second TCI states, among the
plurality of TCI states, for the second CORESET pool index. The one
or more first TCI states may comprise the TCI state based on the
CORESET pool index being the first CORESET pool index. The one or
more second TCI states may comprise the TCI state based on the
CORESET pool index being the second CORESET pool index. The
wireless device may receive one or more configuration parameters
indicating: a third CORESET pool index for a third CORESET; and the
third CORESET pool index for a fourth CORESET that is linked to the
third CORESET for downlink control channel repetition. The wireless
device may receive, via at least one of the third CORESET and the
fourth CORESET, repetitions of second DCI scheduling a second
downlink signal. The wireless device may receive the second
downlink signal based on a second TCI state, among one or more
second TCI states activated for the third CORESET pool index,
indicated by the second TCI. The wireless device may receive one or
more configuration parameters indicating a fourth CORESET pool
index for a fourth CORESET that is not linked to another CORESET
for downlink control channel repetition. The wireless device may
receive, via the fourth CORESET, third DCI scheduling a third
downlink signal. The wireless device may receive the third downlink
signal based on a third TCI state, among one or more third TCI
states activated for the fourth CORESET pool index, indicated by
the third TCI. The wireless device may comprise one or more
processors; and memory storing instructions that, when executed by
the one or more processors, cause the wireless device to perform
the described method, additional operations and/or include the
additional elements. A system may comprise the wireless device
configured to perform the described method, additional operations
and/or include the additional elements; and a base station
configured to send the DCI. A computer-readable medium may store
instructions that, when executed, cause performance of the
described method, additional operations and/or include the
additional elements.
[0769] A wireless device may perform a method comprising multiple
operations. The wireless device may receive, one or more
configuration parameters indicating: a first control resource set
(CORESET) pool index for a first CORESET; and a second CORESET pool
index for a second CORESET. The wireless device may receive, via at
least one of the first CORESET and the second CORESET, repetitions
of downlink control information (DCI) scheduling a downlink signal
and comprising a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) field.
The wireless device may, based on the first CORESET pool index and
the second CORESET pool index being different, receive the downlink
signal based on a TCI state indicated by the TCI field and
associated with a default CORESET pool index among the first
CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index. The wireless
device may also perform one or more additional operations. The TCI
state may be among one or more TCI states activated for the default
CORESET pool index. The default CORESET pool index may be equal to
a preconfigured value. The DCI may indicate the default CORESET
pool index. The default CORESET pool index may be associated with a
CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second CORESET, via which
a last repetition of the DCI is received. The receiving the
downlink signal based on the TCI state may comprise receiving the
downlink signal based on at least one demodulation reference signal
(DMRS) port of the downlink signal being quasi co-located with a
reference signal associated with the TCI state. The downlink signal
may comprise at least one of: a transport block; a physical
downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state
information (CSI) reference signal (RS). The wireless device may
comprise one or more processors; and memory storing instructions
that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the
wireless device to perform the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements. A system may
comprise the wireless device configured to perform the described
method, additional operations and/or include the additional
elements; and a base station configured to send the DCI. A
computer-readable medium may store instructions that, when
executed, cause performance of the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements.
[0770] A base station may perform a method comprising multiple
operations. The base station may send, via a first control resource
set (CORESET) and a second CORESET, repetitions of downlink control
information (DCI) scheduling a downlink signal and comprising a
transmission configuration indicator (TCI) field. The base station
may, based on a first CORESET pool index of the first CORESET and a
second CORESET pool index of the second CORESET being different,
determine a default CORESET pool index among the first CORESET pool
index and the second CORESET pool index. The base station may send
the downlink signal based on a TCI state, among one or more TCI
states activated for the default CORESET pool index, indicated by
the TCI field. The base station may also perform one or more
additional operations. The determining the default CORESET pool
index may comprise determining a CORESET pool index, among the
first CORESET pool index and the second CORESET pool index, that is
equal to a preconfigured value. The determining the default CORESET
pool index may comprise determining a CORESET pool index of a
CORESET, among the first CORESET and the second CORESET, via which
a last repetition of the DCI is sent. The downlink signal may
comprise at least one of: a transport block; a physical downlink
shared channel (PDSCH) transmission; or a channel state information
(CSI) reference signal (RS). The base station may send one or more
configuration parameters indicating: the first CORESET pool index
for the first CORESET; and the second CORESET pool index for the
second CORESET, wherein the second CORESET is linked to the first
CORESET for the repetitions of the DCI. The base station may
comprise one or more processors; and memory storing instructions
that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the base
station to perform the described method, additional operations
and/or include the additional elements. A system may comprise the
base station configured to perform the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements; and a wireless
device configured to receive the downlink signal. A
computer-readable medium may store instructions that, when
executed, cause performance of the described method, additional
operations and/or include the additional elements.
[0771] One or more of the operations described herein may be
conditional. For example, one or more operations may be performed
if certain criteria are met, such as in a wireless device, a base
station, a radio environment, a network, a combination of the
above, and/or the like. Example criteria may be based on one or
more conditions such as wireless device and/or network node
configurations, traffic load, initial system set up, packet sizes,
traffic characteristics, a combination of the above, and/or the
like. If the one or more criteria are met, various examples may be
used. It may be possible to implement any portion of the examples
described herein in any order and based on any condition.
[0772] A base station may communicate with one or more of wireless
devices. Wireless devices and/or base stations may support multiple
technologies, and/or multiple releases of the same technology.
Wireless devices may have some specific capability(ies) depending
on wireless device category and/or capability(ies). A base station
may comprise multiple sectors, cells, and/or portions of
transmission entities. A base station communicating with a
plurality of wireless devices may refer to a base station
communicating with a subset of the total wireless devices in a
coverage area. Wireless devices referred to herein may correspond
to a plurality of wireless devices compatible with a given LTE, 5G,
or other 3GPP or non-3GPP release with a given capability and in a
given sector of a base station. A plurality of wireless devices may
refer to a selected plurality of wireless devices, a subset of
total wireless devices in a coverage area, and/or any group of
wireless devices. Such devices may operate, function, and/or
perform based on or according to drawings and/or descriptions
herein, and/or the like. There may be a plurality of base stations
and/or a plurality of wireless devices in a coverage area that may
not comply with the disclosed methods, for example, because those
wireless devices and/or base stations may perform based on older
releases of LTE, 5G, or other 3GPP or non-3GPP technology.
[0773] Communications described herein may be determined,
generated, sent, and/or received using any quantity of messages,
information elements, fields, parameters, values, indications,
information, bits, and/or the like. While one or more examples may
be described herein using any of the terms/phrases message,
information element, field, parameter, value, indication,
information, bit(s), and/or the like, one skilled in the art
understands that such communications may be performed using any one
or more of these terms, including other such terms. For example,
one or more parameters, fields, and/or information elements (IEs),
may comprise one or more information objects, values, and/or any
other information. An information object may comprise one or more
other objects. At least some (or all) parameters, fields, IEs,
and/or the like may be used and can be interchangeable depending on
the context. If a meaning or definition is given, such meaning or
definition controls.
[0774] One or more elements in examples described herein may be
implemented as modules. A module may be an element that performs a
defined function and/or that has a defined interface to other
elements. The modules may be implemented in hardware, software in
combination with hardware, firmware, wetware (e.g., hardware with a
biological element) or a combination thereof, all of which may be
behaviorally equivalent. For example, modules may be implemented as
a software routine written in a computer language configured to be
executed by a hardware machine (such as C, C++, Fortran, Java,
Basic, Matlab or the like) or a modeling/simulation program such as
Simulink, Stateflow, GNU Octave, or Lab VIEWMathScript.
Additionally or alternatively, it may be possible to implement
modules using physical hardware that incorporates discrete or
programmable analog, digital and/or quantum hardware. Examples of
programmable hardware may comprise: computers, microcontrollers,
microprocessors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs);
field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs); and/or complex programmable
logic devices (CPLDs). Computers, microcontrollers and/or
microprocessors may be programmed using languages such as assembly,
C, C++ or the like. FPGAs, ASICs and CPLDs are often programmed
using hardware description languages (HDL), such as VHSIC hardware
description language (VHDL) or Verilog, which may configure
connections between internal hardware modules with lesser
functionality on a programmable device. The above-mentioned
technologies may be used in combination to achieve the result of a
functional module.
[0775] One or more features described herein may be implemented in
a computer-usable data and/or computer-executable instructions,
such as in one or more program modules, executed by one or more
computers or other devices. Generally, program modules include
routines, programs, objects, components, data structures, etc. that
perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data
types when executed by a processor in a computer or other data
processing device. The computer executable instructions may be
stored on one or more computer readable media such as a hard disk,
optical disk, removable storage media, solid state memory, RAM,
etc. The functionality of the program modules may be combined or
distributed as desired. The functionality may be implemented in
whole or in part in firmware or hardware equivalents such as
integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), and the
like. Particular data structures may be used to more effectively
implement one or more features described herein, and such data
structures are contemplated within the scope of computer executable
instructions and computer-usable data described herein.
[0776] A non-transitory tangible computer readable media may
comprise instructions executable by one or more processors
configured to cause operations of multi-carrier communications
described herein. An article of manufacture may comprise a
non-transitory tangible computer readable machine-accessible medium
having instructions encoded thereon for enabling programmable
hardware to cause a device (e.g., a wireless device, wireless
communicator, a wireless device, a base station, and the like) to
allow operation of multi-carrier communications described herein.
The device, or one or more devices such as in a system, may include
one or more processors, memory, interfaces, and/or the like. Other
examples may comprise communication networks comprising devices
such as base stations, wireless devices or user equipment (wireless
device), servers, switches, antennas, and/or the like. A network
may comprise any wireless technology, including but not limited to,
cellular, wireless, WiFi, 4G, 5G, any generation of 3GPP or other
cellular standard or recommendation, any non-3GPP network, wireless
local area networks, wireless personal area networks, wireless ad
hoc networks, wireless metropolitan area networks, wireless wide
area networks, global area networks, satellite networks, space
networks, and any other network using wireless communications. Any
device (e.g., a wireless device, a base station, or any other
device) or combination of devices may be used to perform any
combination of one or more of steps described herein, including,
for example, any complementary step or steps of one or more of the
above steps.
[0777] Although examples are described above, features and/or steps
of those examples may be combined, divided, omitted, rearranged,
revised, and/or augmented in any desired manner Various
alterations, modifications, and improvements will readily occur to
those skilled in the art. Such alterations, modifications, and
improvements are intended to be part of this description, though
not expressly stated herein, and are intended to be within the
spirit and scope of the descriptions herein. Accordingly, the
foregoing description is by way of example only, and is not
limiting.
* * * * *